Unit 22 A world of fun
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语amusement; souvenir; attraction; collection; castle; minority; cartoon; thrill; educate; conversation; coastal; divide; section; shuttle; butterfly; injury; rocket; helicopter; carve; achievement; civilization; prevent; handbag; twist; darkness; imagination; designer; endless；cut off; tell the truth; take turns; stare at; a variety of
句型
Unlike traditional amusement parks, theme parks often want to teach visitors something. unlike 表示对比的用法
What they all have in common is that they combine fun with the opportunity to learn ,something.
主语从句的用法
New theme parks are being built all over the world. 现在进行时的被动形式
语法：现在分词作状语的用法
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握amusement; attraction; collection; minority; cartoon; thrill; educate; conversation; divide; section; injury; rocket; helicopter; carve; achievement; civilization; prevent; handbag; twist; darkness; imagination; designer; endless；cut off; tell the truth; take turns; stare at; a variety of等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握unlike 表示对比的用法；现在进行时的被动形式的用法；现在分词作状语的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. You can’t miss it.
miss的用法：
vt.
(1)未击中;未得到;未达到;未看到;未听到;未领会（miss +v-ing）
He missed my meaning.
他没有领会我的意思。
The hunter fired at the deer but missed it.
猎人向鹿开了枪,但未打中。
(2)未履行;未出席;未赶上,错过（miss +v-ing）
She missed going to the party on Saturday.
星期六她没能出席聚会。
(3)想念,惦记+v-ing
I know how you miss your mother.
我了解你多么地想念你的母亲。
(4)发觉没有,觉得遗失
She did not miss her necklace until she arrived home.
直到回到家里她才发现丢失了项链。
vi. 未击中;打偏
Aim carefully or you'll miss.
仔细瞄准,否则会击不中的。
相关归纳：
(1)narrowly miss 险些
He narrowly missed being ran over by a car when crossing.
过马路时他险些被汽车压过。
(2)narrowly escape 险些
The child narrowly escaped drowning.
小孩险些被溺死。
2. A theme park is a collection of rides, exhibitions or other attractions that are based on a common theme.
attract的用法：
派生词：
attraction n. 魅力，吸引人之物；吸引(力)
attractive adj. 有魅力的，吸引人的，引人注目的
知识梳理：
(1)吸;吸引
The garden city attracts many tourists.
那个花园城市吸引许多游客。
(2)引起...的注意(或兴趣等);引诱
Jim was attracted to the Italian girl.
吉姆对那位意大利女孩产生了好感。
The salesman banged a drum to attract a crowd.
推销员击鼓以吸引人群
(3) (物理的性质) 吸引住……，
A magnet attracts both iron and steel.
磁铁吸铁也吸钢。
3. There are also theme parks about cartoon characters, animals--- even about water.
character的用法：
(1)(人的)品质;性格;(事物的)性质;特性[C][U]
He has a changeable character.
他性格多变。
(2)好品质;骨气;特色[U]
A person of character would not cheat.
品德高尚的人是不会欺诈的。
(3)(小说、戏剧等的)人物,角色[C]
They are the two main characters in the play.
他们是该剧中的两个主角。
(4)名声,名誉[C]
He established his character by his honesty.
他靠诚实赢得声誉。
(5) (书写或印刷)符号;(汉)字;字体[C]
He wrote in italic characters.
他用斜体字书写。
We have learned 3000 Chinese characters so far.
到目前为止我们已经学了3000个汉字。
4. What they all have in common is that they combine fun with the opportunity to learn something.
What they all have in common是一个主语从句做句子的主语，that they combine fun with the opportunity to learn something.是一个表语从句做表语。
combine d的用法：
(使)结合; (使) 联合
Some films combine education with recreation.
有些电影把教育与娱乐结合起来。
We are going to combine the three departments soon.
我们很快就要合并这三个部门了。
The two old schools are to combine to form one big new school.
这两所旧学校将合并组成一所新的大学校。
5. Disneyland in California was one of the first theme parks to become popular around the world.
the + 序数词+ 不定式。在这个结构中不定式起到了做定语的作用。
He is always the first to come and the last to leave.
他总是第一个到来并且是最后一个离开的人。
He is the last person to say such words.
他是最不可能说这样的话的人。
You are the last person that I want to see.
你是我最不愿见到的人。
6. Today rides are wilder and scarier than ever.
该句中的than ever=than ever before=than before 体现了英语中than+副词／过去分词的省略句型结构类似的例子还有：
You’ll soon speak English much better than ever.
你的英语不久就会比以前讲得更好。
They arrived earlier than usual.
他们比通常来得早。
He arrived three hours later than expected.
他比预期的晚来了三个小时。
7. Another attraction found in many theme parks is the thrill ride.
thrill 的用法：
(1)vt.
使兴奋,使激动
He was thrilled by her conversation.
她的谈话使他很激动。
使紧张;使毛骨悚然
She was thrilled with terror when she saw the scene of the murder.
她看到凶杀现场时,吓得毛骨悚然。
使颤动;使颤抖
The earthquake thrilled the land.
地震使大地颤动。
(2)vi.
感到兴奋,感到激动(+at/to)
She thrilled at the invitation.
她收到邀请时很激动。
感到紧张,感到毛骨悚然(+at/to)
She thrilled with horror.
她恐惧万分。
颤动;颤抖
Her voice thrilled with joy.
她高兴得声音颤抖。
n.兴奋, 激动; 引起激动的事物
He felt a thrill when he got into the theater.
他一进剧院就很激动。
She whiled away the afternoon reading cheap thrills.
她看廉价的惊险小说消磨了一个下午。
8. …without being in danger or risking injury.
risk + n./pron./doing
They risked losing their jobs.
他们冒着失去工作的风险。
By criticizing her boss, she risked losing her position.
批评老板使她冒失去职位之险。
You should not risk your health for the job.
为那份工作你不值得用健康冒险。
It’s not so necessary to risk injury.
没必要冒受伤的风险。
Are you willing to risk being punished for such a trifle
你甘愿为一件小事冒受惩罚的危险吗？
n. 危险,风险
He saved my life at the risk of losing his own.
他冒着生命危险救了我的性命。
He was ready for any risks.
他准备冒一切风险。
take/run the risk (of doing )
Sometimes we have to run/take the risk of losing at the moment so as to gain finally.
有时为了有所得，我们必须冒暂时有所失的风险。
The damage of his house by fire has to be at his own risk as it was caused by his smoking.
由于他本人吸烟导致房屋被烧，损失只能由他自己负责。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：hold短语总结
（1）hold up
I held up my hand to show that I had a question.
我举手表示有问题。
The travelers were held up by bandits.
游客们遭到土匪抢劫。
We were help up on our way to the airport in a traffic jam.
我们在前往机场的路上因堵车而延误了登机时间。
（2）hold off 使……保持距离；拖延
She hates children and tries to hold them off.
她讨厌小孩，总是想法远离他们。
Hold off for a minute.延缓一分钟。
（3）hold on继续；坚持；不挂断（电话）
How much longer can we hold on
我们能再坚持多久？
Hold on a minute.等一会儿（别挂断）。
（4）hold on to 抓住；执著于；固守
The little girl held on to the tail of his coat.
那小女孩抓住他外套的下摆。
（5）hold out 伸出；维持
The lady held out her hand to stop a car.
那女士伸出了手拦了一辆车。
Our food supplies won’t hold out long.（=last）
我们的食品存量维持不了多久。
（6）catch/get/lay/seize/take hold of抓住
He was caught hold of by the arm.
他的手腕被抓住。
（7）hold back抑制，制止，阻止；隐瞒
Jim was able to hold back his anger.
吉姆抑制住了愤怒。
They built a dam to hold back the rushing water.
他们修建了一个大坝来拦截汹涌的河水。
You must be holding something back from me.
你一定对我隐瞒着什么。
易混易错点1：turn 表示顺次的用法
(1)take turns：轮流, 依次
Mary and Helen took turns at sitting up with their sick mother.
玛丽和海伦轮流熬夜陪伴她们生病的母亲。
We took turns at driving the car.
我们轮流开车。
(2)by turns轮流=in turn
we took a rest by turns.
我们轮流休息。
(3)It’s one’s turn to do sth.轮到某人做某事
It’s your turn to be on duty.
轮到你值班了。.
(4)on the turn在转变
Their decision are on the turn.
他们的决定在改变。
(6)out of turn不按顺序；次序混乱
Please don’t speak out of turn.
请按顺次说。
(7wait one’s turn排队等你的顺次.
注意:in turn 与in return 的区别
in turn 有两个用法
（1）按顺序；
we drove the car in turn.
我们轮流开车。
（2）从而；反过来
The theory comes from practice and ,in turn, serves the practice.
理论来与实践，反过来又服务于实践。
in return（for sth.） 作为回报
He gave her some roses in return for her kindness.
他送了她一些玫瑰以答谢她的好意。
易混易错点2：一、现在分词短语作时间状语有以下三种情况：
1．分词动作一发生，谓语动作紧跟着发生，这时用现在分词的一般式作时间状语，其逻辑主语为句中的主语。常用的动词，如：hear, see, arrive, return, get to, look, open, close, leave, turn around, walk等，表示一个极短暂动作。
此种情况可以换作on+动名词，表示相同的意思。译作"一（刚）……就……"。
此种情况也可以换作是when引导的时间状语从句，该从句的动词多用一般过去时表示。如：
Hearing their teacher's voice, the pupils stopped talking at once.
= On hearing their teacher's voice…
= When they heard their teacher's voice, the pupils…
一听到教师的声音，学生们立即停止讲话。
2．谓语动作发生在分词所表示的动作过程之中，则用when /while+现在分词的一般式，分词的逻辑主语为句中的主语。此种情况可以用in+动名词的一般式代替。
也可以换作when、while引导的时间状语从句，该从句的谓语动词用进行时态。如：
Don't be careless when /while having an exam.
= Don't be careless in having an exam.
= Don't be careless when / while you are having an exam.
考试时不要粗心。
注：此结构中，不能用其他连接词替换when或while。
3．分词所表示的动作完成之后，谓语动作才发生，则要现在分词的完成式，即having done的形式。分词的逻辑主语应是句中的主语。
这种情况可以用after+动名词的一般式表示。
这种情况也可以用after /when引导的时间状语从句来替换，该从句的谓语动词用过去完成式。
Having finished his homework the boy was allowed to watch TV play.
After having finished his homework, the boy…
After /when he had finished his homework, the boy…
完成作业后，那个男孩被允许去看电视。
二、现在分词在句中作原因状语
1．分词短语在句中作原因状语时，相当于一个原因状语从句。与时间状语一样，也要注意分词所表示的动作与谓语动作的先后关系。当分词所表示的动作与谓语动作同时发生或几乎同时发生时，用分词的一般形式。此时分词的逻辑主语须是句中的主语。这样的原因状语可以换成because, as引导的原因状语，该从句谓语动词用一般过去时。
Not knowing how to work out the difficult physics problem, he asked the teacher for help.
因为不知道如何解这道物理难题，他求助老师。
= Because he didn't know how to work out the difficult physics problem, he asked…help.
2．当分词表示的动作发生在谓语动作之前，可以用现在分词的完成式在句中作原因状语，其逻辑主语须为句中的主语，该短语的作用相当于一个原因状语从句。该从句的谓语动词须用完成时。如：
Having lived with the girl for 5 years, we all know her very well.
= Because we have lived with the girl for 5 years, we all know her very well.
因为与那个女孩一起生活了五年，我们都非常了解她。
三、现在分词短语在句中可以作条件状语，其逻辑主语须为句中的主语，该短语相当于一个条件状语从句。
Working hard, you'll succeed. = If you work hard, you'll succeed.
如果你努力工作，你会成功的。
Turning to the left, you will find the path leading to the park.
= If you turn to the left, you will find the path leading to the park.
如果转向左边，你将找到通向公园的小道。
四、分词短语在句中作让步状语
分词短语在句中作让步状语时，相当于一个让步状语从句，有时分词前可以带有连接词although, whether, even if, even though。
现在分词短语作让步状语，分词的逻辑主语是句中的主语，变成状语从句时，需用主动语态。
Weighing almost one hundred jin the stone was moved by him alone.
= Although the stone weighted almost one hundred jin, it was moved by him alone.
虽然那块石头重将近一百斤，他一个人就把它挪动了。
五、分词短语在句中作结果状语
现在分词短语在句中可以作结果状语，它的逻辑主语便是句中的主语，该短语相当于一个结果状语从句，且用主动语态。分词短语在句中作结果状语时，通常位于句末，中间有逗号。有时为了加强语气，就在分词前加thus。
Their car was caught in a traffic jam, thus causing the delay.
= Their car was caught in a traffic jam, thus it caused the delay.
他们的车遇上交通阻塞，因而耽误了。
六、分词短语在句中表示方式或伴随情况
分词短语表示方式或伴随情况是比较常见的。它用来说明动作发生的背景或情况。一般情况下，现在分词所表示的动作与谓语所表示的动作同时发生，它的逻辑主语就是句中的主语，谓语动词作为主要动作，而现在分词表示一个陪衬动作，它没有相应的状语从句可以转换，但可以用并列句来转换。过去分词可以说明谓语动作的背景。过去分词与其逻辑主语之间有动宾关系。如：
The children ran out of the room, laughing and talking merrily.
The children laughed and talked merrily, and they ran out of the room.
那些孩子们跑出房间，愉快地笑着、说着。
Helped by their teacher, the students finished the task successfully.
在老师的帮助下，学生们成功地完成了任务。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. When children start smoking, they don't realize that they're their health.
A. costing B. caring C. risking D. keeping
变式1. By criticizing her boss, she risked her position.
A. losing B. lost C. to lose D. to be lost
解析：1. 本题主要考查 risk 作动词的用法。risk one's health 意为“拿自己的健康去冒险”。答案：C
变式1. 句子意思是“批评老板使她冒失去职位之险”考查risk doing sth. 这一用法。答案：A
2. I was just talking to Margarm when Jackson ____.
A. cut in B. cut down
C. cut out D. cut up
变式1. The enemy’s food supply had been _____ for 3 months, so they had to give in.
A. cut in B. cut down
C. cut off D. cut up
变式2. If traffic moves at low speeds, the number of acci dents is ____.
A. pulled back B. cut down
C. cut off D. turned off
解析：2. 此题主要考查cut短语的用法。根据句意“我正与玛格丽特谈着话，杰克逊突然插嘴 (cut in)了。”cut down “砍倒”，cut out“剪下”“cut up“切碎”，均与句意不符。答案:A
变式1. 根据句意“敌人的食物供应已经被切断了3个月因此他们不得不投降。”cut off有“切断供应”这一用法。答案：C
变式2. 根据句意“如果交通速度能慢下来，那么交通事故的数量将能够被减下来。”cut down有“缩减，使 降低下来”这一用法。答案：B
3. The company is starting a new advertising campaign to _____ new customers to its stores.
A. join B. attract C. stick D. transfer
解析：3. 这里表示“吸引新的顾客”，用attract。答案 B
4. Our flight was ____ by the thick fog. So we didn't attend the meeting on time.
A. broken off B. kept up
C. taken up D. held up
解析：4. 根据句意“我们的航班受到大雾的耽搁，因此我们没有准时参加会议。”kept up有“耽搁；延缓”这一用法。答案：B
5. According to the art dealer, the painting ____ to go for at least a million dollars.
A. is expected B. expects
C. expected D. is expecting
解析： 此题考查被动语态的用法。painting 同expect的关系是被动的，故用被动语态。答案：A
6. We'll be shown around the city: schools, museums and some other places, ____ other visitors seldom go.
A. what B. which
C. where D. when
解析：some other places为先行词，定语从句中的go为不及物动词，表地点的先行词在定语从句中作
状语。答案C
7._____ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
A. To wait B. Have waited C. Having waited D. To have waited
解析： wait发生在realize之前，与句子主语构成主动关系，因此用现在分词完成时。答案C
课后题：
1.Looking on the top of the hill, .
A. there was a lot of tall buildings
B. lots of tall buildings were seen
C.I saw a lot of tall buildings
D. our city looked very beautiful
2. two years to looking after her sick father ,she badly needed a holiday.
A. Devoted
B. Having been devoted
C. Having devoted
D. Devoting
3. late in the morning, Bob turned off the alarm.
A. To sleep B. Sleeping
C. sleep D. Having slept
4.Suddenly,a tall man driving a golden carriage the girl and took her away,
into the woods.
A. seizing；disappeared
B. seized；disappeared
C. seizing；disappearing
D. seized；disappearing
5.Though money, his parents managed to send him to university.
A. lacked B. lacking of
C. lacking D. lacked in
解析：
1.C 分词的主语应同主句中的主语一致，即looking的主语应是I。
2.C devote的动作已发生，且she与devote为主动关系，故应用现在分词的完成式。
3.A 从句意可知“Bob把闹钟关掉的目的是为了早上能够多睡一会儿。”表示目的，非谓语动词中，只有不定式可以表示目的，作目的状语。
4.D 第一空缺少谓语动词，和took并列，所以用seized,第二空用动词ing形式作结果状语。
5.C 主语his parents 与lack是主动关系though表示让步。
课后练习题
A组：
11.The bell the end of the period rang, our heated discussion.
A. indicating；interrupting
B. indicated；interrupting
C. indicating；interrupted
D. indicated；interrupted
2.What a pity! I missed meeting my boss at the airport because my car was in the traffic jam.
A. broken up B. kept back
C. help up D. kept up
3. —Do you mind if I keep pets in this building
— .
A. No, you can’t
B. Of course not, it’s not allowed here
C. Great! I love pets
D. I’d rather you didn’t, actually
4.——Why was our foreign teacher unhappy yesterday
——News about the tsunami striking her country ____ an attack of homesickness.
A. set for B. set out
C. set about D. set off
5. ——We are informed that the Weifang International Kite Festival starts at 7:00.
——Oh, I didn’t expect it was so early! I ____ to go out for dinner with my friends first.
A .was planning B. am planning
C. have been planning D. have planned
6. ____ abroad for a tour can be a great honor for an ordinary person like me.
A. Taken B. Taking
C. Being taken D. Having been taken
7. ——Did your classmate accept your invitation
——No, he ____ refused.
A. as far as B. as well as
C. as soon as D. as good as
8. I spent the whole day repairing the motorbike. The work was ____ simple.
A. nothing but B. anything but
C. something of D. all except
9. ____ the help of experienced career instructors, this type of job-hunting training____ to be very efficient.
A. By; has proved B. With; has proved
C. Under; is proving D. With; is prove
10. ——How come a simple meal like this costs so much
——We have ____ in your bill the cost of the cup you broke just now.
A. added B. included
C. contained D. charged
答案：
1.A 第一空现在分词补语作定语修饰the bell。第二空现在分词短语作伴随状语，指结果。
2.C hold up表示“阻滞”之意。
3.D 答语句意为“老实说，我不希望你养宠物”，符合句意。
4. D set off引起，激起。A letter from his home set off an attack of homesickness…。set out出发，开始；set about开始着手。
5. A 用过去进行时表示过去本打算干某事而实际并没干。
6. C 句子缺少主语，首先排除A、D；B项表示主动，只能选C。
7. D as good as，实际上，几乎等于。
8. B anything but意为“一点也不”；nothing but等于only意为“正是，只是”，根据上文提供的语境，“这项工作很麻烦”。
9. B 本题主要考查固定搭配的识记及动词的语态。根据help的搭配要求，介词须用with，从而排除选项A、C；动词prove表示事物的性质时，为不及物动词，不用被动形式，于是本题的正确答案为B。
10. B 考查动词。根据句意“你的帐单中已包括刚才比打破的杯子的费用。”include(have as a part)指包含不同的一部分，contain（have within itself）着重指被容纳的东西是整体中的组成部分。
单词拼写：
1.This is a kind of good activity that combines entertainment and e so perfectly.
2.To our a ，Zhao Benshan turned up in a straw hat and jeans.
3.Children often have very great (想象力).
4.When we reached the top of the mountains，we felt a great sense of (成就).
5. Vitamin C is supposed to _____(阻止) colds.
答案：1. education 2. amusement 3. imagination 4. achievement
5. prevent
B组：
汉译英
1. 你认为吸引人们到大城市的原因是什么？
2. 我将作业检查了一遍，以确定什么都没有漏掉。
3. 会见总统是一件令人兴奋不已的事情。
4. 我讨厌他不断的打扰。
5. 谁阻止他们的计划不让实施
6. 他是一个富有想像力的人。
7. 那位勇敢的人冒着生命危险试图救那孩子。
8. 老师把我们班分成四个小组。
答案：
1. What do you think attracts people to big cities
2. I went through my homework to make sure that nothing had been missed.
3. Meeting the President was a great thrill.
4. I am tired of his endless interruptions.
5. Who prevents their plans from being carried out
6. He is a man of imagination.
7. The brave man risked his life in trying to save the child.
8. The teacher divided our class into four groups.
单句改错：Unit 12 Art and literature
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语treat; literature; comedy; local; exhibition; power; magic; series; forehead; miserable; habit; whisper; stupid; announcement；in trouble; come across; believe in; turn around; make friends with
句型
He was just about to say something when Peter turned around. when 的用法
The next time you look for a tape, don't just look for Chinese or American music. 名词引导时间状语从句
It looked as if the creature had moved. as if 的用法
语法：定语从句（who, whom, that, which, whose, when, where, why）
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握treat; local; exhibition; power; magic; series; forehead; miserable; habit; whisper; stupid; announcement；in trouble; come across; believe in; turn around; make friends with等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握名词引导时间状语从句的用法； as if 的用法; 定语从句的引导词之间的区别等。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. His parents are dead and he lives with a family that treats him badly.
treat的用法：
知识梳理：
动词的主要义项有：
以……态度对待；以……方式对待；
They treated me as one of the family, which was very kind of them.
他们把我作为一个家庭成员来对待，他们真是太好了。
My parents still treat me like a child.
我的父母依旧把我当小孩一样看待。
（2）医疗；医治；治疗。
He is seriously ill, and is being treated in hospital now.
他病得很重，现正在医院接受治疗。
She was treated for sunstroke(中暑).
她因为中暑而被治疗。
（3）招待；款待；请（客）；买（可享受的东西）。treat sb./oneself to sth.
She treated him to lunch.
她请他吃午饭。
I’m going to treat myself to a cup of beer..
我要请自己喝一杯啤酒
名词义项有：乐趣；乐事；款待。
When I was young, chocolate was a treat.
当我年轻的时候吃巧克力是一件快乐的事。
Let’s go out for lunch— my treat.
走我们去吃饭吧，今天我请客。
相关归纳：以下短语都表示“把A 当作B”
treat A as B ；consider A as B; look on/upon A as B; think of A as B; take A as B;
regard A as B; view A as B
He viewed your hitting his dog as your attack its owner.
他把你打他的狗看作是对主人的攻击。
2. Two people may speak different languages, have different habits,
habit的用法：
相关归纳：
（1）be in the habit of =have the/a habit of有……的习惯（或脾气）
I’m not in the habit of letting strangers into my apartment.
我没有让陌生人进入我的房间的习惯。
（2）get into/fall into/develop/pick up the habit of养成……的习惯
I’ve got into the habit of turning on TV as soon as I get home.
我已经养成了一到家就看电视的习惯。
（3）break/get out of the habit of戒除……的习惯
I’m trying to break the habit of staying up too late.
我正试着戒除熬夜的习惯。
(4) give up / kick the habit of戒除……的习惯
He has kicked the habit of smoking,
他已经戒除了吸烟的习惯。
(5)do sth. out of habit/from habit
I smoke only out of habit.
我吸烟只是出于一种习惯。
(6)make a habit of it
You can borrow some money this time, but don’t make it a habit of it.
这一次你可以借些钱，但下不为例。
3. …Harry comes across at Hogwarts help him understand the real world.
come across
相关归纳:
（1）+sb./sth.（偶然）遇见，碰到，发现
I came across children sleeping under bridge.
我偶然碰见了睡在桥下的那些孩子。
（2）被理解，被弄懂，给人以……印象，使产生……印象
He spoke a long time but his meaning didn’t really come across.
他讲了很长一段时间，但是他的意思没有真正的被理解。
She comes across well in interviews.
在采访中她给人留下了深刻影响。
注意：come across 当（偶然）遇见，碰到时等于run across = run into = meet sb./sth. by chance = meet with
4. Harry offers to help the poor.
offer的用法：
知识梳理：
offer sb. sth / sth. to sb 向某人提供／提出……
He offered me a glass of wine.
他端给我一杯酒。
(2)offer (sb) some money for sth (向某人)出价……购买……
We offered him the calculator for US$50.
这计算器我们向他开价五十美元。
(3) offer to do sth 主动提出干某事
He offered to lend me some books.
他表示要借给我几本书。
(4) 提供,提议
Thank you for your kind offer of help.
感谢你想给予帮助的好意。
He made an offer of help, but I refused politely.
他提议要帮助我但是我谢绝了。
5. The play will be on the air.
on the air/in the air/by air/in the open air的用法区别:
(1)on the air表示(用无线电、电视)播送节目。
What’s on the air this evening
今晚的广播内容是什么？
These programs come on the air everyday.
这些节目每天广播。
其反义词为go off the air“停止广播”。
This radio station goes off the air at midnight.
这家广播电台于午夜停止广播。
(2)in the air表示“在空中、在流传中、（问题，计划等）悬而未决（未确定的）”。
Before the matter was publicly announced, it had long been in the air.
这件事在公诸于世之前早就传得满城风雨了。
The plan is quite in the air.
这个计划还很渺茫。
(3)by air 表示“乘飞机、由航空”。
He went to Shanghai by air.
他乘飞机去上海.
(4)in the open air 表示“在户外、在露天里”。
People love life in the open air.
人们喜欢露天生活。
6. His friends help him when he is in trouble.
in trouble处于困境中，有麻烦
A person with good manners never laughs at people when they are in trouble.
一个有礼貌的人绝不会嘲笑身处困境的人们。
相关归纳：
（1）be a great trouble to 对……来说很麻烦
The naughty boy is a great trouble to his busy parents.
那个淘气的小男孩对他的父母来说是一个大麻烦。
（2）ask for trouble 自找麻烦
Don’t ask for trouble.
别自找麻烦。
（3）have trouble (in) doing sth. 做某事困难
They dad trouble in finding the answer to the problem.
他们在找到问题的答案上费了很大的困难。
（4）get into trouble 陷入困境
What he said in the meeting got him into trouble.
他在会议上说的话使他陷入了麻烦。
（5）make trouble 制造麻烦
My little brother often makes trouble in my study.
我的小弟第常在我的书房捣乱。
（6）take trouble to do sth. 不辞辛劳做某事
Thank you for the great trouble you have taken to help me with my English.
谢谢你不辞辛劳的帮助我学习英语。
（7）put sb. to trouble 给某人添麻烦
I am very sorry to have put you to trouble.
非常抱歉给你添了那么多烦恼。
（8）put sb. to the trouble of doing 麻烦某人做某事
Can I put you to the trouble of change such a large note
麻烦你给我调换一张大的纸币。
7. You must believe in what you do and who you are…
believe 的用法总结：
(1)believe in的用法：
①信仰
Christians believe in Jesus.
基督徒信仰耶稣。
②信任=trust ab.
We believe in him.= We trust him.
我们信任他。
③相信...的效用
Jim believes in fresh air and morning exercises.
吉姆坚信新鲜空气及早操有益处。
He believes in getting up early.
他相信早起床的价值。
(2)It’s believed that 从句
It is believed that he will win the first prize in the contest.
人们相信他会在竞赛中获得一等奖的。
(3)believe it or not 信不信由你
Believe it or not, there will be a film tonight.
信不信由你,今晚将有一场电影。
(4)beyond belief
What he said is beyond belief.
他说的话难以置信。
8. “Did you hear that ” he whispered.
whisper 的用法：
(1)vi.
①低语,耳语;私语
She is whispering to him.
她正对他窃窃私语。
② (风,树叶等)飒飒地响
The wind was whispering in the trees.
风在树林中飒飒作响。
(2) vt.
①低声说出;私下告诉
"She is coming," he whispered.
"她来了,"他低声地说。
n.(可数名词) 耳语,私语
They debated it in whispers.
他们低声辩论。
9. He was just about to say something when Peter turned around.
be about to do sth. when 从句表示“正要做某事的时候什么事情发生了”
=be on the point of doing sth. when 从句
We were about to set out when it began to rain.
=We were on the point of setting when it began to rain.
我们正要出发这时天下雨了。
10. It was as if the creature was watching them.
as if/though 从句的作用
在look, seem 等系动词后引导表语从句。
She looks as if she were ten years younger．
她看起来好像年轻了十岁。
It seems as if our team is going to win．
看来我们队要胜了。
引导方式状语从句。
She loves the boy as if she were his mother．
她爱这男孩，就好像她是他的母亲一样。
The child talked to us as if he were a grown-up．
那孩子跟我们谈起话来，像个成年人似的。
as if 还可用于省略句中 如果as if 引导的从句是“主语＋系动词”结构，可省略主语和系动词，这样as if 后就只剩下名词、不定式、形容词（短语）、介词短语或分词。
He acts as if （he was） a fool．
他做事像个傻子。
Tom raised his hands as if （he was going） to say something．
汤姆举起手好像要说什么。
She left the room hurriedly as if （she was）angry．
她匆忙离开房间好像生气的样子。
(4.)as if 从句用虚拟语气的情况。 当说话人认为句子所述的是不真实的或极少有可能发生或存在的情况时。从句虚拟语气动词时态的形式如下：
①如果从句表示与现在事实相反，谓语动词用一般过去时。
You look as if you didn’ t care．
你看上去好像并不在乎。
He talks as if he knew where she was．
他说话的样子，好像他知道她在哪里似的。
②从句表示与过去事实相反，谓语动词用“had＋过去分词”。
He talks about Rome as if he had been there before．
他说起罗马来好像他以前去过罗马似的。
The girl listened as if she had been turned to stone．
那女孩倾听着，一动也不动，像已经变成了石头似的。
③从句表示与将来事实相反，谓语动词用“would／could／might＋动词原形”。
He opened his mouth as if he would say something．
他张开嘴好像要说什么。
It looks as if it might snow． 看来好像要下雪了。
as if 从句用陈述语气的情况。 当说话者认为句子所述的是真实的或极有可能发生或存在的事实时。： It sounds as if it is raining． 听起来像是在下雨。
He talks as if he is drunk． 从他谈话的样子来看他是醉了。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：the + 比较级，the + 比较级 越……，就越……
第一个the + 比较级相当于条件状语从句要用现在时表示将来时；第二个the + 比较级相当于主句。
The busier he is ,the happier he feels。
越忙他越高兴。
②The harder you work, the greater progress you’ll make.
你学习越努力，取得的进步就越大。
The more happily we live ,the more we realize how much we owe to the Party。
我们过得越幸福，就会更加认识到共产党的恩情。
④The more I hear, the more I laugh.
越听我笑得越厉害。
重点/热点2：be +of + n.的用法
（1）of + n.（抽象句词）相当于该名词相应的形容词，在句中可用作表语，补语或在名词后做定语，能用于该句型的名词help/use/ value/ importance/humor/determination等其对应的形容词分别为：helpful/ useful/ valuable/ important/humorous/determined .
① This book is of great use/ very useful.这本书很有用。
②His advice is of great value/ very valuable.他的建议很有价值。
③English is of great importance/ very important to us.英语对我们来说很重要。
④He is a man of great determination and we all admire him.
（2）be +of +a +n.用来表示相同或相似
① They are of a height. 他们身高一样。
②The flowers are of a color .这些花颜色一样。
（3）be +of +the same + n.也用来表示相同或相似
① They are of the same height. 他们身高一样。
②The flowers are of the same color .这些花颜色一样。
易混易错点1：If only they could find a way to get to the room, or whatever it was, behind the wall.
他们要是能够找到一条通道进入墙壁后面的那个房间，或无论什么地方，该有多好!
If only 与only if
(1)if only 要是怎么样就好了，后接句子必须要虚拟语气:
①had done sth 指过去的情况
If only you hadn’t told Jackie what I said, everything would have been all right.
要是你没把我的话告诉杰克就好了，那样就不会出什么问题了。
② did sth 指现在的情况
If only I were a bird
要是我是一只小鸟就好了。
③ would/could do sth指将来的情况
If only I would go to Beijing next year.
(2)only if 只有后接句子，位于句首时主句必须倒装。
Only if a teacher has given permission is a student allowed to leave the room.
学生只有得到老师的许可才能离开教室。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. Though the girl had been suffering from the blood disease, she acted as if nothing ____ to her while facing her friends and relations.
A. happened B. would happen C. was happened D. had happened
变式：1. He lay down in the tent as if _____.
A. to have a sleep B. having a sleep C. slept D. sleeping
变式2. The sky is crowded with clouds. It looks as if it ______.
A. were to rain B. were raining C. will rain D. is going to rain
解析：1.在as if ，as though 引导的方式状语从句中，从句谓语动词要用虚拟结构，根据题干中动词所使用的时态可以看出，选项部分是表示与过去事实相反的动作，要用had +过去分词。答案：D
变式1. 该句意思是“他在帐篷里躺下来好像是为了去睡一觉”应该用不定式。答案：A
变式2. 该题语境表明天空乌云密布，的确有可能下雨，所以就不能用虚拟语气，而应该用真实语气。有迹象表明某事即将发生时要用be going to 所以答案为：D
2. Do you have any information on your son
No. If only I ______ him.
A. hadn’t punished B. haven’t punished C. didn’t punish D. wouldn’t punish
变式 1. Only if you work harder, _____ succeed.
A. will you B. you will C. do you D. you do
解析：
3.Bill is always a lot of physical exercise to build up his _____.
A. ability B. force C. strength D. mind
变式1.As everybody knows, heat is a form ______.
A. energy B. force C. power D. mind
解析：3. build up one’s strength 为固定短语“增强体力”。答案：C
变式1.
4. I was so familiar with him that I recognized his voice ____ I picked up the phone.
A. while B. after C. in case D. the minute
变式1. I was so familiar with him that I recognized his voice ____ I picked up the phone.
A. immediately B. distantly C. minutely D. quickly
解析：1 the minute为名词引导时间状语从句表示一就。答案：D
变式1. immediately为副词性连词引导时间状语从句表示一就。答案：A
5. I was on the point of giving up _____ the police arrived.
A. while B. when C. as D. then
变式1. --The vase cost me almost 100 yuan.
--Well, it was crazy of you to spend so much money __ you could buy a much
cheaper one.
A. while B. if C. because D. when
变式2. Doing your homework is a sure way to improve your test scores, and this is especially true____ it comes to classroom tests．
A．before B．since C．when D．after
解析：5.考查“be on the point of doing sth. +when 从句”这一知识点。答案：B
变式1.when引导让步状语从句时这中句型时要不能位于句首。答案：D
变式2. 考查“when it comes to ”当提到什么”这一句型。答案;C
6.______ modeling business is by no means easy to get into, the good model will always be in demand.
A. While B. Since C. As D. If
变式1. It was foolish of you to take a taxi _____ the station is so near to us.
A. While B. since C. as D. when
变式2.____ we have no money on us , we could not eat in the restaurant
A. While B. Since C. As D. If
解析：6.全句意思为：虽然模特行业不容易进入，但优秀的模特总是哪里都需要。While 引导让步状语从句时这中句型时要位于句首。答案：A
变式1.when引导让步状语从句时这中句型时要不能位于句首。答案：D
变式2.since 引导状语从句时这中句型时要位于句首，前后两句话是因果关系，可以等于now (that) 答案：B
课后题：
1. He owes me five pounds but I doubt if he’ll ever _____ with it.
A. come up B. come along C. come in D. come across
2. .Is it a fact that everyone in your town _____ God
A. believes B. believe in C. believes in D. believe
3. .Bob said he was going to _____ himself to a vacation in the mountains because he had been so tired.
A. press B. add C. touch D. treat
4. .I’ll never forget the years ____ I lived in the country with the farmers, _____ has a great effect on my life.
A. that; which B. when; which C. which; that D. when; who
5. A new cinema _____ here. They hope to finish it next month.
A. will be built B. is built C. has been built D. is being built
解析：
1. come across (with sth.) “给或交给（钱、资料等）”答案：D
2. that引导的是fact的同位语从句，believe in “信仰，信奉”。答案：B
3. treat---to--- “款待” 答案：D
4. when是关系副词，在第一个定语从句中作时间状语；which是关系代词，在非限定性定语从句中做主语，代整个主句。答案：B
5. 根据题意可知，新的电影院正在建设之中。答案：D
课后练习题
A组：
1.They carried out experiments to test the new drug.
A. a series of
B. a list of
C. a large amount of
D. a great many of
2.She was an excellent athlete. ,that 21-year-old girl won three Olympic medals in track events.
A. Whether believe or not
B. Believing it or not
C. To believe or not
D. Believe it or not
3. he hadn’t finished his work, otherwise he wouldn’t be still working ther-e.
A. It seems that B. It looks that
C. It seems as if D. He seems as if
4. Jane and Robert had enough sense of humour!
A. What if B. Even if
C. If only D. Only if
5.He was about to frighten her when she .
A. turned around B. turned over
C. turned in D. turned on
6.It is reported that the police have been given special to deal with this state of affairs.
A. strength B. energy
C .force D. powers
7.The collection is at the British Museum.
A .on the show B. in show
C. on the exhibition D. on exhibition
8.Over the past few years, the farmers have had a of good harvests which have helped to improve their living standards.
A. collection B. set
C. series D. pile
9.The boy burns at the hospital.
A. treated of B. treated as
C. was treated for D. was treated as
10.Only if the red light comes on any danger to employees.
A. there is B. there was
C. is there D. was there
答案：
1.Ａ a series of指“很多的，一系列的”，Ｃ项只接不可数名词，Ｄ与Ｂ项表达有误。
2.D believe it or not在句中作插入语，“信不信由你”。其他三项皆为错误表达形式。
3.Ｃ 因题目中用了虚拟语气，所以Ａ、Ｂ不能，Ｄ项为错误用法，即seem后接从句时，只能用it作主语。
4.Ｃ If only常用来指愿望，表示“要是……多好啊！”
5.Ａ turn around指“转过身来”。
6.Ｄ 句意：据报道警察已获得处理这一事务的特殊权力。strength“力量；力气；人力”；energy“能量；能源”；force“力；强制力；暴力”。
7.Ｄ 句意为“那批收藏品目前在大英博物馆展出。”on exhibition等于on show。
8.Ｃ series一系列的。
9.C 句意为“那个男孩因烧伤在医院接受治疗。”treat sb for sth治疗某人某病。答案为Ｃ。又如：The doctor treated her for earache.医生给她治疗耳痛。
注意：cure sb of a disease治愈某人的病。
10.C only if“只有”，常用在句首，主句要用倒装句，根据从句的时态可知选Ｃ。
单词拼写：
1. We went to an ——（展出） of Chinese paintings at the museum.
2 Then began a （连续）of wet days that spoiled our vacation.
3. His——（前额）feels very hot, he must be ill.
4. Too much work has been placed on his （肩膀）.
5. We were eager to hear the （宣布） of the winner of the race.
6. "She is coming," he （低声说）.
7. They are the two main （角色）in the play.
8. He never read these books, for he had long lost the （习惯）of reading.
9. He is going to perform （魔术） at the party.
10. _____（当地的）conditions must be taken into account in mapping out the plan.
答案: 1 exhibition 2. series 3 4. shoulders announcement
6. whispered 7. characters 8. habit 9. magic 10. Local
B组：
汉译英
1.她请他吃午饭。
2.我习惯了一回家就打开电视。
3.我与简毫无共同之处。
4.我偶然发现睡在桥下的孩子。
5.你过去常见到她，是吗？
6.虽然我理解你的观点，但我并不同意你的意见。
7.他们俩并不都是学生。]
8.到目前为止我们已经学会了5000个汉字。
答案:
1.She treated him to lunch.
2.I’ve got into the habit of turning on TV as soon as I get home.
3.Jane and I have nothing in common./I have nothing in common with Jane.
4.I came across children sleeping under bridge.
5.You used to see a lot of her, didn’t you
6.While I understand your opinion, I don’t agree with you.
7. Not both of them are students.=Both of them are not students.
8. We have learned 5000 characters so far.
改错题：
If only we took Mr. Wang’s advice, we wouldn’t be in trouble now.
I was about to go out while it began to rain.
Because of poor management, the company is in the trouble.
He turned up all at once like magically.
There are many exhibitions on show.
They have gotten into the habit of reading books for many years.
7. They are good friends but they have different habit.
8. You can have your poem broadcast on radio.
答案：1. took 改为 had taken 2. while 改为when 3. the去掉
4. magically 改为magic 5. exhibitions 改为 exhibits
6. gotten into改为 in 7. habit. 改为 Habits 8. on 后加theUnit 20 Humour
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语humour; humourous; bitter; chalk; couple; minister; circus; intend; stage; nationality; certain; amuse; laughter; accent; actually; typical; tradition; rapid; appreciate; exist; phrase; suffer; operate; direction; brake; cyclist; fortunately; bicycle; silence; rude; confuse; confused; make fun of; date back; make use of; drive off; be on good terms with sb.; look on… as; take notes of; stand for; go against; year after year; in the direction of; in surprise; to one’s joy
句型
The actors make us laugh by making fun of somebody’s way of dressing or telling an amusing story. v-ing 做定语
I remember that the last time we met I did most of the talking, so perhaps I should let you do the talking this time. the last time引导时间状语从句。
语法：The v-ing Form as Attribute and Complement
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握bitter; couple; intend; stage; certain; amuse; accent; actually; typical; tradition; appreciate; exist; suffer; operate; direction; fortunately; silence; rude; confuse; confused; make fun of; date back; make use of; drive off; be on good terms with sb.; look on… as; take notes of; stand for; go against; year after year; in the direction of; in surprise; to one’s joy等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握v-ing 做定语的用法；the last time引导时间状语从句的用法和现在分词作宾补的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
I would like to reach a wide audience, tough I mostly have adults in mind.
mind的用法：
构词：
evil-minded 存心不良的
low-minded 卑鄙的
small-minded 气量小的
strong-minded 意志坚强的
absent-minded 心不在焉地
知识梳理：
(1)n. ①头脑,智力
He has a brilliant mind.
他智力超群。
②记忆力
It completely slipped my mind.
对此,我一点也记不起来了。
③意向
He has a good mind to quit that job.
他很想辞去那份工作。
④主意;意见,想法
Two days later he changed his mind.
两天后他改变主意了。
⑤精神,心
I have your safety in mind.
我记挂着你的安全。
(2)vt.
①注意,留意
Mind the wet paint.
当心油漆未干。
Mind your head,
当心你的头。
②(用于否定句和疑问句中)介意,反对
Do you mind if I put my bag here
我把袋子放在这儿你不介意吧
Would you mind switching the television to channel 8
请把电视转到八频道好吗
She wouldn't mind taking care of our children.
她不会介意照料我们的孩子的。
③照料,看管
Your son can mind your shop for you.
你儿子可以替你照管商店。
(3)vi. 介意
If you don't mind I'll open the window.
如果你不介意,我就开窗。
相关归纳：
(1)never mind 别难过；没关系；不重要
Sorry to have kept you waiting so long.非常抱歉让你等了那么久。
Never mind. 没关系。
(2)be in / have a good mind to do sth 极想，极有意
I have a good mind to see you.
我极其想见到你。
(3)be of / in a / one mind 意见一致
As to where to spend the holiday, we are of a mind.
对于去那里度假，我们意见一致。
(4)be out of one's mind 精神不正常，发疯；忘记
He must be out of his mind, wearing a jacket on a snowy day.
他一定疯了， 在下雪的日子里穿一件夹克衫。
(5) bear / keep...in mind 记住，记在心里
We should keep it in mind that getting up early is good for health.
我们应该记住早起对健康有益处。
(6)bring / call...to one's mind 想起，回忆起
The picture brought the childhood to my mind.
这张照片使我回忆起了童年。
(7)change one's mind 改变想法／主意；变卦
At the last moment, he changed his mind.
在最后一刻钟他改变了注意。
(8)come to / into one's mind 浮现在某人的脑海中
A good idea came to my mind.
我相出了一个好主意。
(9)make up one's mind 决心，打定主意；接受，承认
I made up to catch the early bus.
我下决心要赶上早班车。
2. The actors make us laugh by making fun of somebody’s way of dressing or telling an amusing story.
amuse vt. 给……娱乐(消遣); 使……喜欢(高兴); 逗……乐(笑)
派生词:
amusement n. 娱乐；消遣；娱乐活动
amused adj. 愉快的；开心的；好玩的
amusing adj. 有趣的
相关归纳：
(1)amuse oneself with 以……自娱
(2)be amused at/by/with 以……为乐；对……觉得有趣(好笑)
(3)be amused to do sth. 做……取乐
I was very much amused to see the seal perform its tricks.
看见海豹表演技巧我感到很高兴。
The children amused themselves by playing hide-and- seek games.
孩子们玩捉迷藏游戏取乐。
3.what do you intend to do
intend：vt意欲,打算; 原本是要……；原意要……
派生词:
intending adj. 预期的；未来的
intended adj. 预期的；有意的；已订婚的
intention n. 意图，打算，目的；意义，用意
intentional adj. 故意的，有意的，存心的
intentionally adv. 故意地，有意地
相关归纳：
(1)intend to do sth/doing sth
I’ve made a mistake, though I didn’t intend to/ mean to.
我错了，虽然我不愿意。
(2)intend sb. to do
He intends his son to manage the company.
他打算让儿子经营公司。
(3)intend that…
He intends that the plan should be put into practice within a year.
他有意让这个计划在一年之内付诸实践。
(4)intend sth for sb
I intended these flowers for you.
我打算把这些花送给你的。
(5)be intended for/ as
This book was intended for you, but he took it away.
这本书是要给你的，但让他拿走了。
(6)be intended to do
This was intended to be a picture of a cat.
这本应是一张猫的画像。
(7) have no intention of doing…无意做……
I have no intention of going to the wedding.
我不想去参加婚礼。
(8) with the intention of 抱有……目的，打算
He left England with the intention of traveling in France.
他离开英国打算去法国旅游。
(9) without intention 无意中，不是故意地
He broke the window without intention.
他无意之中把玻璃弄碎了。
4.certain 的用法
派生词:
certainly adv. 的确，(口语)当然·行
certainty n. 确实．确定(性)；确知，确信
相关归纳：
(1)It is certain that... ……”是肯定无疑的
It is certain that he is honest.
他是个诚实的人是确定无疑的。
(2) be certain of / about确信，深信
He is certain of his success.
他自信能成功。
(3) be certain to do sth必然，一定
He is certain to win the first prize.
他一定会赢得一等奖的。
(4) be not certain whether...不能确定是否……
(5) for certain 肯定地，确凿地
(6) make certain of / about把……弄清楚，把……弄确实
I will go to the theatre and make certain of seats.
我要到戏院去把我们的座位定好（以便有把握到开演时有座位）
(7) make certain that... 保证……
You’d better make certain that his plane takes off at 8:00.
你最好证实一下他的飞机确实是在8点起飞。
注意
certain还可以放在名词前做定语，表示 某个，某些
What we are talking about is a certain person I met yesterday.
我们在谈论的是我昨天遇到的某一个人。
The club meets on certain days every month.
俱乐部成员每月于某些确定的日期聚会。
For certain reasons I will be unable to attend the meeting.
因为某些原因，我不能出席这次会议。
A certain Mr. Brown telephoned you while you were out.
你出去的时候，有个叫布朗的先生来过电话。
5. Drive carefully so that everyone can enjoy a long life.
drive的用法：
(1)驾驶,开车送某人去…
I don't know how to drive a carriage.
我不会驾马车。
The man got into the car and drove off.
那名男子钻进了汽车就开走了。
He'll drive us to the airport.
他会开车送我们去机场。
(2)驱赶（动物或人）
They were determined to drive the enemy off.
他们决心把敌人赶走。
He drove the sheep up the hill.
他把羊群往山上赶。
(3)（指风或水）卷、刮、冲
The gale drove the ship out of its course.
大风把船吹出了航道。
The rain was driving in our faces.
雨扑面而来。
(4)使或逼（某人）处于某种状态或做某事
He was driven by necessity to steal.
他迫不得已而偷窃。
The noise will drive me mad.
这噪音会使我发疯的。
(5) 把(钉,桩等)打入
We first drove the stakes into the ground.
我们首先把桩打入地里。
注意：drive还可以做名词
Let’s go for a drive in the country.
我们开车去郊外兜兜风吧。
6. To appreciate the jokes of crosstalk artists, listeners have to ……
appreciate vt. 鉴赏，欣赏；感谢；意识到
派生词:
appreciator n. 鉴别(赏)者；赏识者
appreciation n. 欣赏；评价；了解；感激
appreciative adj. 赞赏的；有欣赏力的；感激的
知识梳理:
(1)欣赏,赏识
Her talent for music was not appreciated.
她的音乐才能无人赏识。
(2)感谢,感激
They deeply appreciated his kindness.
他们对他的好意深表感谢。
(3)体会,领会,察知
You can’t fully appreciate foreign literature in translation.
看翻译作品很难欣赏到外国文学的精髓。
I am afraid you have not appreciated the urgency of the matter.
恐怕你还没有意识到这件事的紧迫性。
(4)体恤，体谅，体念
You don’t seem to appreciate how busy I am.
你似乎不能体会我多么忙。
I appreciate your problem, but I don’t think I can help.
我理解你的困难，但却爱莫能助。
相关归纳：
(1)appreciate sth/doing sth
I really appreciate your offering help to me.
我真的感激你给我提供帮助。
(2)I would appreciate it if 从句
I would appreciate it if you could keep silent.
如果你能保持沉默的话我将非常感激。
I shall appreciate it if you will do me that favour.
如果你能帮忙，我会非常感激的。
注意：appreciate 与 thank的区别appreciate 的宾语只能是事情搭配为appreciate sth/doing sth
thank的宾语只能是人搭配是thank sb for sth/doing sth .
7.Is this the operating table on which he was operated
operate 派生词:
operation手术，操作
operator操作员，接线员
operational adj. 可使用的
知识梳理:
(1)运转,起作用 vi
The sleeping pill operated at once.
安眠药立刻起作用了。
This sewing machine doesn’t operate properly.
这台缝纫机无法正常工作。
(2)操作, 经营, 管理 vt
Can you operate this computer
你能操作这台电脑吗？
The company operates ten factories.
这家公司管理10个工厂。
(3)动手术 vi
The surgeon decided to operate on her.
医生决定给她做手术。
相关归纳：
(1) operate on sb for sth 给某人做手术治某种病
(2) perform an operation on sb for sth给某人做手术治某种病
(3)in operation 有效；使用中
(4)come into operation 开始工作；开始生效
(5)put sth into operation实施
8. Dating back to the Qin Dynasty, the traditional crosstalk shows have made people all over China laugh for centuries.
date的用法：
(1)n. 日期，（和异性的约会）
Has the date of the meeting been fixed
开会的日期决定了吗？
(2)v. 注明…的日期；约会
His last letter was dated 24May.
他最后一封信的日期是5月24日。
They’ve been dating for a long time.
他们一直频频约会。
I have a date with my girlfriend tonight.
我今晚和女朋友有个约会。
相关归纳：
(1)out of date不再流行的，过时的；过期的
Will denim jeans ever go out of date
粗布牛仔裤会过时吗？
(2)up to date现代的，时髦的
She wears clothes that are right up to date.
她穿着最时髦的衣服
(3) date back to /from追溯到，始于
This temple dates back to the 14th century.
这座庙宇建于14世纪。
The Great Wall dates from the third century BC.
长城始建于公元前三世纪。
9. The story of how I got my new job, and came to be on such good terms with my boss is a funny one.
term 的用法：
(1)期,期限
They were sentenced to long terms in prison.
他们被判长期徒刑。
(2)学期
Are there any examinations at the end of term
学期结束时有考试吗
(3)任期
The President's term of office is four years.
总统任期为四年。
(4) (契约,谈判等的)条件;条款
We accepted the new terms.
我们接受了新的条件。
相关归纳：
（1）be on good terms with sb. 和某人关系好
We are on good terms with our neighbors.
我们与邻居和睦相处。
(2）come to terms with 甘心忍受
To succeed, we will come to terms with difficulties.
为了成功我们甘心忍受各种困难。
(3) in terms of 用什么术语
The book is written in terms of simple language.
这本书是用通俗的语言写的。
10. We looked at each other for a moment in great surprise.
Look短语归纳：
(1) look back on/upon回想；记起
Looking back on the old days can benefit us,
回忆过去对我们有益处。
(2) look down on 轻视；看不起
We should not look down on manual labor.
我们不应该轻视体力劳动。
(3) look forward to 盼望；期待
They were looking forward to the summer vacation.
他们正盼望着暑假来临。
I’m looking forward to seeing you.我盼望见到你。
(4) look on旁观
Two men were fighting while people looked on.
两个人在打架，但大家都袖手旁观。
(5) look out注意=watch out
Danger! Look out. 危险！请注意。
(6) look through浏览；审查
I have to look through my notebooks for the exam.
为了考试我必须把笔记复习一遍。
I looked through several magazines in the beauty shop.
我在美容院翻阅了几本杂志。
(7) look up 查找；寻访到；探访(某人)；好转
If you don't know a word, you can look it up in a dictionary.
如果你有不识的字,可以查字典。
The weather is looking up, so we may go out this coming Sunday.
天气正在好转，因此这个周日我们可以出去玩。
(8) look up to 尊敬
The students all looked up to the old philosophy teacher.
学生们都很尊敬那位哲学老教授。
(9) look over瞭望；越过……看
I looked over my shoulder and found a person lying on the ground.
我向后看看到了一个人躺在地上。
(10)look on...as 把……看作
I decided to look on the whole matter as a great joke!
我决定把整个事件看成一个大笑话。
I look on her as a promising pianist.
我认为她是一个很有前途的钢琴家。
Do you look on him as an authority on the subject
你认为他是这方面的权威吗？
(11) look into往里看；调查
The committee is looking into the cause of the accident.
委员会正在调查这次事故的原因。
注意：查字典的正确表达方法：
(1)look sth. up in the dictionary
You can look up the new word in the dictionary when you meet with them.
碰见生单单词的时候你可以在字典里面查找它的意思。
(2)refer to (the dictionary/the note)查阅字典或笔记
He often refer to his notes when making a speech.
演讲的时候他经常看讲稿。
(3)consult the dictionary查阅字典
You can consult the dictionary when you meet new words.
碰见生单单词的时候你可以在字典里面查找它的意思。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：I remember that the last time we met I did most of the talking, so perhaps I should Iet you do the talking this time.
句中 the last time 为连词引导时间状语从句。引导时间状语从句的词组有as soon as, hardly...when, no sooner...than, the moment, by the time, every time, each time 等。
The last time I saw him, he was reading a book in the reading room.
最后一次我见到他时他正在阅览室里读书。
The moment I saw him, I recognised him.
我一见到他，就认出了他。
He had hardly finished the article when the light went out.
他刚写完论文，灯就熄了。
No sooner had she arrived than she went away again.
她刚到就又走了。
Every time I had a problem, I would turn to Mr. Wang for help.
每一次遇到问题，我都会向王老师求助。
易混易错点1：现在分词做定语：
现在分词在句中都可以作定语，在语态上，现在分词表主动，在时间上，现在分词表示动作正在进行，例：
boiling water (主动、进行)
单个分词作定语置于被修饰词前。
China is a developing country.中国十一个发展中国家
有些单个分词（尤其是现在分词）作定语时也可以置于被修饰词之后，如：
There is nothing interesting in today’s paper.
They can see everything happening on the line.
Is there anything interesting in the book
分词短语置于被修饰词之后
The pen lying on the table belongs to you.
The boy making faces is my son.
其实作定语的分词短语可以扩展为定语从句。如上述两句可改为：
The pen which is lying on the table belongs to you.
The boy who is making faces is my son.
现在分词作后置定语表示一个（现在或将来）正在进行的动作，或者表示某经常性动作或状态。
Can you see the star moving in the sky
There is a piano standing in the corner.
如果分词所表示的动作在时间上同谓语动词所表示的动作不一致，不能使用现在分词，而应使用定语从句。
I want to know the man breaking the window. (X)
break 的动作是先发生
上例不能用现在分词，应改为定语从句。如：….who broke the window.
Do you know anyone having lost money. (X)
Do you know anyone who lost money. (V)
因此我们就知道在那种情况下定语从句可以用现在分词代替，即：定语从句动词所表示的时间同主句谓语动词的时间一致时。例：
Did you see the man (who was) talking to the headmaster
The hospital which stands /standing across the street was set up last year.
(stands 表示一个经常性的状态)
动名词作定语
动名词单个词作定语时也置于被修饰词前，表示被修饰词的用途、类属等。例 ；
a writing table = a table for writing (动名词)
a sleeping child = a child who is sleeping （现在分词）
a swimming pool = a pool for swimming （动名词）
a waiting room = a room for waiting （动名词）
drinking water = water for drinking （动名词）
No one is allowed to speak aloud in the reading room. （动名词）
That is a shop dealing in walking stick. （动名词）
The sleeping child was in a sound sleep. （现在分词）
All bedrooms in this hotel have hot cold running water. (现在分词)
从上述看，单个动名词和现在分词都可以作前置定语，但现在分词和被修饰的名词在逻辑上有主谓关系，表示被修饰名词自身发生的动作或行为，而动名词和被修饰的名词不表示这种关系，只表示与被修饰名词的用途、类属等。
易混易错点2：现在分词做宾补
（1） 用于 see, watch look at feel find notice observe listen to hear smell 等表示感觉和心理状态的动词后， 表示宾语正在进行的动作。
I hear someone knocking at the door.
我听到有人在敲门。
(2) 用在含“ 使”， “让” 意义的动词后表宾语持续的动作
They keep me waiting for a long time.
他们让我等了很长一段时间。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
I’d appreciate _____ you could help me with my English.
A. it B. that C. if D. it if
变式1. I _____ Mr. Wang helping me with my English.
A. thanked B. owed C. appreciated D .admired
变式2 I really appreciate _________ to relax with you on this nice island.
A. to have had time B. having time C. to have time D. to having time
解析：1. appreciate 后接从句时要用it做形式宾语在跟从句做真正的宾语。所以答案选D.
变式1. thank 的结构为：thank sb. For doing sth. ; appreciate的结构为： appreciate sth./ one’s doing sth.所以答案为：C
变式2. 本题考查appreciate的用法搭配。此处appreciate意为“欣赏”，其后不能接动词不定式作宾语，而只能用名词或动名词。答案：B
I _______ to help you yesterday, but I was ill.
A. intended B would intend C. had intended D. has intended
变式1. I intended _____ you yesterday, but I was ill.
A. to help B. helping C. having intended D. to have intended
解析：2. 根据语境用had + 过去分词表示过去未曾实现的想法、愿望和打算等。答案：C
变式1. 动词(mean/ intend/hope/want等)+ to have done sth. 表示过去未曾实现的想法、愿望和打算等。答案：D
3. ______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
解析：根据already可知句意为：“河流已遭受如此严重的污染，现在要想清理也许太晚了”，所以此处应用suffer的现在分词的完成式。 答案：A
4. These old buildings possibly _____ the Ming Period.
A. are dated back to B. date from C. are dated from D. date back
变式1. The old temple, ______ , is 500 years old.
A. dating from B. dated to C. dated back to D. dating to
解析：4. date from和date back to 都无被动形式。答案：B
变式1. 由于 date from和date back to 都无被动形式，并且在该句中做状语所以答案为：A
5. When _____ help, one often says “Thank you” or “It’s kind of you”
A. offering B. to offer C. to be offered D. offered
解析：offer的逻辑主语是one，构成被动关系，用过去分词作状语。答案 D
6. It was not a serious scientific research, and they did it just ______.
A. for fun B. on business C. on duty D. in fun
变式1He is _____ great fun, and we all like to make ____ fun of him.
A. the; a B. a; a C. a ; ∕ D. ∕; ∕
解析：6. 句意是“这不是一项严肃的科学研究，他们做这件事只是为了娱乐。”for fun 做“为了娱乐”；in fun做“开玩笑地”答案：A
变式1.fun为不可数名词即使前有形容词修饰也不可以加冠词，make fun of 为固定短语。答案：D
课后题：
1.Tom’s interests include basketball，bowling and surfing the web studying his favourite subjects.
A. as well as B. instead of
C. rather than D. less than
2.－How is Tom getting along with his new job
－Perhaps he is very busy. has come from him all the week.
A.A word B. No a word
C. No word D. No words
3.They saw a number of sheep crops in the field by the hill.The number twelve at least.
A. was eating；was
B. were eating；were
C. was eating；were
D. were eating；was
4.Scientists have spent years into the effects of certain chemicals on the human brain with no result.
A. studying B. researching
C. investigating D. inspecting
● 填空
解析：
1. A as well as意为“还有”；instead of “而不是”；rather than“不是；而不是”；less than“少于”。据题意A项为正确答案。
2. C word意为information，为不可数名词，前不加冠词，故答案为C。
3. D the number作主语谓语动词用单数；a number of + 名词作主语，谓语动词用复数，故答案为D。
4. B study直接跟宾语；investigate调查；inspect视察，检查；research into研究。
课后练习题
A组：
1.This experiment the theory.
A. intend to test B. is intended to test
C. is intended for D. intend for
2.When they arrived at the crossroads, they went the wrong .
A. path B. way
C. street D. direction
3.This custom the 8th century when people knew little about the earth which they lived on.
A .is dated B. goes back in time to
C. dates back to D. dates to
4.－Won’t you tell me more about your problem
－I talk about it anymore.
A. would rather not
B. would like to
C. would rather not to
D. should like to
5.Our mind has been made up the plan.
A. carrying out B. to carry out
C. for carrying out D. to carry away
6.The customer didn’t choose of the coats and went away without looking at a third one.
A. both B. all
C. any D. either
7.Classroom testing，if well done，most certainly a stimulus(激励) to study and real learning.
A. acts for B. acts on
C. acts as D. acts to
8.We both strongly your going to Iraq at this time of war；it’s too dangerous.
A. enjoy B. oppose
C. appreciate D. insist
9. you can have my phone number，it’s 7807842.I look forward to meeting you soon.
A. In case B. On purpose
C. As long as D. By the way
10.Helen always helps her mother even though going to school most of her day.
A. takes up B. makes up
C. save up D. puts up
1.B intend是及物动词，常用intend to do sth.句型，打算干某事，也可跟复合结构intend sb.to do sth.。
2. B go the wrong way意为走错了路。而path,street 都不能与动词go 有这种搭配，名词direction之前加介词in 则可以，即go in the wrong direction走错了方向。没有介词in ，故排除direction。
3. C 本题考查date back to这一词组。date back to同dare from,后常接过去时间，表示“从某时起就已存在；始于……追溯至……”，动词date用一般现在时，而且不用被动语态。
4. A 题意为“我宁愿不再谈了”，故B、D两项排除；would rather后接动词原形。
5. B make up one’s mind to do，故A、C被排除，执行计划用carry out the plan。
6. D not与both，all连用为部分否定，与any either连用为完全否定。且两个coats不可用all，故据题意，应用完全否定。
7. C act for“代理”，act on“对……起作用”；act as“充作；充当”。
8. B 除D项外，其他项都可接动名词作宾语，但根据题意应是反对oppose，而不是欣赏appreciate。
9. D in case，以防，免得；on purpose“故意地”，用作状语；as long as“只要”，引起条件从句；by the way“顺便说一下”。根据题意答案应为D。
10. B take up“占时间或空间”；make up“弥补；虚构”；save up“储蓄”；put up“搭建”。
B组：
汉译英
1. 我们非常感谢你们的及时帮助。
2. 我本打算去看电影的，但是我有一个不速之客。
3. 最近我与汤姆关系不融洽。
4． 我记得在某本书上读过这篇文章。
5. 没有空气和水人类不能生存。
6. 当被问来自哪里的时候，他保持沉默。
7. 这种药吃起来有苦味。
8. 取笑别人是不对的。
9. 在他的指挥下我们成功了。
10. 他们下决心把敌人赶走。
答案：
We greatly appreciate your timely help.
I had intended to go to the cinema, but I had an unexpected guest.
Ihave not been on good terms with Tom of late.
I remembered reading the article in a certain book.
Man can’t live without water and air.
When asked where he was from, he kept silent.
The medicine is bitter to eat.
Making fun of others is wrong.
We succeeded under the direction of him
They made up their mind to drive the enemy off.Unit10 The world around us
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语：fur; lead; jungle; environment; tour; act; measure; adapt; original; devote; common; valuable; reduce; respond; amount; package; flat; material; topic; organize; brief；in danger; die out; lead to; as a result of; take measures; adapt to; make a difference; devote…to; at present; set free; in the wild; throw away
2. 句型
We human beings could not survive without all plants and animals around us. 表双重否定
We may be able to take measures before it is too late. before 的译法
Steve Jones tries to keep animals and plants from becoming endangered. 表示“阻止某人做某事”
3. 语法：直接引语和间接引语(陈述句、一般疑问句、特殊疑问句和祈使句)
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握lead; tour; act; measure; adapt; devote; common; valuable; reduce; respond; amount; material; organize; brief；in danger; die out; lead to; as a result of; take measures; adapt to; make a difference; devote…to; at present; set free; in the wild; throw away 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握双重否定的用法；before 的译法；灵活运用直接引语和间接引语来表达意思。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. Why are they in danger
(1)danger的用法：
① 危险(不可数)
That's where the real danger lies.
那是真正的危险所在。
②危险(物);威胁(可数)
They regard overpopulation as a danger to society.
他们把人口过剩看成是对社会的威胁。
相关归纳：
in danger 处于危险之中
His life is in danger.他生命有危险。
out of danger 脱离危险
The wounded policeman is now out of danger.
受伤的警察已经脱离危险。
be in danger of doing sth. 陷入某种危险之中
He is in danger of losing his job if he goes on like this.
他再这样下去会丢掉工作的。
sb./sth. be dangerous 某人或某物是能带来危险的（指主语本身会给周围的人或物造成的危险。）
The busy road is dangerous to small children.
道路拥挤繁忙，对小孩太危险。
The prisoners who escaped are violent and dangerous.
这些逃犯残暴而危险。
endanger vt. 危害，危及（某人/ 某事物）; 使遭受危险
Drunk-drinking can not only cause traffic accidents, but also endanger the lives of pedestrians.
酒后驾车不仅会造成交通事故，而且会危害到行人的生命
2. Why is it important to make sure that animals do not die out.
(1)die out
（指家族、物种等）死光，灭绝；
The habitat of the species is being destroyed and has nearly died out.
这一物种因栖息地遭到破坏，几乎灭绝了。
（指习俗、做法、观念等）消失，过时；
The practice of children working in factories has nearly died out.
工厂中使用童工的做法已几乎绝迹。
（指火）熄灭。其后不接宾语
It took a long time before the big fire died out . 过了很长一段时间那场大火才渐渐熄灭。
(2)die from ：常用于由于外部创伤或间接的原因致死
He died from an accident /a wound/ overwork /polluted air /carelessness.
他死于事故 /受伤/过度劳累 / 污染的空气 / 粗心。 ]
(3)die of：一般用于害病，疲劳，寒冷，饥渴，年老，失望，悲伤等感情原因造成死亡
He died of joy/ fear /disappointment / grief /old age /hunger /cold.
他死于高兴 / 恐惧 / 失望 / 悲伤 /年老 /饥饿 /寒冷。
(4)die for “为…而死，为…献身”，表示因为事业或目的而死
The soldiers died for his country / the revolutionary cause / the people / liberty / the national dignity.战士为国家/ 革命事业/ 人民/ 自由/ 国家的尊严而献身。
To die for the people is an honour, not a misfortune.为人民而死是荣誉，不是不幸。
(5)die off 表示相继死去，直到绝种的意思，其后不能接宾语
The members of the family had all died off.这家人一个个都死了。
The poor children died off because of lack of food.由于缺乏食品孩子们一个个死去。
(6) be dying for sth./to do sth. 渴望…
I’m dying for something to eat.我极想吃点东西。
He is dying to know where you’ve been.他极想知道你去哪里了。
3.As a result of the river’s pollution, the fish in it died off.
(1).as a result of由于……的结果=as a consequence of
As a result of the fire, thousands of people lost their homes.
由于那场大火，数千人失去了家园。
(2)as a result 结果=as a consequence
He was caught in the rain. As a result, he had a bad cold.
他挨了雨淋，结果患了重感冒。
He made one big mistake, and as a result, lost his job.
他犯了个大错，结果丢了工作。
(3)result from发生,产生
His failure resulted largely from his laziness.
他的失败主要是懒惰所致。
Her injury resulted from a fall.她因摔倒而受伤。
(4) result in结果;导致
The accident resulted in ten deaths.
这次事故造成十人死亡。
Hard work results in success.努力工作就能成功。
4. We don’t always do as we say.
do 用作不及物动词的几种情况：
指人、物以及形势的进展情况(多用于进行时)。
How are you doing in your English.
你英语学的怎么样？
How is she doing 她过的怎么下？
侧重讲述做的方式而不是内容时
Please do as you like.
按照你喜欢的方式做事。
（3） 做适合；行，可以等意思
The sofa will do for a bed.
这个沙发可以用作床。
If you don’t have a pen, a pencil will do.
如果你没有钢笔的话，铅笔也行。
5. We may be able to take measures before it is too late.
现在采取措施也许为时不晚。
(1) before的用法：
①before用作连词时，意思是“在……之前；还没来得及 …… 就”。例如：
Before she could move, she heard a great noise, which grew to a terrible roar. 她还没来得及动弹，就听见有很响的声音，接着就成了可怕的隆隆轰鸣声。
Before I could say a word, she had stormed out of the room. 不等我说一句话，她就冲出了房间。
Don’t count your chickens before they are hatched. 不要高兴得过早。
②用于It be 时间段 before...句型中，意思是“在……之后才……”。
It will be five years before I come back.
我五年后才能回来。
It was not long before the enemy was driven out of their country. 不久之后，敌人就被赶走了。如果主句中用否定式，则表示“不多久……就”。
It won’t be long before they understand each other. 他们不久就会互相了解的
还有“趁……（还没有）”之意。
They are thinking of buying the house before the prices go up. 他们正在考虑趁房价未涨时把房子买下来。
Do it before you forget it. 趁早动手，以免忘了。
（2）measure的用法：
知识梳理：
（1） 名词“措施，办法”，take measures to do something 采取措施做某事；
We must take necessary measures to solve these problems one by one.
我们必须采取必要的措施逐个解决这些问题。
（2）名词“量度，尺寸” make clothes to one's own measure 根据某人的尺寸做衣服；
I went to the tailor's to make a suit to my own measure last week.
上周我去裁缝店量体做一套衣服
(3) measure用作及物动词，意思是“量，测量；打量”。
My mother is measuring me for clothes.
我妈妈在给我量尺寸做衣服。
His eyes measured the newcomer from top to bottom.
他的眼上下打量看新来的人
(4) measure可以用作不及物动词，意思是“度量为”
The classroom measures 10 meters by 5 meters
相关归纳：
(1) take action to do sth.采取措施做某事
The government took action to stop pollution.
政府已采取措施防止污染
(2) take steps to do sth.采取措施做某事
The government took steps to stop pollution.
政府已采取措施防止污染
(3)do something / things to do something采取措施做某事
We must do something to prevent SARS.
我们必须采取措施预防非典型性肺炎。
(4)beyond measure 无法估量
His contributions to his country is beyond measure.
他对祖国的贡献是无法估量的。
（5）make sth. to one’s own measure 量体裁衣
The tailor made a suit to my measure.
裁缝为我定做了西装。
（6） be measured in +计量单位的复数形式 用…（作为计量单位）
The energy is measured in calories.能量是以卡为单位计量的。
6. The good news is that there is a lot we can do to help.
“that there is a lot we can do to help”是表语从句。
标语从句的引导词有that, whether, what, which, who, whom, whose, when, where, why, how, because等
(1)引导表语从句的that不省略，that仅起连接作用，在从句中不充当任何成分，无任何意义
The impression he makes on me is that he is a reliable person.
(2)the reason后面的表语从句只能用that引导，学生易犯“the reason is because…”的错误
The reason why the little actress has been such a success is that she is both clever and hard-working.
(3)在表示命令order等，建议suggestion, advice等的名词后的表语从句中，谓语动词要用虚拟语气：
should+动词原形，should可省略
His suggestion is that we (should) hold another meeting to discuss the problem.
(4)whether可引导表语从句，表“是否”，它在从句中不充当成分，if不能引导表语从句。
The question is whether we can rely on him.
(5)连接代词what, which, who, whom, whose除起连接作用外，还在从句中做主语、宾语、表语和定语。
That’s what he is worried about.（在从句作中宾语）
The problem is who can do the work.（在从句中作主语）
（6）连接副词when, where, why, how起连接作用外，还在从句中作状语。
That’s why I was late.
That is where he was born.
That is how he did it.
(7)连词because引导表语从句，只用在
That/This/It is because…结构中
That is because she often works hard.
7. Professor Stevenson has devoted himself to protecting the milu deer.
devote 的用法
派生词：
devotion n. 献身；奉献；忠诚；热心，专心
devoted adj. 忠诚的；挚爱的；喜欢的
devotedly adv. 忠实地，一心一意地
相关归纳：
（1）devote...to 把……献给；把……专用于
After that, he devoted his entire energy to these studies.
从那以后，他全力以赴从事这些研究工作。
I don’t think it worthwhile to devote so much time to discussing the matter.
我认为要花这么多时间来讨论这件事不值得。
（2）devote oneself to 致力于，献身于；专心于
He devoted himself to helping the poor.
他致力于帮助穷人。
（3）be devoted to 专心于; 忠于;喜欢
He is very devoted to his wife.
他很忠实于他的妻子。
The newly married couple living next door to us are devoted to sports.
住在我们隔壁的那对新婚夫妇非常喜欢体育运动。
8.We should “Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Respond”
reduce的用法：
(1) 减少;缩小;降低 vt./vi. （与to连用时表示“减少到，减低到”，与by连用时表示“减少了，减低了”）
He is trying to reduce expenses.
他正试图减少开支。
Her weight has been reduced by 6 kilos.她的体重已减少了六公斤。
(2)reduce sb./sth. to…使某人/某事物陷入某种（通常指更坏的）状态或状况中(to是介词后面要接名词或动名词)
The fire reduced the paintings to ashes.
大火将这些画作烧成了灰烬。
The cancer victim was reduced to skin and bones.
那个癌症患者瘦得皮包骨。
Poverty reduced him to begging.
贫穷迫使他行乞。
9. to adapt to the change
adapt:的用法：
派生词：
adaptable adj. 能适应的，可改编的
adaptation n. 适应，改编本
adaptability n. 适应性
adaptor n. 适配器，转接器
知识梳理：
(1) 适应（新环境）adapt to sth adapt oneself to sth.
Generally speaking, the species that are able to adapt to the change of the environment will survive, while the others will die out.
一般来说，能够适应环境变化的物种会继续生存下去，而那些适应性差的物种就灭绝。
When you are abroad, you must find ways to adapt yourself to the culture and custom there.你到国外后，要设法使自己适应那里的文化和风俗习惯。
(2) 改编，改写，修改,改造某事物
This novel has been adapted for radio from the Russian original.
那部小说已由俄文原著改编成无线电广播节目。
This machine has been specially adapted for use underwater.
这机器是为水下使用而特别改装的。
10.The milu deer had been very common in China.
common adj.共同的，共用的，普通的，常见的
(1)common ordinary general normal regular 的区别
common强调“常见的”、“ 不足为奇的”，
如：Colds are common in winter.感冒在冬天很常见。
ordinary强调“平常的”、“平淡无奇的”，
如：His ordinary supper consists of only bread and milk. 他通常的晚餐不过是面包和牛奶。
general意为“普遍的”、“一般的”，
如：This book is intended for the general reader, not for the specialist.
这本书是为一般读者写的， 不是为专家写的。
normal指“正常的”、“正规的”、“常态的”,
如:the normal temperature of the human body 人的正常体温
regular 有以下几个常见的用法：
①规则的,有规律的;固定的;正常的
He's got no regular job.
他没有固定的工作。
Everything seemed quite regular when the fire broke out.
起火的当时,一切似乎都很正常。
②定期的,定时的
He made a regular visit to his parents.
他定期看望父母亲。
③经常的,习惯性的
Laura was one of his regular customers.
劳拉是他的老顾客之一。
（2）common的常见短语：
①in common 共同，共用
②in common with… 和…一样
In common with many young people, he likes pop music.
和许多年轻人一样，他喜欢流行音乐。
③out of the common 不平常的
He noticed nothing out of the common.
他没发现异乎寻常的事。
④have something / a lot/much in common with sb./sth. 和…有些（许多）共同之处
have nothing /a little/little in common with 和…没有（有一点，几乎没有）共同之处
They are sisters, but they have nothing in common.
他们虽是姐妹，但毫无共同之处。
11. When the farmers cut down trees, tigers can no longer hide and hunt.
cut的短语总结
相关归纳：
(1)cut up切碎；剪碎
He cut up the meat before preparing the food.
在做饭之前他先把肉剁碎。
（2）cut away剪去；砍掉；割掉；切除
They cut away all the dead branches from the trees.
（3）cut off砍下来；切断；阻碍；阻挡；堵塞
He had his two fingers cut off in an accident at work.
他在一次工伤事故中被切断了两根手指。
Our food supply has been cut off.
我们的食物供应被切断了。
（4）cut out剪下；删除
You’d better cut out the last paragraph of your composition.
（5）cut through抄近路；凿穿
I came by cutting through the lane.(抄近路)
They used a machete to cut through the bush.
他们用砍刀在灌木丛中开辟出一条路。
(6)cut in 刺入；插话
He is always cutting in when others are speaking.
(7) cut down削减; 缩短; 砍倒
He tried to cut down on smoking but failed.
他试图少抽烟,但没成功。
Cut down the article so as to make it fit the space available on the paper.
把文章缩短一些,这样就能排进报纸有限的版面中。
We need to cut the article down to 1000 words.
我们得把这篇文章压缩到1000字。
12. He hoped that one day these milu deer would be set free and live in the wild again.
(1)set free 释放，…自由
The PLA men broke into the prison and set all the revolutionaries free.
解放军打进监狱，把革命者全部释放。
I opened the cage door and set the bird free.
我打开鸟笼把鸟儿放了。
(2) free的用法：
adj. 自由的，无拘无束的；免费的；空闲的
②v. 使自由，免除，解放，使松动
The little boy freed the bird from its cage.
那小男孩把笼里的鸟儿放了。
I need to go out. Can you free me for an hour
我需要出去一下，你能让我离开一小时吗？
At last he freed himself from debt.
他终于还清了债务。
归纳总结：
①be free to do sth. 自由自在，不受拘束地做某事
Everyone is free to express himself.每个人都可以畅所欲言。
②be free from/of… 不受…影响的
The old lady is never free from/of pain.
那位老太太从未摆脱过病痛。
③free of charge =for free=free 免费
Delivery is free of charge if goods are paid for in advance.
如欲付货款就可免费送货。
注意：做自由讲时：形容词是free 副词是 freely
做免费讲时：形容词和副词同形都是free
13. We human beings could not survive without all the plants and animals around us.
如果没有周围这些动物和植物，我们人类就不会生存下来。句中，cannot…without足双重否定表示肯定。
You cannot learn Chinese well without making great effort.
One cannot make bricks without straw. 巧妇难为无米之炊。
There will be no rain without wind. 没有风哪有雨。
I wouldn’t have succeeded to pass the exam without your help.
没有你的帮助我不可能取得成功。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：make a difference 造成差别，有影响
(1) make a big difference = make much difference 造成很大差别
(2) make no / little difference 没有差别
(3) make some / any difference 有些差别
Who will win makes no difference to me.谁将获胜对于我来说没什么两样。
It makes no difference to me who will win.
谁将获胜对我来说毫无差别。
Does it make any difference whether he will come
他来不来会有差别吗
易混易错点1：worth ; worthy; worth while
worth (1)be worth +doing值得做必须用动名词主动表示被动
This idea is well worth considering.
这个想法值得考虑。
（2）be worth +表示钱数的名词或相当于“代价”的比喻性名词
This second-hand car is worth $2000 at the most.
这辆二手车最多值2000美元。
Hawaii is a beautiful place for traveling and worth a visit.
夏威夷是个旅游胜地，值得一游。
（3）worth还可以做名词表示价值多少钱的什么东西。 buy thirty dollars’ worth of eggs
Worthy: (1)be worthy of + n. （2）be worthy of being done（3）be worthy to be done
The article is worthy of careful study. 这篇文章值得细读。
=The article is worthy of being studied carefully.
=The article is worthy to be studied carefully.
=The article is worth studying carefully.
worth while: worth while可以有三种书写形式：worth while，worth-while，worthwhile.
It is worth (one’s )while to do sth = It is worth (one’s) while doing sth
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1.______ to the cause of the education, the teacher had no time to have a rest.
A. Devoted B. Devoting C. To D. Having devoted
变式1. ______himself to the cause of the education, the teacher had no time to have a rest.
A. Devoted B. Devoting C. To D. Having devoted
变式2.First of all, I respected his ____ to teaching.
A. attention B. introduction C. relation D. devotion
解析：
1. 该题主要考查be devoted to 这一短语，可以恢复为Because he was devoted to the cause of the education,,然后采用省略知识；答案：A
变式1. 该题主要考查devote oneself 这一短语，可以恢复为Because he devoted himself to the cause of the education, 然后采用省略知识；可以得出正确答案。答案：A
变式2. 解析: devote的名词形式是devotion，意思是：献身；奉献；忠诚；热心，专心也应该和介词 to 搭配。答案为D
2. ----The cars give off a great deal of waste gas into streets.
----Yes. But I’m sure something will be done to______ air pollution.
A. reduce B. remove C. collect D. warn
变式1.The number of students in our class has been reduced ______10﹪ ——————﹪.90
A. to ; by B. to ; to C. by; by D. by ; to
变式2. The poor man was reduced _____in the street.
A. to beg B. to begging C. begging D .begged
解析：2. 根据题意“汽车向街道排放出大量的废气。是的，但我确信将采取某些措施来减少空气污染”，以及四个选项的词义，此处应选A. 答案：A
变式1. 与reduce连用to表示降低到什么程度；by表示降低了多少。答案：D
变式2. reduce sb. to sth./ doing sth. 使某人陷入某种境况之中。其中to 为介词，后接名词或动名词。所以答案为：B
3. What measures were ____ to reduce the air pollution in that area then
A. acted B. taken C. given D. done
变式1. We must take _____ to protect the earth.
A．step B. measure C. action D. plan
解析：3. 采取措施：take measures，本题用于被动语态。答案：B.
变式1. 采取措施共有3种方法(1)take measures; (2)take steps (3)take action .所以答案为：C
4. The evidence he gave the police led to _____.
A. that the thief was caught B. the thief being caught
C. the thief to being caught D . the thief been caught
变式1. The Party leads us ______.
A. to build the socialism B. in building the socialism
C . to building the socialism D. in building the socialism
变式2.What the teacher said led us_____.
A. thinking B. to think C. to be thought D. think
解析：1. lead to 导致；通向；其中to 为介词，后接名词或动名词。小偷与抓之间是被动关系，并且the thief做了 being caught的逻辑主语。所以答案为：B
变式2. lead可以解释成“领导;指挥;率领”结构为：lead sb. In doing sth.或lead sb. In 介词短语。一定不能用“lead sb. to do sth.”这个结构。所以答案为：B
变式2. 考查lead sb. to do sth. 致使某人去做某事。所以答案为：B
5.Does ____ make a difference to let children read more books
A. it B. that C. as D what
变式1. What you do in your own way _____ great difference to others sometimes.
A. senses B. takes C. makes D. does
解析：5. it 为形式主语真正主语是“to let children read more books。”所以答案为：A
变式1.考查“make a/no/great difference to sb.”所以答案为：C
6. When he arrives at a new place, he can always _____ to the new environment.
A. adapt B. turn C. adopt D. agree
变式1. The novel has been _____ for students to read.
A. adapted B. adjusted C. adopted D. agreed
解析：6. adapt (oneself) to 可以做“适应”；如果用D则要写成the new environment agree with him. 所以答案为：A
变式1. 改编,改写 例如：The author is going to adapt his play for television.作者将把他的剧本改编成电视剧。由此可知答案为A
课后题：
1. The more I think about him, the more reasons I find for loving him ____ I did.
A. as much as B. as long as
C. as soon as D. as far as
3. Not only ______ the jewelry she _____ been sold for her son’s gambling debts but also her house.
A. is； has B. has； had C. has； has D. 不填； has
2. We’re just trying to reach a point both sides will sit down together and talk.
A. where B. that C. when D. which
4. The company is starting a new advertising campaign to new customers to its stores.
A. join B. attract C. stick D. transfer
5. Mike didn’t play football yesterday because he had his leg.
A. damaged B. hurt C. hit D. struck
解析 ：
1. as much as (和……一样多)符合题意：“我越想他就越发现有更多的理由让我像从前一样地爱他。”答案为A
2. where引导的是一个定语从句，where在从句中作状语，表示地点，point是先行词。而when作时间状语；that或which在定语从句中作主语、宾语或表语。答案：A
3. 此题中由于Not only置于句首，故用部分倒装结构。第一个has为助动词，是句中谓语动词has been sold中has的提前。第二个has属于定语从句；为实义动词，表示“有”的意思。本句的意思为：不但是她所有的珠宝，而且还有她的房子都被卖掉来还她儿子的赌债了。答案为C项。
4．考查动词词义辨析。Join“参加”；attract“吸引”；stick“被刺中；坚持”；transfer“转移，转让”。答案：B
5. hurt意为“伤害，刺痛”，常指肉体上或精神上受到伤害，尤指打伤、刺伤，强调痛苦的后果，但不十分严重。表明Mike在踢足球时受了伤。答案：B
课后练习题
A组：
1. Although the working mother is very busy, she still ________ a lot of time to children.
A. devotes B. spends C. offers D. provides
2. It seemed that he was _____ losing his life. Luckily, he was ____ in the end.
A. in the danger of; out of danger
B. in danger of; out of danger
C. in the danger of; out of the danger
D. in danger of; out of the danger
3. Maggie has been fortunate to find a job she loves and, _______ , she gets well paid for it.
A. sooner or later B. what’s more C. as a result D. more or less
4. More patients ______ in hospital this year than last year.
A. treated B. have treated
C. had been treated D. have been treated
5. John may phone tonight, I don’t want to go out ______ he phones.
A .in case B .in that case C. so that D. in time
6. They have a lot ______ and become good friends.
A. in case B. in common C. in surprise D. in peace
7. ----The cars give off a great deal of waste gas into streets.
----Yes. But I’m sure something will be done to______ air pollution
A. reduce B. remove C. collect D. warn
8. .She spent as much time as she _____ the poor.
A. could to help B. could helping C. was able to help D. wanted to help
9. A thief is ____ danger to _______ society.
A. the; the B. a; a C. a; / D. /; the
10. The following day she didn’t go to the club. _____ she took a short walk in a park nearby.
A. Therefore B. However C. Instead D. Besides
解析：
1. 根据语境，“尽管母亲工作忙，她仍然把好多时间用在孩子身上”。四个选项中只有devote和spend可以表示“某人花时间…”，而spend 用于spend time （in） doing sth.结构，所以此处应用devote one’s time to （把时间用于…）。答案：A
2. 分析：根据句意：看起来他似乎有失去工作的危险，幸运的是，他最终脱离了险境。
in danger of doing sth.有…的危险，其反义词为out of danger。答案：B
3. 分析：“sooner or later”意为“迟早”，“as a result”意为“结果”，“more or less”意为“或多或少”。根据题意： “Maggie很幸运找到了她喜欢的工作，而且报酬也不错”，此处应选“what’s more”（而且），做插入语。答案：B
4. patients与treat之间存在被动关系，应使用被动语态，故排除A项和B项；由时间状语this year可判断，应使用现在完成时态，故选D。答案：D
5. in that case 和in time后面不能接从句;so that后面的从句应加情态动词。故选A。答案：A
6. 根据句意：他们有许多共同之处，成了好朋友。应搭配成have a lot in common。答案：B
7. 根据题意“汽车向街道排放出大量的废气。是的，但我确信将采取某些措施来减少空气污染”，以及四个选项的词义，此处应选A.答案：A
8. spend some time (in) doing 花时间做某事。答案：B
9. 此处danger意思为“危险物或有威胁的人”，是可数名词，前面加不定冠词；society当社会讲时，前不加冠词。答案：C
10. . therefore “因此”，表结果；however “但是”，表转折；instead“而是”，表选择；besides“而且”，表递进。答案：C
1.Many rare animals are ______(处于危险中).
2.We _____(测量) the stone and found its weight is 5 tons.
3.He is an ______(专家) in skin disease.
4.His spare time was ______(奉献，投身) to repairing bikes.
5.A large _______(数量) of praise was given to Tom.
6.The trial (结果) in his being sentenced to two years’ imprisonment .
7. Our eyes slowly （适应）to the dark.
8. He bought me a (值钱的)diamond ring as a birthday present
9. He is trying to (缩小)expenses
10.The girl is very _____ (引人注目的).
答案： 1.endangered 2.measured 3.expert 4.devoted 5.amount
6. resulted 7. adapted 8. valuable 9. reduce 10. attractive
B组：
汉译英
1. 提醒我在出去之前给埃伦打电话。
2. 毕业以后他继续致力于研究工作。
3. 这个问题对我来说太难了。
4 他教书很成功。
5. 食过多的糖会引起健康问题。
6. 你是如何得出这个结论的？
7. 根据我们的记录，你已经缺席六次了。
8 他遭遇车祸，有生命危险。
9. 由于那场大火，数千人失去了家园。
10. 她全力倾注于自己的事业。
答案：
1. Remind me to phone Alan before I go out.
2. After he graduated he continued to devote himself to research.
3. The problem is too much for me.
4. He is a great success as a teacher.=He is successful as a teacher.
5. Eating too much sugar can lead to health problems.
6. What led you to this conclusion
7. You’ve been absent six times, according to our records.
8. He had a car accident and his life was in danger.
9. As a result of the fire, thousands of people lost their homes.
10. She devoted herself to her career.
改错题;
1. Hard work results from success
2.That’s hard to measure his ability when we haven’t seen his works
3. It seems that the dress is made by her measure
4. The doctor will be freely in ten minutes. Can you wait that long
5. The film Farewell My Concubine was adopted from the novel of the same title by Hong Kong novelist Li Bihua.
答案：1. from改为 in 2. That’s 改为 It’s 3. by改为 for
4. freely 改为 free 5. adopted 改为 adaptedUnit1 Good friends
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语：honest; loyal; wise; smart; argue; fond; match; fry; saw; rope; movie; cast; survive; deserted; hunt; share; lie; adventure; error; hunt for; in order to; care about; drop sb. a line; argue about sth.; even though; as … as possible;
句型：
I enjoy reading / I'm fond of singing / I like playing computer games. 等表示喜好的词语
Chuck is on a flight when suddenly his plane crashes. “when"作并列连词的用法
What / Who / When / Where is it that... 强调句的特殊疑问句结构
With so many people communicating in English everyday,... “with+宾语+宾补”的结构做状语
I don't enjoy singing, nor do I like computers. / Rock music is OK, and so is skiing.
Chuck is a businessman who is always so busy that he has little time for his friends.
He also learns that he should have cared more about his friends.
语法：
Direct and Indirect Speech(Ⅰ)
(1)转述他人的叙述—一陈述句
(2)转述他人的疑惑—一般疑问句
(3)转述他人的问题—一特殊疑问句
复习本章要达到的目标
掌握loyal；argue；fond；match; survive；deserted; hunt; share; lie; hunt for; in order to; care about; even though; as … as possible等重点单词及短语的用法。
掌握表示“喜好”的句型；“某人也（也不）怎么样了”的句型；so...that... 和such...that... 引导的结果状讲从句；should have done sth. 的用法；when 引导的时间状语从句的用法；并列连词not only ... but also... 的用法
学会如何谈论爱好；如何谈论朋友；如何写电子邮件；学会使用直接引语和间接引语。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. I think a friend should be loyal.
loyal 的用法：
派生词:
loyally adv. 忠诚地
loyalty n. 忠诚；忠诚的行为
相关归纳：
be loyal to sb./sth. 对某人或某个政党忠实
be considerate to/towards sb. 体贴某人
be thoughtful of sb. 体贴某人
be devoted to 深爱某人或忠于某人
be good/kind/friendly to 对某人有好
be cruel to sb. 对某人残忍
Be hard on sb.= be strict with sb. 对某人严厉
He realized that what a fine loyal character Susan is.
他意识到苏珊是一个多么忠诚的人。
He has remained loyal to the team even if they lose almost every game.
他仍然忠实于那个球队，尽管他们几乎每场球都输。
This showed their love and their loyalty to the Party.
这表明了他们对共产党的热爱和忠实。
Tom is very considerate towards everyone.= Tom is very thoughtful of everyone.
汤姆非常体贴每一个人。
Tom is devoted to his wife and his sons.
汤姆深爱他的妻子和儿子。
The teacher is strict with us.= The teacher is hard on us.
老师对我们要求严厉。
2. What are they arguing about
argue 的用法：
派生词:
argument n. 1. [C]争论 2. [U]讨论．辩论3. [C]论据
相关归纳：
(1) argue with / against sb. over / on / about sth. 与某人争论某事
Tom argued with his teacher on the problem. 汤姆和老师就这个问题进行了讨论。
(2) argue for / against sth. 辩论赞成／反对某事
He argued against the plan.他据理反对这个计划。
(3) argue sb into / out of doing sth. 说服某人做／不做某事
We argued her out of going on such a dangerous journey.
我们说服她不要去作这样危险的旅行。
(4)argue that从句 争论说
They argued that I should take his advise.
他们争论说我那该接受他的建议。
(5) settle the argument 解决争端
After five hours’ argument, they managed to settle the argument.
经过5个小时的争论他们成功地解决了争端。
注意：“说服某人做／不做某事”还可表达为：talk / persuade / reason sb. into / out of doing sth.
3. I don't enjoy singing, nor do I like computers.
Rock music is OK, and so is skiing.
这两句中nor与so用于倒装结构。表示某人也（也不）怎么样了。常见句型有：
(1) so + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语 (意为“主语也 ……” )
Tom went to the cinema yesterday, and so did Jack.
(2) neither / nor + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语(意为“主语也不……” )
Tom didn’t finish the homework on time, neither did Susan.
(3) so it is / was with sb / sth和so it is / was the same with sb / sth (意为“主语也……” ) (用在前文有两个或以上的从句，而且分句有不同的谓语或既有肯定又有否定以及既有系动词义有行为动词的情况)。这时也可以用as is the case with sb 这个句型。
Tom is clever and he studies hard, so it is the same with Jackson.
汤姆非常聪明并且学习努力，杰克森也是一样。
Mary was born in Australia and she lived in the United States. So it was with Jane.
玛丽在澳大利亚出生，在美国居住。简也是。
注意下面两个句型：
(1) so + 主语 + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 (意为“主讲确实如此”)，表示进一步肯定。
“Tom studies very hard .” “Oh, so he does.”
“She can speak French. ” “So she can.”
(2)主语 + did + so (意为“主语按照吩咐做了”)。
.Our teacher told Tom to clean the blackboard and he did so.
4.I’m 15 and fond of singing.
be fond of sth/doing sth. 喜欢做某事
I am fond of playing football.
英语中表示喜欢的短语有：
(1)be into sth.= be very interested in 表示对……极其感兴趣
He is into everything concerning music
他对与音乐有关的一切极其感兴趣。
(2).like +n./ to do sth./doing sth.
She likes playing the piano.
她喜欢弹钢琴。
注意：like (与should, would连用)希望,想,想要，即是] should/would like to do sth.
He would like you to make that trip.
他希望你走一趟。
(3).love +n./ to do sth./doing sth. 语气比like更强烈。
(4) enjoy +n./ doing sth.
I enjoyed reading these books very much.
我很喜欢读这些书。
注意：①enjoy oneself=have a good time玩得高兴
Are you enjoying yourself
你玩得高兴吗
②享有(利益、权利、声誉等)
We enjoy free medical care.
我们享受免费医疗。
I enjoy good health.
我身体很健康。
(5)care for喜欢做某事
Does your sister care for dress
(6)go in for 喜欢做某事
Does your sister go in for swimming
(7)be keen on 热衷于某事
The young are keen on high pays,
年轻人热衷于高薪的工作。
5.I can’t strike a match on wet days.
match 的用法
知识梳理：
match作动词时，主要义项有：
和……相配（称）
The color of the shirt does not match that of the tie.
衬衫的颜色与领带不相配。
(2) 敌得过,比得上
His latest film doesn't match his previous ones.
他最新的一部影片比不上他以前的一些影片。
No one can match her in knowledge of classical music.
没有任何一个人能在音乐知识比过她。
(3)把……和……搭配起来/调和起来
Please match each picture with the correct sentence.
(4)作名词时，主要义项有：火柴；比赛；相配
Our side beat the other in the match.
我方在竞赛中击败了对方。
相关归纳：
（1）be no match for敌不过
I was no match for him at tennis.打网球我根本不是他的对手。
(2)match up to与……相当；符合……标准
The trip failed to match up to her expectations.这次旅行令她很失望
6. I am not into classic music.
归纳总结：
(1)sb be into + sth 对某事感兴趣
He is into everything concerning football.
(2)sb be around 某人（在某一个领域中）活跃
The director has been around since the 1960’s.
(3)sth be over 某个活动结束
The meeting was over and all present headed home.
(4)sth be up 主要指时间到了
Time was up and our teacher dismissed the class.
(5)sb be/feel down 某人觉得身体不适或情绪低落
I feel down this morning and let me alone.
(6)sth be in 某个东西流行
Short skirts are in again.
(7)up to 多达；由某人决定；比得上；忙于某事
The students in our class are up to 100/
It is up to you to get the four of us moving.
His latest novel is not up to his last one.
What are you up to now
(8)sth be on 主要指电影等在演出
What is on this weekend
(9)sb be off 走；离开
I must be off now or I will miss the early bus.
(10)sb be away 不在
He has been away for 3 years.
7. Chuck is a businessman who is always so busy that he has little time for his friends.
查克是个生意人，他总是那么忙，几乎没有时间和朋友在一起。
该句中so...that... 和such...that... 都能连接结果状讲从句，但要注意词序不同。
Joan is such a lonely girl that all of us like her. = She is so lovely a girl that we all like her.
常见句型：
(1) such + a / an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词 + that clause
He is such a naughty boy that we all dislike him.
他是那么淘气的孩子以致我们都不喜欢他
(2) such + 形容词 + 复数可数名词 + that clause
(3) such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that clause
We have such good weather that we can go for a hiking.
天气这么好让我们去郊游吧。
(4) so + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + that clause
He is so naughty a boy that we all dislike him.
他是那么淘气的孩子以致我们都不喜欢他
(5) so + 形容词 / 副词 + that clause
(6) so + many / few + 复数可数名词 + that clause
I have so many books that I could lend you some.
(7) so + much / little + 不可数名词 + that clause
They finished the job in so little time that we even don’t him.
注意：(1) 当little不表示数量“少”而表示“小”的意思时，仍然 要用such。
(2) 当so + adj. / adv. 或 such + n. 位于句首时，主句需要倒装。
(3)so +adj./adv. 位于句首，以及such+n. 位于句首时要采用部分倒装语序。
So interesting was the film that we all watched it a second time.
这部电影如此有趣以致我们又看了另一篇。
8. He also learns that he should have cared more about his friends.
should\ought to have done ； should\ought to + do；shouldn’t\oughtn’t to have don
(1)“should\ought to have done”该结构意为“某人过去本应该干某事却没有干”，表示说话人的责备或遗憾之情。”
You should have gone to the cinema last night , for the film was very interesting.
昨天晚上你本应该去看电影的，因为这是非常有趣的一部电影.
(2)“should\ought to + do”则表示将来要发生的动作。
You should work hard next year or you will fail to pass the exam.
来年你应该努力学习，否则你不能通过考试的。
(3) shouldn’t\oughtn’t to have don该结构意为“某人过去本不应该干某事却做了”
You shouldn’t have gone to the cinema last night , for the film was very boring.
昨天晚上你本不应该去看电影的，因为这是非常枯燥的一部电影.
9.Chuck learns that we need friends to share happiness and sorrow, and that it is important to have someone to care about.
share的用法归纳：
(1) share (in) sth. with sth. 和某人分享、分担、共用某物
My wife shared with me in distress.
妻子与我共患难。
(2) share sth (out) between / among... 将某物分配、分给……
The money was shared out between them. 笔钱由他们两人分。
(3) share joys / happiness and sorrows (with sb) (和某人) 同甘共苦
注意：用作名词时，主要义项为：一份；股份
I have done my share of the work. 已经做了我分内的工作。
If you want a share of the pay, you’ll have do your share of the work.
如果你想要一份报酬,就必须做一份工作
The company was formed with 1,000 shares.
这家公司组成时有1000股
Here is your share of the cake.
这是你的一份蛋糕
10.Chuck has to learn how to collect water, hunt for food and make fire.
hunt的用法: vt. /vi. 追猎,猎取; 搜索;寻找 ; 追捕 固定搭配：hunt for
November is a good time to hunt deer.
十一月正是猎鹿的好时节。
I'm hunting a job. 我在找工作。
Police are hunting an escaped convict.
警察正在追捕一个逃犯。
John set out that day to hunt for work.
约翰那天外出找工作。
注意：hunt还可以用作名词。
The hunt for the lost child continued until she was found.
寻找失踪儿童的工作一直持续到将她找到为止。
“make + 名词” 短语
(1) make a noise 吵闹
(2) make faces=make a face 做鬼脸，做苦脸
(3) make room for 给……腾出地方
(4) make the bed 整理床铺
(5) make a fool(exhibition) of oneself 使出丑
(6) make friends with 交朋友
(7) make money 赚钱
(8) make full use of =make the most of= make the best of =take full advantage of 利用
(9) make a decision / discovery/ study
(10) make a mistake 犯错误
(11)make yourself at home 别拘束
(12)make a/some/no difference to sb/sth
(13)make an agreement
(14)make both ends meet 使收支平衡
11.Keep your e-mail as short as possible.
as … as possible= as … as sb. can/could尽可能地……
I’ll go to see you as often as possible.= I’ll go to see you as often as I can.
我将尽可能快的去看你。
I will be back as soon as possible.
我将尽可能快地返回。
He ran as fast as he could to catch the early bus.= He ran as fast as he could to catch the early bus.
为了赶上早班车他尽可能快地跑。
注：as … as possible是as … as it is/was possible的省略，其中的possible用作表语，不可用副词possibly替代。
12. 直接引语和间接引语的相互转化
在掌握该知识时要注意以下几种变化：
(1)人称变化
直接引语中的人称要根据间接引语中的主语来做适当的变化。
(2)时态变化：规律见下表
直接引语 间接引语 直接引语 间接引语
一般现在时 一般过去时 现在进行时 过去进行时
现在完成时 过去完成时 一般过去时 过去完成时
过去完成时 过去完成时 一般将来时 过去将来时
(3)指示代词、时间状语、地点状语和动词的变化规律如下：
指示代词：this →that these → those
时间状语：now → then；today → that day；next week → the next week
last month → the month before ；yesterday → the day before
tomorrow → the next(following) day ；two days ago → two days before
地点状语：here → there；this place →that place
动词：come →go；bring → take
l She said, “I like singing English songs very much.” 可以变化为：
She said (that) she liked singing English songs very much.
He said to me, “I’ve left my book in your room.” 可以变化为：
He told me (that) he had left his book in my room.
注意：当直接引语表示客观真理时，原来的时态不变。
The physics teacher said, “Light travels much faster than sound.”
→The physics teacher said (that) light travels much faster than sound.
13. In order to survive, Chuck developed a friendship with an unusual friend
in order to + 不定式在句中做目的状语。
in order to do sth. so as to do sth to do sth
它们都可作目的状语，其区别如下：
(1)这三种不定式作目的状语，在意义上并无多大差别，相比而言，to do 比较普遍，后两种在语气上稍重些，而so as to do 比较口语化，in order to do则比较正式。为了加强语势，突出目的，可将to do 或in order to do放在句首。so as to do 不能放在全句的前面，它只能后置
In order to find the book, he searched the whole house.
为了找到那本书,他翻遍了整个房子
To hear better, we’ll sit in the front row.
为了听得更清楚,我们要坐在前排
(2)to do, in order to do 和so as to do 三种不定式作目的状语时, 一般句子的主语就是不定式的逻 辑主语, 但如果不定式的逻辑主语不是句子的主语,常用for引出:
I stopped aside for her to get in.
我停下来向旁边靠了靠,让她进来
(3)不定式作目的状语表达否定的目的时,一般采用so as not to或in order not to 这两种句式。 We took a taxi so as not to be late.
我们是搭出租车去的，以免迟到
He worked slowly in order not to make any mistake.
他工作干的很慢，目的是不出错
I got up early so as not to miss the first train.
我大清早起床，目的是不误第一班火车
(4)in order to + 不定式在句中做目的状语时，句子的主语必须与不定式动作的发出者保持一致即：句子主语必须是人。
In order to pass the exam, he studied even harder
In order to master English, much practice is needed.(×)
In order to master English, one need much practice. (∨)
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：a number of, the number of
a number of只能用作定语，修饰可数名词复数，意为“许多；若干”(=many)。number前可用large, small等修饰词。当它修饰主语时，谓语动词与它修饰的主语一致。
A large number of students have finished their homework.
the number of的意思是“……的数量；号码”。当它与后面的名词连用时，中心词是the number。如果用作主语，即使后面的名词是复数，谓语也要用单数。
The number of students who have finished their homework is very small.
归纳总结：其他表示“许多”的短语：
many a +单数名词= more than one +单数名词 （谓语动词用单数）
a lot of/lots/plenty of +不可数名词／复数名词 （ 谓语动词与plenty 后的名词一致）
quite a few + 复数名词 （ 谓语动词用复数）
a great deal of +不可数名词 （谓语动词用单数）
a large amount of +不可数名词（谓语动词用单数）
large amounts of +不可数名 （谓语动词用单数）
a large quantity of +复数名词/不可数名词（谓语动词用单数）
large quantities of +复数名词/不可数名词（ 谓语动词用复数）
Many a strong man has weakened before such a challenge.
很多坚强的人面对这种困难都动摇了
There were quite a few copies sold on the first day.
第一天就卖了好多本
There is a small quantity of water left in the bottle.
瓶子里还剩下少量的水。
Large quantities of water are polluted every year.
大量的水每一年被污染了。
易混易错点1：强调句型及其各种结构
（1）基本结构：It is/was +被强调部分+that/who+其余部分（被强调部分可以是状语，主语或宾语）
It was his losing his pen that made him so upset. 丢失了钢笔使他很难过。
It was in the playground that I came across the little boy.在操场上我遇见了那个小男孩。
（2）被强调句子是一般疑问句时，其结构为：Is/Was it+被强调部分+that/who+其他部分（用陈述语序）？
Is it tomorrow that you will go to see him
（3）被强调句子是特殊疑问句时，其结构为：疑问词+is/was+ it +that+其他部分(陈述语序)？
Where was it that you held the meeting
（4）强调名词性从句引导词时，其结构为：引导词+it is/was +that+从句其他部分。
He asked where it was that you held the meeting.
（5）对not…until结构中until部分进行强调时，not需要放在被强调部分，句式为：It is/was not until…that+主句部分（用肯定形式）。
It was not until midnight that he went back home after the experiment.
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. -- I would never ever come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible! -- ____.
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I
C. Same with me D. So do I
变式1.Mary never does any reading in the evening, ____. (2005全国 III)
A. so does John B. John does too
C. John doesn't too D. nor does John
变式2. -- David has made great progress recently.
-- ____, and ____.
A. So he has; so have you B. So has he; so have you
C. So he has; so you have D. So has he; so you have
变式3.It was careless of you to have left your bike outside all the night.
_____.
A. so was I B. so I did C. so was it D. I did so
变式4.If you want to go the cinema tonight, ______ .
A. so will I B. so do I C. so I do D. I do so
解析:1以nor/neither开头的倒装句，用于倒装表示“也不”所以答案是 B
变式1. 由never可以判断该句为否定句。空格处句意为“约翰也没读书”。nor, so, neither可引起倒装句所以答案是D
变式2. 答句中的he指David，不倒装。“So have you” 意为“你也一样(取得了进步)”。 所以答案是 A
变式3. 答句意思是我的确把自行车忘记在外边了所以答案是 B
变式4. 该题表示肯定的“也”还表示现在的想法没有将来时所以答案是 A
总结：通过以上试题的分析和总结我们可以明白“某人也（也不）怎么样了”这一句型以及
相关的结构仍旧是考试命题的重点。
2. —Where is my dictionary I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You it in the wrong place.
A. must put B. should have put C. might put D. might have put
变式1. Jacky, you look down. What is up
I have failed in the driving test.
You _____ too much time on Korean TV shows.
A. needn’t have spent B. mustn’t have spent
C. shouldn’t have spent D. wouldn’t have spent
变式2. Did you visit the famous museum
No. We _____ have visited it , but we spent much time shopping.
A. shouldn’t B. must C. could D. can’t
解析: 2. might have done表示对过去的猜测，表示“可能做过某事”，此题不能选should have put.答案 D
变式1. shouldn’t have done表示过去本不应该做某事却没做了。所以答案是C
变式2. could have done表示过去本来能够做某事却没做。所以答案是C
总结：通过以上试题的分析和总结我们可以明白should（其它情态动词） have done sth. 的用法也是考试命题的重点，该知识点也可能出现在单选完形以及写作中。
3. She is a very kind women, loyal ____her friends, intelligent and amusing.
A. to B. at C. for D. in
变式1. he is very ____ of others and we all like him very much.
A. loyal B. kind C thoughtful D. friendly
变式2. Tom is cruel ____ his servant, but Jack is good _____ his servants.
A. to; to B. to ; of C. of ; of D. of ; to
解析：3.考查be loyal to sb. 这一固定搭配所以答案选A。
变式1.考查loyal； kind；thoughtful；friendly的区别。be thoughtful of sb. 体贴某人。答案C
变式2.考查. be good/kind/friendly to 对某人有好；be cruel to sb. 对某人残忍这两个短语。答案A.
4. This is the best hotel that I have stayed at in the past five years and no one can it .
A. fit B. match C. suit D. compare
变式1. The curtain _____ the windows well.
A. fit B. match C. suit D. compare
变式2.Let’s go for a swim. Will Friday _____ you
A. fit B. match C. suit D. compare
变式3.His composition is very perfect, and no one can _____ him.
A. fit B. count C. suit D. compare with
解析：4. 考查match 与 相比的用法。答案：B
变式1. 考查match 与 相配的用法。答案：B
变式2 . suit多指合乎需要、口味、性质、条件、地位等。答案：A
变式3. 考查match；fit；suit; compare和compare with的区别。compare with =match 表示与 相比。答案：D
总结：通过以上的对比分析可以知道match；fit；suit; compare和compare with这四个词的用法是高频词，高考命题会经常对这些知识进行考查的。
5. China is paying more and more attention to education ——up with advanced countries in science and technology. Which of the following is wrong
A. in order to catch B. so as to catch C. to catch D. catching
变式1. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, ___ it more difficult.
A not make B. not to make C. not making D. do not make
变式2. Why do we have to hold a meeting
______ a new chairman.
A. To elect B. Electing C. Having elected D. To have elected
解析: 5. in order to do sth. ;so as to do sth; to do sth 它们都可作目的状语，其区别如下：
(1)这三种不定式作目的状语，在意义上并无多大差别，相比而言，to do 比较普遍，后两种在语气上稍重些，而so as to do 比较口语化，in order to do则比较正式。为了加强语势，突出目的，可将to do 或in order to do放在句首。so as to do 不能放在全句的前面，它只能后置。答案：D
总结：变式1.和变式2.均体现不定式作目的状语的用法。答案：变式1.B 。变式2. A. 不定式作目的状语的用法是不定式的重要用法之一，也是高考考查不定式用法的重要一个知识点。
6. He ran ____ fast that we all can’t keep up with him.
A. so B. such C. very D. too
变式1.They are _____ little children that we believe they can’t finish ____ much work in ____ little time.
A. so; such; so B. such; so; so C. so; so; such D. such; such; so
变式2. He is such a good teacher _____ we all like him.
A. that B. who C. what D. as
变式3 He is such a good teacher _____ we all like.
A. that B. who C. what D. as
变式4. So fast ______ that we all couldn’t keep up with him.
A. he ran B. would he run C. did he run D. ran he
解析：6 考查so...that...连接的结果状讲从句。答案：A
变式1.little表示小的意思时要用such; much, many, few, little 表示数量多少时要用so 。答案：B
变式2. 考查such...that...连接的结果状讲从句。答案：A
变式3.如果such...that...连接的是结果状讲从句那么可以肯定的是从句中必须不缺少句子成分；如果从句中缺少主语或宾语说明该句子不是结果状讲从句,而是定语从句。这时候如果先行词前有such, so 和as时关系代词用as.所以答案选D.
变式4. so +adj./adv. 位于句首，以及such +n. 位于句首时要采用部分倒装语序。所以答案：C.
总结：通过以上的对比分析可以知道such...that..和so...that...这英语中非常重要的结构复习的时候要注意相关知识的联系，高考命题会经常对这些知识进行考查的。
7. I will finish my work as fast as ______.
A. probable B. likely C. possible D. possibly
变式1. I will return home as ____ as possible.
A. fast B. soon C. quickly D. fastly
变式2. He always does his homework as carefully as he _____.
A. may B. might C. can D. could
解析: 7. 考查as … as possible= as … as sb. can/could尽可能地……这一重要知识点。as … as possible是as … as it is/was possible的省略，其中的possible用作表语，不可用副词possibly替代。答案：C
变式1. 考查as … as possible= as … as sb. can/could这一结构中adj./adv. 的选择。Soon强调的是动作在短时间内完成。答案B
变式2. 考查as … as possible= as … as sb. can/could。can指的是现在，could指的是过去。所以答案选择C. 答案：C
8. They ____ themselves at the party, and went home afterwards.
A. liked B. loved C. enjoyed D. interested
变式1。 The film ____ a good reputation after it was shown all over the world.
A. liked B. shared C. enjoyed D. interested
解析：8. enjoy oneself 玩的愉快. 答案:C
变式1. 考查enjoy享有(利益、权利、声誉等)这一用法。答案：C
总结： 通过以上的对比分析可以知道“enjoy”是一个出题频率极其高的词汇，高考命题会经常对enjoy享有(利益、权利、声誉等)这一用法进行考查的。
课后题：
1.This is not a match. We're playing chess just for ____.
A. habit B. hobby C. fun D. game
2. Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare — you must learn to ____.
A. support B. care C. spare D. share
3. To be honest, I don’t quite _____ with you some views on the matter.
A. agree B. share C. include D. admit
4. In such dry weather the flowers will have to be watered if they _____. （2001上海高考）
A. have survived B. are to survive
C. would survive D. will survive
5. What laughing ____ we had about the socially respectable method for moving spaghetti (意大利式细面条) from plate to mouth.
A. speeches B. lessons C. sayings D. arguments
6. I can hardly imagine Peter ___across the Atlantic Ocean in five days. (MET 1991)
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
解析: 1. for fun 常在句中用作状语，意思是“说／做着玩的”。 答案为C
2. 根据语境可知说话者是想让Clare学会与人共享——把玩具(拿出来)和Harry一起玩，share在此意为“合用玩具”. 答案为D
3. 该题考查share sth. with sb. 答案为B
4. be to do表示将来注定要发生。在条件状语从句中，用一般现在时表将来，故C、D都不能选。答案:B
5. 该题考查argue名词形式的词义，argument的词义是“争辩，辩论”。答案：D
6. imagine后接动词的-ing形式，本句的Peter是这个动名词的逻辑主语。答案：CUnit 13 Healthy eating
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语fat; stomach; fever; ripe; ought; examine; plenty; diet; fit; gain; energy; soft; bar; fuel; chemical; balance; tasty; boil; mixture; ought to; plenty of; keep up with; make a right choice; short of; now and then; roll up
2. 句型
Our eating habits have changed, as has our way of life. as =so 表示也怎么样的用法
Only in this way will we be ready for the challenges and opportunities in life. “Only+ 状语”位于句首倒装的用法。
The best way to make sure that we will feel and look fine is to develop healthy eating habits
to develop healthy eating habits 不定式做表语的用法
3. 语法：情态动词（Ⅰ）had better，should，ought to
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握 stomach; ripe; examine; plenty; diet; fit; gain; energy; balance; tasty; boil; mixture; ought to; plenty of; keep up with; make a right choice; short of; now and then; roll up等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握as 引导的定语从句的用法；only+状语位于句首倒装的用法；情态动词must/have to/have got to的用法；
教材知识归纳
知识归纳
1. I’ve got a pain here.
Pain的用法：
(1). 痛,疼痛;痛苦(不可数名次)
The death of her son gave her infinite pain.
她儿子的去世使她悲痛欲绝。
(2)(身体特定部位的)疼痛(可数名次)
She has a pain in her stomach.
她胃痛。
The old man suffers greatly from a pain/pains in the back.
背疼使得那个老人很受折磨。
(3)辛苦,努力(常用复数形式)
No pains, no gains.
不劳则无获。
With great pains and much patience, I got the information at last.
凭着巨大的努力和耐心，我最终得到了那条消息
相关归纳：
(1)in pain 常坐表语
Is your legs constantly in pain
你的腿老疼吗？
(2)with pain 常作状语
The boy was crying with pain, after he broke his arm.
摔伤了胳膊，那个孩子疼得哭了起来。
(3)take pains to do sth.
Thank you very much for taking pains to show me how to do it.
十分感谢您不辞辛劳地教我怎么做那件事。
(4)be at pains to do sth.
We are at pains to learn English well.
我们正在努力学好英语。
注意：
(1)pain 是可数名词，可以指身体某部位的疼痛，也可指心理上的痛苦。可以用复数形式，也可既不加冠词，也不用复数。作“辛苦，努力”讲时，用复数。
(2)ache 一般用作动词，主要指身体某部位的隐疼。用作名词时，出现在复合词中。
His head aches badly sometimes. （He has a bad headache sometimes.）
有时他头疼的厉害。
His stomach begins to ache after drinking some alcohol.
= He has a stomachache after drinking alcohol.
他一喝酒胃就疼
(3) hurt 只能用作动词，及物动词意思是“使受伤害”，可指身心受伤；不及物动词相当于ache。
What will you do if someone falls off a bicycle and hurts himself badly
如果有人从自行车上摔下来，伤得很厉害，你会怎么办？
What he said hurt me, so I said, “Don’t judge a person by what he wears.”
他的话使我受到了伤害，因此我告诉他：“别以貌取人”。
My leg hurts and my arm hurts, too. 我腿疼，胳膊也疼。
2.You ought to be careful with fruit.
用作情态动词，没有人称、时态和数的变化，意思是“应该，应当”，表示责任、义务、劝告、推测等，语气比should强，否定式为ought not to或oughtn’t to,疑问式为“ought+主语+to do”。
用于第一人称，表示有责任或有必要去做某事，与should相比，语气较弱。
We ought to be more careful with our homework.
我们应当更加认真地做作业。
I really ought to phone my mother.
我确实应该给妈妈打个电话。
用于第二、三人称，表示建议或劝告
You ought to follow Mr. Wang's advice.
你应当听王老师的话。
You ought not (oughtn't) to go.
你不应当去。
(3)表示对现在或将来某种可能性的推测，这种推测是可信的。
Henry ought to be here soon. He left home at six.
亨利应当很快就到,他六点就从家里出来了。
Tom ought to be home now.汤姆现在该到家了。
(4)后接动词不定式完成式，表示对过去存在的某种可能性的推测，或指过去该做而未做的事情，意思是"早应该"、"本应该"。若是否定句，则表示发生了不该发生的事。
I'm sorry. I ought to have phoned to tell you I was coming.
对不起，我本应该先给你打个电话告诉你我要来。
You ought not to have allowed the child to go alone.
你本不应该让孩子一个人去。
(5)ought to后可接不定式进行时，表示"应该在(立即)……"，这样用时语气比should严肃。
You oughtn't to be talking so much.
你不应当说这么多话。
They felt they ought to be doing something.
他们感到他们应该做点什么事。
(6)用来表达客观上难以实现或不能实现的愿望,与虚拟语气相似。
I love summer! It ought to be summer all the year.
我喜爱夏天，全年都应是夏天。
They ought not to make much noise here.
他们不应该在这里喧闹。
3.If we want to keep up the high pace of modern life, we had better……
(1)keep up 的用法区别：
①支撑；维持vi.
Do you think the bad weather will keep up
你认为坏天气将持续下去吗？
Those houses are so strongly built that they would keep up even in strong earthquakes.
那些房子建造得很牢固，能抵御强烈的地震。
②继续，坚持,使保持在某一高度
Keep up your courage and stick to your work, you can succeed in time.
鼓起勇气，坚持工作，迟早你会成功的。
People in China still keep up the traditional custom of enjoying mooncakes on the mid-autumn festival. 中国人仍保持着中秋节吃月饼的传统习俗。
(2)keep up with
和---并驾齐驱，和某人保持同等地位
Walk slower please. I’m afraid I won’t keep up with you.
请走慢点！我怕赶不上你。
Everyone should study now and then or they can’t keep up with the latest development in science.
每个人都要不断学习，否则就跟不上科技发展的步伐.
②保持联系
Though he is busy, he tries to keep up with his old friends far away.
虽然很忙，但他仍然设法与远方的老朋友保持着联系。
(3)catch up with 赶上并超过
Let's hurry and catch up with the group ahead.
我们快点,赶上前面的那一伙人
(4)come up with (针对问题等)想出;提供
He came up with good ideas for the product promotion.
他想出一个推广产品的好方法。
He could not come up with a proper answer.
他想不出一个合适的回答。
4.Lie down and let me examine you.
examine, check, test的用法区别：
examine
可指对病人的检查、诊断，也可指对机器的检查。
Now, let me examine your chest once more.
让我再检查一下你的胸部。
The workers examine their machines and equipment carefully before they start to work every day. 每天上班以前，工人们都要仔细检查机器设备。
examine 表示测验、考试，比test正式。
The teacher examined the students’ knowledge in/on the previous lessons.
老师测试了学生前几堂课的掌握情况。
(2) check 主要指对某物进行核对，以免出错。
Will you check your homework yourself first 你能自己先检查一下作业吗？
The department store checks stock every day. 百货商店每天盘点。
(3)test作为动词使用的频率并不高，意思是“检测，测试”。多用作名词，表示检测某人的知识或技能，有时也可表示对某物的检查或实验。
You’d better have your eyes tested without delay. 你最好马上去检查眼睛。
They are testing the newly-made sports car. 他们正在检测新出的赛车。
We often have a test on the old lessons before the new ones.
上新课之前，我们通常要测验旧课。
Those who want to drive an automobile must pass a driving test.
想驾驶汽车，必须先通过驾驶技能测试。
5. Our eating habits have changed, as has our way of life.
我们的饮食习惯已经发生了变化，生活方式也是一 样。
在此句型中 as 相当于 so，表示前一种情况也同样适合于后一种。从结构上讲so不是代用词，而是在意义上相当于 too 和 also 的副词，但常常出现在肯定句中。
He is a student, so is she.
"I have made up my mind." "So have I."
如果是否定的形式，常用 nor 和 neither.
"I don't like opera." "Neither / Nor do I."
注意:
(1)so l do 和 so do I (用于对上文进一步肯定或确认。意为indeed, certainly)
-- You have spilled coffee on your dress.
你把咖啡洒在你的衣服上了。
-- Oh dear, so I have.
啊呀，我把咖啡洒在我衣服上了。
You have spilled coffee on the table, and so have I.
你把咖啡洒在桌子上了，我也把咖啡洒在桌子上了。
(2)so it is/ was with...句型的用法。
如果一句话中既有肯定的意思又有否定的意思; 时态混杂时或主语不一致时，我们常用so it is / was with sb.
Mr. Smith came to China five years ago and he is used to living in China now. So it is with his wife.
史密斯先生五年前来到中国，他现在习惯了中国的生活，他妻子也是一样。
6.Many people today make choice about their eating habits based on what they believe.
(1)habit
相关归纳：
养成习惯 form the habit of doing sth.= get into the habit of doing sth.
= fall into the habit of doing sth. =develop the habit of doing sth.
使某人染上什么习惯 get sb. into the habit of doing sth.
有什么习惯 be in the habit of doing sth.
除去，克服习惯 give up the habit of doing sth.= kick the habit of doing sth.
= lose the habit of doing sth.
He never read these books, for he had long lost the habit of reading.
他从不读这些书,因为他早就丢掉了阅读习惯。
注意：habit, practice, custom
①habit指个人的“习惯”，通常用于表示做事、思考问题或行为举止的不自觉的方式方法
That proved to be my undoing, for I soon got back to my old bad habit of dozing off in front of the screen.
这证明是我的失败，因为我不久就回到在电视屏幕前打瞌睡的坏习惯去了。
②practice 既可表示个人的也可表示社会的“习惯”，这种“习惯”从性质上看是一种反复不断的或是有选择性的行为或者方法
On the other hand, your stomach would turn at the idea of frying potatoes in animal fat——the normally accepted practice in many northern countries.
在另一方面，一想到用动物油煎马铃薯，你便会作呕。然而在许多北欧国家里，这是为大家接受的通常习惯。
She walked slowly into the hall and at once noticed that all the room doors were open,yet following her general practice she had shut them before going out.
她慢慢地走进厅堂，并且立刻发现所有的房门都是开着的。但是按照她自己的一般习惯，她在外出前总是把门全部关好的。
③custom 具有 habit 和 practice 的一切含义，此外，custom 还包含这样一层意思：长期而广泛采用的行为或方法，即风俗习惯，按照某地区人们共同生活及其行为的准则或规范，它不仅有指导意义，而且具有必须遵循的意义
Don't be a slave to custom. 不要做风俗习惯的奴隶。
From the moment of his birth the customs into which he is born shape his experience and behaviour.
一个人从诞生的那一时刻起，他降生后所处的风俗习惯便给他的阅历和行为定型。
(2)base 的用法vt./ n.
①基,底,基部
The machine rests on a wide base of steel.
这机器由一个很大的钢制底座支承。
②基地,总部
Our company's base is in Taipei, but we have branches all over the island.
我们公司的总部在台北,但是全岛都有分公司。
The explorers set up a base at the foot of the mountain.
探险者们在山脚下建立了基地。
③把...建立在某种基础上
This play is based on a true story.
这出戏以真事为基础。
7.We ought to learn more about our body and the fuel it needs to keep fit
fit 的用法
知识梳理：
v. (1)（形状和尺寸）适合，合身
I tried the dress on but it didn’t fit (me).
我试穿了那件衣服，但是不适合我。
（2）安装（在某处）
They fitted a smoke alarm to the ceiling.
他们在屋顶上安装了一个烟雾报警装置。
adj.(1)健康的；(2)适合的；合格的
相关归纳：
(1 )keep fit
(2)be fit for 胜任适合
(3)be fit to do
（4）fit in (with sb/sth)合得来，适应
She tried to keep fit by jogging every day.
每一天他通过跑步保持健康。
He is more fit for the job than I. (注意：fit的比较级要在前加more)
他比我更胜任这件工作。
This kind of food is fit to eat. (注意：该句要采用主动表被动)
这种食物适合吃。
Do these plans fit in with your arrangements
这些计划与你的安排一致吗？
He has never done this kind of work before ; I am not sure how he will fit in (with the other people).
他以前从没做过这种工作，我不确信他是是否能和别人很好的相处。
8. The best way to make sure that we will feel and look fine is to develop healthy eating habits
to develop healthy eating habits不定式做表语的用法
不定式做表语时，主语通常是一个名词、不定式短语或者从句。不定式做表语一般表示具体动作，特别是表示将来的动作。
Your present task is to learn English well.
你目前的任务是把英语学好。
What he wanted was to get the job done as quickly as possible.
他期望的是工作尽可能快的完成。
注意：
如果主语是all或是what引导的从句，主语受first, only, one, least或形容词最高级修饰, 且后面的从句或短语中有实意动词do时，作表语的不定式to可以省去也可以带上。但在其他情况下，to不能省略。
The only thing I can do was keep silent.
我能做的唯一事情是保持沉默。
What he wants to do is complete the whole task as soon as possible.
他想做的是尽可能快的完成整个任务。
All he does is study hard.
他做的一切事情是努力学习。
All I wanted was to help him.
我想做的事去帮助他。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：Only in this way will we be ready for the challenges and opportunities in life.
只有用这种方法我们才能准备迎接生活中的机遇和挑战。
“Only + 状语 + 谓语 + 主语 + 谓语的另一部分 + 其它”是一个典型的倒装句形式。其中的状语可以是副词，介词词组和状语从句。这种倒装句属于部分倒装，只将情态动词、助动词和系动词放在主语的前面，谓语动词的其他部分放在主语之后。
Only then did I realize the importance of English.
只有在那时我才认识到英语的重要性。
Only in this way can you make progress in your English.
只有用这种方法你才能在英语方面取得进步。
Only when you are 16, are you able to drive yourself.
只有你16岁的时候你才可以自己开车。
注意：
①在only＋状语从句＋主句结构中，主句用倒装结构但从句用正常语序。
②only修饰主语，不倒装。Only Tom knows the answer.
③only修饰宾语，也不倒装，但是可以强调宾语而把宾语提前。
④“only + 状语”位于强调句型中时也不倒装。
Only teachers can use this computer.
只有老师能使用这台电脑。
Only five of them the police saved from the burning house.
警察只从着火的房子中就出了他们中的五个人。
It is only when you are 16 that you are able to drive yourself.
只有你16岁的时候你才可以自己开车。
易混易错点1：情态动词had better，should，ought to的用法：
had better，should，ought to 均为提建议型情态动词，常用来劝告别人去做某事，没有人称和数的变化，学习时应注意下列几点：
(1)掌握基本用法
had better，should，ought to 含义及语气有所不同，请看下表：
(2)掌握创新用法
should 可表竟然，强调惊讶的情绪。
I can’t imagine this problem should be so easy.
我想像不出这个问题竟然这么容易。
had better 也可改为 had best ，其意义和用法不变。
I’m busy now，so you had best go there alone.
我现在很忙，所以你最好单独去那儿。
(3)掌握句型变换方法
had better，should，ought to 均属于助动词，其疑问句、否定句及反意疑问句的构成均在自身形式上做变化。
① 变成否定句方法
had better do 否定式为 had better not do，should do 否定式为 should not do 或 shouldn’t do，ought to do 否定式为 ought not to do 或 oughtn’t to do .
②变成一般疑问句方法
had better，should，ought to 构成一般疑问句时应分别将 had，should，ought 提到句首，其肯定与否定回答为 had / hadn’t，should / shouldn’t，ought / oughtn’t .
③ 变成反意疑问句方法
had better，should，ought to 构成反意疑问句时通常使用 had / hadn’t，should / shouldn’t，ought / oughtn’t 形式。
She had better water the flowers as soon as possible，hadn’t she？
她最好尽快给花浇水，不是吗？
All of us should take an active part in this activity，shouldn’t we？
我们都应该积极参加这次活动，不是吗？
They oughtn’t to go fishing in this river，ought / should they？
他们不该在这条河里钓鱼，是吗？
(4)掌握完成式用法
should 与 ought to 完成式意义和用法相同，可以通用。should / ought to have done sth. 本来应该做某事但实际未做，表达一种遗憾的感彩。shouldn’t / oughtn’t to have done sth. 本来不应该做某事但实际已做了，也表达一种遗憾的感彩。 had better 没有完成式。
The meeting has already begun. You should have come here half an hour ago.
会议已经开始了，你本来应该半小时之前就到这儿。
She is very sad now. You oughtn’t to have told her the news.
她现在很难过，你本不该把这消息告诉她。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
At that time, he spent as much time as he can ____ the ancient status which would be sank in the river.
A. paint B. to paint C. painting D. painted
变式1. We will do everything we could _____ the endangered animals.
A. to protect B. protect C. protected D. protecting
解析：1.spend as much time/money as one can doing sth. “花尽可能多的时间或金钱来做某事。”答案：C
变式1. do everything one could to do “尽力去做某事”答案：A
This kind of food is fit ____ , and it is _____.
A. to eat; tasted B. for eating ; tasty
C .to eat ; tasty D. to be eaten; tasting
变式1. He managed to keep —— by getting up earlier.
A. fit B. suitable C. suited D. heath
变式2. Let’s go for a swim and will Friday _____ you
A. fit B. suit C. suited D. suited
解析：2. sth. be fit 后接不定式时要用主动表示被动，第二空用tasty来做表语。答案：C。
变式1. keep fit “保持健康”fit为形容词在keep的表语。答案：A
变式2.. 考查suit和fit 的区别,suit可以指合某人的心意，对某人来说方便。答案：B
3. You must double your efforts to ____ others and can’t expect to take short-cuts in the learning of English.
A. keep up with B. keep up C. catch up with D. keep you up
变式1. I hope this kind of weather _____ .
A. keep up with B. keep up C. catch up with D. keep you up
变式2 When we feel down we tried to ____ our spirits .
A. keep up B. keep down C. catch up with D. keep on
解析：3. 表示“赶上某人”，用catch up with。 答案:C
变式1. keep up 可以做不及物动词意为继续。答案:C
变式2. 考查做及物动词的使某事物保持在某一高度不降低，如:keep spirits/friendship.答案：A
4. ---Julia said she sent you a birthday card yesterday. Have you got it
---Oh, really I haven’t _____ my mailbox yet.
A. examined B. reviewed C. tested D. checked
变式1. I can’t see the words on the blackboard so I will have my eyes_____.
A. examined B. inspected C. tested D. checked
变式2. I can’t see the words on the blackboard so I will have my eyesight_____.
A. examined B. inspected C. tested D. checked
变式3. The long race can _____ a person’s endurance .
A. examined B. inspected C. tested D. checked
解析：4. check在这儿的意思是make sure, find out or not，查实，核对。答案 D
变式1. examine 可指对病人的各个身体器官的检查、诊断，也可指对机器的检查。答案 A
变式2. test检测某人的知识或技能，有时也可表示对某物的检查或实验。答案:C
变式3. test能用来指衡量，检验的意思。答案：C
5. We are supposed ____ our daughter’s wedding.
A. to dress in B. dressed up C. to dress up for D. be well dressed at
变式1.Could you please tell me where you bought the shoes you _____ yesterday
A. tried on B. put on C. had on D. pulled on
变式2. The girl _____ red jacket is very pretty. Which of the following is wrong
A. dressing B. in C. having on D .wearing
解析：5. be supposed to意思是“理应，应该”。dress up for 表示“为---而盛装打扮”答案 C
变式1.try on 试穿；pull on 匆匆忙忙穿上；put on 强调动作；have on 强调状态。答案：C
变式2. B、C、D三个选项均能做定语并且表示状态， A的准确表达应为“dressed in”答案：A
6. There ______ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practiced a lot in the driving school.
A. mustn’t B. shan’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
变式1. ---I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
---You _____ her last week.
A. ought to tell B. would have told C. must tell D. should have told
解析：6. shouldn’t/ought not to 可表示预测、可能，本句意思为“既然你已经在驾校练得不少了，通过路考应该是没问题的”。答案 C
变式1. 表示本该做而没做用should/ought to have done。答案 D
课后题：
I failed in the final examination last term and only then _____ the importance of studies.
A. I realized B. I had realized
C. had I realized D. did I realize
2. —Isn’t that Ann’s husband over there
—No, it _____ be him, I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.
A. can’t B. must not C. won’t D. may not
3. At the end of every class, a few minutes are left for answering the questions any student ______.
A. rises B. raised C. comes up D. comes up with
4. Call me any time that ____ you.
A. fits B. satisfies C. suits D. meets
5. .It sounded _____ a train running under my house.
A. like B. as if C. as D. as though
解析：
1. 本题考查倒装句型。当only引导的状语位于句首时需要使用主谓倒装语序。时间状语only then表明此处使用一般过去时态。答案：D
2. 本题考查情态动词的用法。从后面一句话所提供的语境分析，“我对此非常有把握”，所以“绝对不可能是他”。情态动词must不能用于否定的推测，此时应该使用can’t。答案：A。
3. any student comes up with 是定语从句，修饰questions,先行词在从句中做宾语，因此选择及物的come up with, 并用一般现在时。答案：D
4. fit 大小、尺寸合适；satisfy 不符和题意；suit既可以指颜色、款式合适，也可以指情况、时间等合适；meet不符和题意。答案：C
5. as if/as though作“似乎，好象”讲引起从句，本句中为系表结构，sound like + n。答案：A
课后练习题
A组：
1.Julie is one of the women who always the latest fashions.
A. make up for B. get along with
C. keep up with D. put up with
2.There are so many books on sale. I really don’t know .
A. which to choose
B. which to choose from
C. to choose what
D. to chose which
3.－Why ask the teacher to explain the problem
－I think to work it out by our-selves.
A .not；better
B. don’t we；it better
C. do you not；us better
D .don’t you；we’d better
4.His great height fitted him team games.
A. to B. for
C .with D. by
5.My watch five minutes a day, so I have to set it back.
A. gains B. wins
C. gets D. loses
6.It won’t you to change the plan now, You know, it is not practical.
A. wound B. pain
C .hurt D. get hurt
7.Our house is on the top of the hill, and in winter the winds be pretty cold.
A. must B. ought to
C. can D. need
8.-- ____ David and Vicky ____ married
-- For about three year.
A. How long were; being B. How long have; got
C. How long have; been D. How long did; get
9. Let's keep to the point or we ____ any decisions.
A. will never reach B. have never reached
C. never reach D. never reached
10、——What should I wear to attend his wedding party
——Dress ____ you like.
A、what B、however C、whatever D、how
答案：
1.Ｃ keep up with the latest fashions“时尚，合乎潮流”。
2.Ａ 句意可知“有很多书可供选择，但不知选哪一个。
3.Ｂ 就第一空来说，选Ａ、Ｂ、Ｄ都正确，但就第二空来说，it为形式主语，better是宾语补足语，后面的不定式短语才是真正的宾语。
4.Ｂ sth fits sb for sth/to do sth某事使某人适合某事／适合干某事。句意为：“他身材高大，适合参加球队比赛”。
5.Ａ 根据句中set it back“调回”，可知表走快了，所以选gain。gain time表示（钟表）时间走得快，反义词词组为lose time。
6.Ｃ It won’t hurt sb to do sth干某事对某人没有害处。句意为“现在改变计划对你没什么害处，你也知道，这个计划是不可行的”。
7.Ｃ must必须，一定；ought to应当，应该；can会，有时会；need需要。句意为：“我们的房子在山顶上，所以在冬天风有时候会很冷”。can在此表示“有时候会”，而ought to仅表示“应当，应该”。
8.C 本题考查1. 延续性动词的用法。2. 动词短语 be married，get married 的区别。根据回答"For about three years." 可知应提问两人结婚(到现在)已多久了，须用现在完成时，排除A、D两项；再排除B项，get married当作非延续性动词使用，不能和表示一段时间的状语连用，不能用How long来提问。Be married 表示延续的状态。
9.A 选A句型“祈使句 + and / or + 陈述句”中，陈述句部分的时态用一般将来时。
10. B 本题however you like相当于in whatever way you like，根据语境，不难判断出B为正确答案。
单词拼写：
1.The cow has four____(胃), as is known to us all.
2. He got off the bus to have the tyre _____(检查).
3. He is always full of ____(精力) and working into the night.
4. Fish is full of ______(营养),which is benefit to us.
5. We should keep healthy _____ (平衡的)diets to keep fit.
6. Do you ____ (消化)what the teacher said in the class
7. He only took a ——————(一勺) of food for his breakfast.
8. The food he prepared is _____(美味可口的)
9. The refrigerator is not _____(发挥作用) well.
10. She suddenly started to feel very _____(困的).
答案：1. stomachs 2. examined 3, energy 4. nutrition 5. balanced
6. digest 7. spoonful 8. tasty 9. functioning 10. sleepy
B组：
汉译英
1. 由于困倦，他早早地就寝了。
2. 采用新外交政策的时机已成熟。
3. 他们走得那么快,我没法跟上。
4. 这沙发在夜里可以当床。
5. 为了平衡贸易,他们将不得不减少在美国购货。
6.他们的误解令我非常伤心。
7. 你本该昨天把报告交上来。
8. 如果想保持现在的生活水平，你就得挣更多的钱。
9. 她在赶时装潮流方面倾注了大量的精力。
10. 在四个月时间内，300百多万人受到了检查。
答案：
1. Being sleepy, he went to bed early.
2. The time is ripe for a new foreign policy.
3. They walked so fast that I could not keep up with them.
4. The sofa functions as a bed at night.
5. In order to balance their trade, they would have to buy less goods in the United States.
6. Their misunderstanding criticisms have hurt me deeply.
7. You ought to have handed in your report yesterday.
8. If you want to keep up the present living standards, you will have to earn more money.
9. She’s paid much attention to keeping up with the latest fashion in clothes.
10. During a four-month period, more than three million people were examined.
改错
This factory keeps up with its good credit, so its products sell very well.
Does your leg still pain
The polluted air is harm to our health.
The advice he gave the fat lady is to lose some weighty.
Little Franz was not preparing for the master’s question.
答案：
1. with 去掉 2. pain 改为 hurt 3. harm改为harmful 4. weighty改为 weight 5. preparing改为 preparedUnit9 Technology
。
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语disagree; depend; press; throughout; add; latest; feature; remind; appointment; obey; dare; case; emergency; whatever; particular; interview; department; electricity; wonder; defeat; force; succeed; skip; stay in touch with; call for; in case of; according to; take over; break down;
2. 句型
Cell phones, or mobile phones make it possible for us to talk to anyone from anywhere. it 作形式宾语的用法
I don't dare to use the phone in school. dare 的用法
The answer seems to be that we have a need to stay in touch with friends and family no matter where we are or what we are doing. no matter + 疑问词引导的让步状语从句
The cell phone helps her do whatever she wants to do.
whatever 引导的名词从句
3. 语法：现在进行时的被动语态
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握disagree; depend; press; throughout; add; latest; feature; remind; appointment; obey; dare; case; emergency; whatever; particular; interview; department; wonder; defeat; force; succeed; skip; stay in touch with; call for; in case of; according to; take over; break down;等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握it 作形式宾语的用法；dare 的用法；现在进行时的被动语态的用法；whatever 引导的名词从句
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1.Well, it depends.
派生词:
dependence n. 依赖，依靠 dependent adj. 依靠别人的
Independence n. 独立 independent adj. 独立的
知识梳理：
(1)依靠，信赖；
He was the sort of person you could depend on.
他是那种你可以信赖的人。
(2)确信，相信，指望；
Can we depend on your coming in on Sunday
我们可以相信你在周日来吗？
(3)受……的影响，由……决定，取决于；
Does the quality of teaching depend on class size
教学的质量是取决于班级的规模吗？
(4)需要，依靠（提供资金、帮助等）
I don’t want to depend too much on my parents.
我不想太依赖我的父母。
相关归纳：
(1)That depends/It (all) depends.那得看情况定。
—Is she coming 他会来吗？
—That depends. He may not have the time. 那得看情况定。他可能没时间。
(2)depend on/upon it请相信，没问题（用于句首或句尾）
Depend on it(=you can be sure), we won’t give up.
请相信我们不会放弃的。
(3)depend on it that (depend on不能直接跟that从句要加it 然后才能接that从句，与该用法相同的结构有：rely on it that从句;see to it that从句)
You can depend on it that he will finish the job on time .
你可以放心他会准时完成工作的。
你可放心他会准时来的。
(4)be dependent on/upon sb. for sth.
You can’t be dependent on/upon your parents for money all your life.
你不能一生都依靠你的父母提供金钱。
(5)be independent of sb. 不在依赖某人
I wish to be independent of my parents.
我不想在依赖父母了。
2. …… press the talk key. “Hi, mum I’m on the bus I should be home in about ten minutes.”
should用法：
(1)should 作为助动词 shall 的过去式，可以在间接引语中与第一人称主语搭配，表示过去将来时间。
The group leader announced that we should （= would ） begin to work soon.
小组长宣布：我们不久就开始工作。
A week ago， I told him that I should （= would） go to Beijing the next day.
一个星期以前，我告诉他我第二天就去北京。
(2)should 作为情态动词，可以用来表示有较大可能实现的猜测、推论，通常译为“可能”、“总该……吧”，相当于 be expected to .这时should的语气比must小，比may/might 大。
They should be home by now， I think.
我想现在他们总该到家了吧。
The report was written after a careful investigation， so it should be reliable.
这份报告是经过周密调查后才写成的，所以应该是可靠的。
(3) should 作为情态动词，可以用在条件状语从句中，表示语气较强的假设，译作“万一”、“竟然”，这时也可将 should 置于从句之首，即将 should 放在主语前面，而省略从属连词 if . If you should fail to come， ask Mrs. Chen to work in your place.
= Should you fail to come， ask Mrs. Chen to work in your place.
万一你来不了，就叫陈夫人代替你。
If anyone should come， say I am not at home.
= Should anyone come， say I am not at home.
万一有人来访，就说我不在家。
If it should rain tomorrow， I wouldn't go.
= Should it rain tomorrow， I wouldn't go.
万一明天天下雨，我就不去了。
(4)should 作为情态动词，通常用来表示现在或将来的责任或义务，译作“应该”、“应当”，这时它可以和 ought to， be supposed to 互换使用。例如：
You should （= are supposed to ） complete your test in time.
你们应该按时做完你们的实验。
You should （= ought to ） tell your mother about it at once.
你应该立即把此事告诉你妈妈。
In sum， theory should be combined with practice.
总之，理论应该与实验相结合。
(5)(表示感情、意志等)竟然会;应该
I'm sorry it should be this way.
很遗憾,事情竟会是这个样子。
It's strange that he should be absent.
真奇怪,他竟会缺席。
3.Wang Mei is one of many Chinese teenagers who live life "on the go" and use cellphones.
跟许多中国青少年一样，王梅使用手机享受着“移动人生”。
三种结构的主谓一致：
(1)the (only / very) one of + the + 名词复数后接定语从句时，定语从句中谓语动词用单数。
The book is the only one of the gifts that was given to him on his birthday.
这本书是他生日收到的唯一礼物。
(2)one of + the + 名词复数后接定语从句时，定语从句中谓语动词用复数。
This is one of the exciting matches that I have ever seen.
这是我看过的最令人兴奋的比赛之一。
(3)one of + the + 名词复数做整个句子的主语时，句中谓语动词用复数。
One of the students has been to Beijing so far in the poor village.
最这个贫穷的村子里到目前为止他是去过北京的学生之一。
4. New functions are being added to the phones.
add的用法：
派生词：
addition n. 加，加起来，增加物，增加，加法
additional adj. 外加的，附加的，另加的
知识梳理：
（1）vt. & vi. 增加，加入；
If the tea is too strong, add some more water.
如果茶太浓，再加些水。
（2）vt.补充说
"And I hope you will realize it one day." he added.
他接着说：“我希耀你总有一天会明白这一点。”
I should like to add that we are pleased with the result.
我想补充一句，我们对这个成果感到高兴。
相关归纳：
(1)add...to... 在……中加上……
Many words have been added to this edition of the dictionary。
这一版字典增加了很多词。
Don’t add fuel to the flame.
不要火上加油。
(2)add to 增加，增添；扩建
The bad weather only added to our difficulties.
恶劣的天气只会增添我们的困难。
Your carelessness added to our difficulty.
你的粗心增加了我们的困难。
The building has been added to since liberation.
自从解放以来这个建筑物不断被扩建。
(3)add up把……加起来，总计
If you add these figures up , you will get the result .
(4)add up to 总计共达；表示，等于说。意味着；总而言之
His whole schooling added up to no more than one year.
他受到的全部学校教育加起来不超过一年。
他花的钱总计1000英镑。
(5)in addition=besides 并且
（6）in addition to=besides 除了……之外还有
In addition to Tom , five other people went for a swim.
5. I don’t dare to use the phone in school, because they will take it away from me.
dare的用法：
实义动词：这时与一般的实义动词用法一样有各种时态，有主谓一致的变化，可以用于各种句型。 但是要特别注意在否定句中时to可以省略。
He did not dare (to )leave his car there.
他不敢把车停放在那里。
He has dared to walk alone in the street since his childhood.
自从童年起他一直敢一个人在街上走。
Has he dared to walk alone in the street since his childhood.
自从童年起他一直敢一个人在街上走吗？
情态动词：注意以下几点：
只能用于疑问句、否定句和条件状语从句中；
只有两种时态变化形式：一般现在时和一般过去时
③ dare的单复形式与主语无关没有人称变化
How dare you ask me such a question
你怎敢问我这样的问题
My younger sister dare not go out alone.
我妹妹不敢单独出去。
My younger sister dared not go out alone as a child.
我妹妹小的时候不敢单独出去。
(3)固定短语：I dare say
6.Having a cellphone also makes us feel safer, since we can call for help in case of an emergency.
(1)case的用法
知识梳理：
①情况实情；事实多和the 连用
If that is the case , we need more staff.
如果情况是那样的话，我们将需要更多的职员。
Is it the case that you lost your money when you got off the crowded bus
你在走下一辆拥挤的汽车时你的钱被偷，情况是这样的吗？
案件；案例
The police will look into the case as soon as possible .
警察将尽可能快的调查这个案件。
③箱子，盒子 a pencil box （铅笔盒） ; a jewel box （珠宝盒）
病例；病人
The most serious cases were treated at the scene of the accident .
伤势最严重的病人在事故现场得到了治疗。
相关归纳：
①as is often the case 这是常有的事
② in this / that case 如果是这样／那样的话
③ in no case 无论如何都不，绝不（位于句首要采用半倒装语序）
In no case should you smoke.
任何情况下你都不应该吸烟。
④in case假使; 如果，万一引导状语从句(从句中可用虚拟语气should + do sth. 也可不用虚拟语气) 而 in case 后接从句，该句在特定的语境中可以省略。
Take an umbrella with you in case of rain.
带上雨伞以防天下雨。
带上雨伞，以防下雨。
We had better bring an umbrella in case it should rain.
= We had better bring an umbrella in case it rains.
你最好带上雨伞，以防下雨。
⑤ in case of 万一……，如果发生……
The doctor asked us to call him during the night except in case of necessity.
医生吩咐我们，除非必须，否则不要在夜里叫他
⑥(just)in case 以防(万一)
⑦ in most cases 在大多数情况下
⑧in any case 无论如何，不管怎样
In any case, do it better. 无论如何，要尽力而为。
7....and do everything Q12 tells them to.
惟Q12的命令是从。
该句中to 后的动词由于与前面的动词一样而被省略了。
(1)通常情况下，当从上下文中能够知道不定式短语的内容时，为了避免重复，可将不定式to后面的内容都省略去，只保留不定式符号to，即用to来代替整个不定式。
She went there because she wanted to.她去了那里，因为她想去。
---Have you bought a car 你买车了吗
---No, we can’t afford to.没，我们付不起钱。
The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him not to.
那个男孩想在街上骑自行车，但是他的母亲不让他那样做。
由以上例句我们可以看出，这种用法多见于不定式作宾语或宾语补足语的时候。与之相关的动词和结构有want, hope, hate, wish, refuse, prefer, try, like, love, intend, forget, expect, mean, be going to, have (got) to, ought to, used to, be able to, would like/love to等。
I asked him to see the film, but he didn’t want to.
我请他去看电影但是他不想去。
Some people suggested that she reconsider the matter, but she refused to.
有人建议他考虑这个问题但是他拒绝了。
He doesn’t work here now, but he used to.他现在不再这里工作，但是过去在。
---Would you like to join us 你想加入我们中间吗？
---I’d like to.我想呀。
---Ought I to finish it today 我应该在今天完成吗？
---Yes, you ought to.是的。
(2)保留至be, have或have been
如果不定式to后的结构中含有be, have或have been, 通常要保留be, have或have been. 但随后的成分仍可省略。
---Is your mother a teacher 你的母亲是教师吗？
---No, but she used to be.不是，她也不想做教师。
---He hasn’t finished yet.
他还没有完成吗。
---Well, he ought to have.
嗯，他本应该完成的。
8.Some students are spending as much as 200 yuan a month on their cellphones.
.as many as, as much as
(1)as many as意为“多达……；……之多”,常用在人或物的具体数量前，结构为：as many as+数词+复数名词。
I can drink as many as 5 bottles of beer at a time.
每次我能喝多达5瓶的啤酒。
(2)as much as常用在“时间量、重量、钱数、价格”等方面，表示“总量”和“单位量”的大小，结构为：as much as+数词+复数名词。
The stone weighs as much as 6 tons.
这块石头重达6吨。
9.The students still talk about all the wonders of the world
wonder的用法：
(1)作动词时，主要义项有：想知道；想弄明白；琢磨；感到诧异；非常惊讶。
I was just beginning to wonder where you were.
我刚才正琢磨你上哪儿去了。
She wondered at her own stupidity.
她没想到自己竟会这么愚蠢。
Many people wonder at the beauty of nature around them.
很多人赞美身边大自然的美。
I wonder that he didn’t hurt himself jumping over that wall.
我纳闷他怎么从那墙上跳过去竟没摔伤自己。
(2)作名词时，主要义项有：惊讶；惊奇；惊叹(不可数名次)
奇迹；奇观(可数名词)
She gazed down at the city spread below her in wonder.
她俯视展现在眼前的城市，惊叹不已。
The Great Wall is one of the wonders of the world.
长城是世界奇迹之一。
相关归纳:
（1）no wonder 或It’s no/little/small wonder（that）...不足为奇；并不奇怪
It is little wonder（that）she was so upset.
她如此心烦意乱，并不奇怪。
No wonder you’re tired, you’ve been walking for hours.
难怪你累了，你一直走了好几个小时。
（2）It’s a wonder that...令人惊奇的是；莫名其妙的是
It’s a wonder that more people weren’t hurt.
奇怪的是没有更多的人受到伤害。
（4）work wonders 创造奇迹；取得优异的成绩；产生良好的效果
Her new diet and exercise programme had worked wonders for her.
她新的饮食和锻炼计划对她产生了奇效。
12. Q12 can’t be defeated by force.
force的用法
(1)n.
①. 力,力量;力气[U]
The moral force is on our side.
道义的力量在我们一边。
② 武力,暴力[U]
The robber used force to get into the house.
强盗使用暴力强行进入住宅。
③ 势力;威力;有影响的人(或事物)[C]
He was a force behind these social changes.
他是促成这些社会变革的有影响的人物。
④ 军事力量;军队(常用复数)
A U.N. peacekeeping force was sent to that country.
一支联合国维持和平部队被派往该国。
(2)vt.
1. 强迫,迫使 force sb. to do sth.
The policemen forced the criminals to give up their arms.
警察迫使罪犯放下武器。
2. 用力推进;强行攻占;强行打开
We forced our way in.
我们挤了进去。
We lost our key, so we had to force the door open.
我们把钥匙丢了，因此我们必须强行打开门。
3. 勉强作出(或发出)
She forced a smile.
她强作笑容。
13. Instead, the students have decided to come up with a special solution
come up 与come up with
(1)come up
① 开始;发生
I'll let him know if anything comes up.
如有什么事,我会告诉他的。
②被提出,被讨论
A number of questions came up at the meeting.
会议上提出了许多问题。
③走过来
She came up and said, "Glad to meet you."
她走过来说,"很高兴见到你。"
(2)come up with (针对问题等)想出;提供
He came up with good ideas for the product promotion.
他想出一个推广产品的好方法。
He could not come up with a proper answer.
他想不出一个合适的回答。
14. Can you get the meaning of the text with looking up the new words in the dictionary.
查字典的表示方法：
(1)look sth. up in the dictionary
You can look up the new word in the dictionary when you meet with them.
碰见生单单词的时候你可以在字典里面查找它的意思。
(2)refer to (the dictionary/the note)查阅字典或笔记
He often refer to his notes when making a speech.
演讲的时候他经常看讲稿。
(3)consult the dictionary查阅字典
You can consult the dictionary when you meet new words.
碰见生单单词的时候你可以在字典里面查找它的意思。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：in a way, in the way, by the way, by way of, in the way of
(1) in a way 意为“在某种程度上”，相当于in one way, in some way。
The reforms are an improvement in a way.
这些变革从某种意义上说是一种进步。
(2) in the way 挡路
A big stone is in the way. Move it away, please.
一块大石头挡在路上，请把它搬开。
(3) by the way 顺便问一下，在途中
They stopped for a rest by the way.
他们途中停下来休息一下。
By the way, could you show me the way to the station
顺便问一下，你能指给我去车站的路吗
(4) by way of 途经，路经(某处)；作为，当作
He is traveling to Shenzhen by way of Beijng.
他经北京去深圳。
Let's go to the restaurant for supper by way of a change.
我们今天去饭店吃晚饭，换一下口味。
(5) in the way of=such as
He wants us to do everything for him in the way of cleaning the floor , laying desks, and etc.
易混易错点1：The answer seems to be that we have a need today in touch with friends and family no matter where we are or what we are doing.
答案似乎是：无论我们在何处或正在干什么，我们都需要与朋友、家人一直保持联系。
no matter是连词词组，作“无论，不管”解，常用于引导表示让步的状语从句有以下几种用法：
(1)no matter what (who, when, how, where 等)只能引导让步的状语从句；no matter +疑问词=疑问词+ ever
No matter how proud he was, he was afraid to face me.
无沦他多么傲慢，他还是怕面对我。
No matter whether you have time or not, you must go there.
无沦是否有时间，你都得去那儿。
(2) “疑问词 + ever"例如whatever, whoever, whenever等不仅可以引导让步的状语从句还可以引导名次性从句
Wherever he went, he received a warm welcome.
无论他走到哪儿，都受到热烈欢迎。
Don't open the door, no matter who=whoever knocks it.(= No matter who knocks the door, don't open it)
不管是淮敲门，都小要开门。
Whatever Wilson says, I'll post the letter. = No matter what Wilson says, I'll post the letter.
不管威尔逊说什么，我都要寄走那封信。
The cell phone helps her do whatever she wants to do.(该句子中的whatever 不 能换为no matter what)
(3) 在“no matter + 特殊疑问词”引导的让步状讲从句中，要用一般式表示将来发生的动作。
No matter bow hard he works, he will never come up with her.
(4)no matter how +adj. /adv +主语+谓语=however +adj. /adv +主语+谓语
No matter how much the book may cost , I will buy it .= However much the book may cost , I will buy it.
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1.John may phone tonight, I don't want to go out ____ he phones.
A. as long as B. in order that
C. in case D. so that
变式1. -- It's cloudy outside. Please take an umbrella.
-- ____.
A. Yes, take it easy B. Well, it just depends
C. OK, just in case D. All right, you're welcome
变式2. Turn to me for help _____ emergency.
A. in case B. in order that
C. in case of D. in honor of
解析:1. B项引导状语从句，表示目的；D项引导状语从句。可以表示目的也可以表示结果；A项引导状语从句，意思是“只要……就……”；C项in case表示“以防，万一”与上下文吻合。答案为C
变式1. just in case = in case it rains 带把雨伞以防下雨。答案C
变式2. 该句意思是“万一有紧急情况请向我求助”。in case of 后接n. 所以答案选C
2. -- How long are you staying
-- I don't know ____.
A. That's OK B. Never mind
C. It depends D. It doesn't matter
变式1. You can depend on———he will finish the job on time .
A. it B. that C. it that D.不填
变式2. As in Canada, the climate is different _____ the areas.
A. depending on B. depends on C. to be depended D. depended on
解析：2.根据上文I don't know.，可确定要选C，表示要随情况而定。答案:C
变式1.depend on不能直接跟that从句要加it 然后才能接that从句，与该用法相同的结构有：rely on it that从句;see to it that从句。答案C
变式2. “the climate is different”是一个结构完整的句子，所以“_____ the areas”应该是分词做状语。“气候因地区不同而不同”与“取决于地区”之间是一种主动关系应该用现在分词做状语。答案：A
3. The president talked with the official for a long time, ____ that he still trusted him.
A. added B. adding C. adding up D. adding up to
变式1.Your presence _____ our pleasure.
A. added B. added to C. added up to D. added up
解析:4.该句意思是“总统和那个官员交谈了很长时间然后补充说他仍然信任他” adding的意思是“补充(说)”现在分词做状语。add up to意思是“加起来等于”。 答案为B
变式1. 该句意思是“你的到来增加了我们的愉悦。”add up to意思是“加起来等于”；所一
added up意思是“把……加起来”； added to意思是“增添，增加”。答案:B
4. team wins on Saturday will go through to the national championships.
A. No matter what B. No matter which
C. Whatever D. Whichever
变式1. The poor young man is ready to accept ____help he can get.
A. whichever B. however
C. whatever D. whenever
变式2. He tried his best to solve the problem, ____difficult it was.
A. however B. no matter
C. whatever D. although
【解析
解析：4. 句意为：周六无论哪个队获胜都将参加国家的锦标赛。 whichever意为“无论哪一个，任何一个”；whenever意为“无论何时，随时，只要”。答案：D
变式1. whatever引导的宾语从句。Whatever help = any help that...。答案：C
变式2. however = no matter how引导让步状语。答案：A
5. He is the only one of the students who ____ a winner of scholarship for three years.
A. is B. are C. have been D. has been
变式1. He is one of the students who ____ a winner of scholarship for three years.
A. is B. are C. have been D. has been
变式2. One of the students ____ a winner of scholarship for three years.
A. is B. are C. have been D. has been
解析：6. the (only / very) one of + the + 名词复数后接定语从句时，定语从句中谓语动词用单数。答案：D
变式1. one of + the + 名词复数后接定语从句时，定语从句中谓语动词用复数。答案：C
变式2. one of + the + 名词复数做整个句子的主语时，句中谓语动词用复数。答案：D
6. It is ______ any wonder that his friend doesn’t like watching television much.
A. no B. such C. nearly D. hardly
变式1. ———— is a wonder that he was able to survive the war.
A. That B. It C. There D. This
解析：It’s no wonder that表示“难怪……”。题干中wonder前有any，所以不能再用no，故排除A项；such和nearly又不能与any连用，故排除B、C两项；hardly可以与any连用，因此最佳答案为D。答案：D
变式1.句意为：他能活过这次战争真是一件令人惊奇的事亚。 It’s a wonder that...令人惊奇的是；莫名其妙的是。答案：B
课后题：
1. . The chairman thought ____ necessary to invite Professor Smith to speak at the meeting.
A. that B. it
C. this D. him
2.You should try to get a good night’s sleep ______ much work you have to do.
A. however B. no matter C. although D. whatever
3.The president spoke at the business meeting for nearly an hour without ____ his notes.
A. bringing up B. referring to
C. looking for D. trying on
4. Judging from what he said, _____is required to do this job.
A either he or you
B either you or he
C neither you nor I
D neither he or him
5.Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures ____in your mind instead of before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
解析：
1. it作形式宾语，代替不定式。答案：B
2. refer to 意为“参照，提到”；bring up意为“抚养，养育”；look for 意为“寻找”；try on 意为“试穿”。题意“主席在商务会议上做了将近一小时的发言没有看稿。”所以答案为：B
3. 解析 本题另外一种正确的用法是No matter how amusing it is…答案 C
4.本题考查主谓一致，因为谓语为第三人称单数，故B项正确。答案 B
5.There be +主语+ doing，其中主语与现在分词存在逻辑上的主谓关系，而pictures和form即是主谓关系，因此选C.答案 C
课后练习题
A组：
单选题：
1.-- You should have thanked her before you left.
-- I meant ____, but when I was leaving I couldn't find her anywhere.
A. to do B. to
C. doing D. doing it
2. You can’t imagine that a well-behaved gentleman ___be so rude to a lady.
A. might B. need C. would D. should
3.—Brand was Jane’s brother!
—______ he reminded me so much of Jane!
A. No doubt B. Above all C. No wonder D. Of course
4.----Is Bob still performing
----I’m afraid not. He is said ________ the stage already as he has become an official.
A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left
5. ---Let’s go to a movie after work, OK
---- _______.
A. Not at all B. Why not C. Never mind. D. What of it
6. ----How about putting some pictures into the report
------________. A picture is worth a thousand words.（2005全国高考江苏卷）
A. No way. B. Why not C. All right？ D. No matter.
7 .——Tomorrow ____ my birthday. I’d like you and Jane to come.
——I’m not sure if she ____ free.
A. will be; is B is going to; is C. is; is D. is; will be
8 .I’d like to live somewhere ____ the sun shines all year long.
A. which B. that C. where D. in which
9.---What’s that terrible noise
----The neighbors _______ for a party.
A. have prepared B. are preparing C. prepare D. will prepare
10. These planes are watered_______.
A. each other day B. every other day
C. each of two days D. every of two days
解析：
1. mean作为“打算”讲，后接动词不定式，排除C、D两项；再依据以上解释，排除A项。答案：A
2在此should表示“惊奇”，译成“竟然会”。答案：D
3. no wonder+句子=It is/was no wonder+句子，意为“难怪……”。答案：C
4. 前者问＂Bob还在表演吗＂，后者回答＂恐怕不演了，据说因为他当官已经离开舞台了＂。从设空后的 already 一词可以明显看出Bob离开舞台是过去已经发生的事情，所以此处必须选用不定式的完成式，因而 A项为正确选项。答案：A
5. Not at all用来回答Thank you; Never mind.用来回答道歉; What of it =So what 表示“那又有什么重要的 ”; Why not “为什么不呢”表示非常同意对方.根据句意应选B,表示同意对方的建议.在选择交际用语时要注意说话的情景及说话者的真正含义.
6. 前者问对方在报告中插入一些图画如何，后者回答一副画能抵得上一千个单词，说明后者非常赞同前者的提议．No way 表示拒绝对方要求的应答，No matter表示“没关系，不要紧，没什么大不了的”，All right表示“行吗？合适吗”，显示说话者的语气不确定．所以只有B选项Why not 含有鼓励和赞同的意思，符合句意．答案。B
7. 第一空是表示“不以人的意志为转移的客观事实”，用一般现在时；第二空是表示“将来的动作”，用一般将来时。答案:D
8.考查连接词。Where引导地点状语从句。答案：C
9. 根据“What’s that terrible noise？”（那乱哄哄的声音是怎么回事），可知“邻居们正在为开一个派队而做准备”.答案：B
10. 每隔一天可以说:every second/other day 或every two days. 答案: B
单词拼写：
1.The lovely girl’s f_____ expressions suggest that she is very happy.
2.Sportsmen try their best to_______（竞争）for gold medals.
3.Her new red dress produced quite a good _____（影响）on everyone.
4.Jack’s parents are satisfied with him as he ______（排列）no.4 in the mid－term exam.
5.Those who love peace wish to seek a peaceful s______ to the argument.
6.The news spread _____(遍及)ｔｈｅ ｗｈｏｌｅ ｃｏｕｎｔｒｙ．
7.When you _______（按）the button , the machine will open quickly.
8.The Los Angles Lakers and the Spurs _______（战平）2-2 in the semi-final.
答案：1. facial 2. compete 3effect
4. ranks 5. solution 6. ｔｈｒｏｕｇｈｏｕｔ 7. press 8. tied
B组：
汉译英
1.他知道他可以依靠她来应付这种局面。
2.我纳闷他怎么从那墙上跳过去竟没摔伤自己。
3.难怪你累了，你一直走了好几个小时。
4.他可能接替汤姆任经理。
5.这家博物馆的确值得参观。
6.不管谁来电话，都说我出去了。
7.把这寄给负责销售的人。
答案：
1.He knew he could depend on her to deal with the situation.
2.I wonder that he didn’t hurt himself jumping over that wall.
3.No wonder you’re tired, you’ve been walking for hours.
4.Probably he will succeed Tom as our manager.
5.The museum is certainly worth a visit.
6.No matter who telephones, say I’m out.=Whoever telephones, say I’m out.
7.Send it to whoever is in charge of sales.
单句改错
You can’t ride my car now, for it is repaired.
I dare to say robots can play a big part in our life in the future.
At the job, she could earn as many as eighty dollars a week.
Can you make rooms on that shelf for more books
I wonder how he dare to say that to the teacher yesterday.
答案：1. is 后加being 2. dare 后的to去掉 3. many改为much 4.rooms 改为room
5.dare改为dared Unit2 English around the world
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语closet; pronounce; broad; repeat; majority; total; equal; situation; trade; international; organization; government; tourism; communicate; exchange; service; signal; tidy; stand; independent; publish; expression; compare.； in total; make oneself at home; except for; stay up; end up with; a great many; the number of; more and more.
句型：
Thanks Nancy. If you will excuse me now. will 表示意愿的用法
With so many people communicating in English everyday,... “with+宾语+宾补”的结构做状语
Can you tell me how to pronounce... 带连接副词(或代词)的不定式做宾补的用法
At the same time, British English and American English started borrowing words from other languages , ending up with different words. 动名词做状语表结果的用法。
However, most of the time people don’t have any difficulty in understanding each other.
In only fifty years , English has developed into the language most widely spoken and used in the world.
Except for these differences in spelling, written English is more or less the same .
3. 语法：Direct and Indirect Speech(Ⅱ)—祈使句
(1)转述他人的请求
(2)转述他人的命令
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握majority; total; equal; situation; trade; exchange; compare.； in total; make oneself at home; except for; stay up; end up with; a great many; the number of; more and more.等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握will 表示意愿的用法；动名词做状语表结果的用法；分词做定语的用法；祈使句转述他人的请求和转述他人的命令的用法；
3. 对British English和American English之间的区别有一定的了解，能顺利地进行英语阅读。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1.Thanks Nancy. If you will excuse me now. will
will 可以用来构成将来时，这时will 不可以用于条件状语从句中。但是will可以表示意愿这时可以用于条件状语从句中。
If you will listen to me, you shall get a new bike.
如果你愿意听我的话，你一定会得到一辆新自行车。
注意：（1）will表示现在的意愿，would表示过去的意愿。
I push the door hard, but it won’t open. 我用力推门，但是门打不开。
I warned him not to play in the street yesterday, but he wouldn’t listen to me.
我警告他不要在街道上玩耍，但是他不愿听我的话。
（2）won’t do 表示拒绝，不肯有拟人化的手法；don’t do 表示客观陈述。
The radio I bought yesterday doesn’t work now.( 客观陈述)
I have spent 5 hours repairing my radio, but it won’t work.( 拟人化的手法)
Don’t get the ink on your clothes ;it won’t wash out.( 拟人化的手法)
2. Can you tell me how to pronounce...
“疑问词+不定式”的功能：在句中可作主语、宾语、表语等成分。
（1）作主语
How to give advice in English is what I am trying to learn.
我正在努力学习如何用英语提建议。
（2）作宾语
①作动词的宾语
We have to start somewhere if we want to learn how to write plays. 我们要学习写剧本，总得有个开头。
②作介词的宾语
We had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat. 我们最好能学会正确选择吃什么、怎么吃。
(3)作表语
My question is where to find the answer. 我的问题是在哪里能找到答案。
3 . …most of the time people don’t have any difficulty in understanding each other.
have (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.
干某事有困难
there is (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.
have (some) difficulty with sth.
在某事上有困难
there is (some) difficulty with sth.
do sth. with difficulty / without difficulty 困难地／轻而易举地做某事
We had a lot of difficulty in finding your house.
Do you have any difficulty with your English
注意:(1) 以上句型中，difficulty前可加some, little, much, a lot of, no, any修饰
(2) 以上句型中，亦可用trouble来代替difficulty。
4. English has developed into the language most widely spoken and used in the world.
most widely spoken and used in the world.过去分词做定语的用法。可以转化为定语从句that/which is most widely spoken and used in the world.
(1)现在分词作定语，表示主动和正在进行的动作或现在的一种状态。
Who is the girl standing over there
站在那边的那个女孩是谁？standing over there现在分词作后置定语，表示主动和正在进行的动作。可以转化为定语从句that is standing over
Who is in charge of the sleeping child
谁负责照料那个正在睡觉的孩子？sleeping现在分词作前置定语，表示主动和正在进行的动作。可以转化为定语从句that is sleeping
Taiwan lying in the east of China is part of China.
位于中国东部的台湾是中国不可分割的以部分。lying in the east of China现在分词作后置定语，表示主动和现在的状态。可以转化为定语从句that/which lies in the east of China
(2)过去分词作定语表示被动和完成了的动作；有时只表示完成的动作不表示被动。
The building built last year is a teaching building.
去年建成的那个建筑物是一幢教学楼。built last year过去分词作后置定语表示被动和完成了的动作。可以转化为定语从句that/which was built last year
You had better drink the boiled water.
你最好和开水。boiled过去分词作前置定语表示被动和完成了的动作
The playground is covered with fallen leaves.
操场上覆盖着落叶。fallen过去分词作前置定语表示完成了的动作，不表示被动。
注意：(1)n. + being done; (2)n.+ to be done;(3) n.+ done 这三个结构的区别
(1)n. + being done 表示被动和正在进行
The building being built now will be used for the meeting room.
正在建造的楼房将被用作会议室。
(2)n.+ to be done表示被动和动作即将发生
The meeting to be held tomorrow has been called off.
原定明天举行的会员已经被取消了。
(3) n.+ done 表示被动和动作已经完成
The tree cut down by the workers was 100 years old.
被工人们砍倒的那棵树已经有100年了。
5. Except for these differences in spelling, written English is more or less the same .
more or less 大约；差不多，几乎
That table is more or less two meters long. 那张桌子大约两米长。
I’ve more or less finished the book. 我差不多已经读完这本书了。
She could earn $200 a day，more or less. 她一天大约能挣200美元。
注意：more or less是一个固定结构，or不可换成and。more or less可以修饰数词，意为“大约”；还可修饰动词、分词、形容词，意为“或多或少，差不多，几乎”。通常放在系动词、助动词或情态动词之后，或放在动词之前，也可置于句末
6. They also brought in some words from their own languages
bring in吸引，引入；请……做，让……参加；提出（新法案）；赚得，挣
He brought some humors in his speech.
他在演讲中引用了一些幽默。
How much does she bring in every year？
她每年挣多少钱？
Experts were brought in to advise the government.
政府请来专家出谋划策。
相关归纳：(1)bring on端来；促进……地生长
Your meal can be brought on along the belt in the future.
在将来你的饭可以沿着传送带被端来。
Enough sunlight has brought on the crops.
充足的阳光促进了庄稼的生长。
(2)bring about导致；引起
What brought about the change in his attitude towards the matter？
是什么使他改变了对这件事情的主意？
(3)bring back把……送回；归还；使回忆起；恢复；重新使用
The photographs brought back many of pleasant memories.
照片给人带来很多美好的回忆。
(4)bring down打垮；击败；降低；减少；（飞机）着陆；击落
We plan to bring down prices on all our computers.
我们打算降低我们所有计算机的价格。
The scandal may bring down the government.
那件丑闻可能使政府垮台。
An enemy fighter was brought down.
一架敌机被击落了
(5)bring up 培养；使价格等上涨；呕吐
Her parents died when she was a baby and she was brought up by her aunt.
她小时侯父母就去世了,是由她姑姑养大的。
He brought out his lunch just now.
他刚刚把吃进去的午饭吐出来了
(6)bring out显出；出版
The hard training brought out the best in him.
刻苦的训练使他表现地最好。
New personal computers are brought out almost daily.
几乎每天都有个人计算机推出
A new kind of magazine has been brought out of late.
一种新的杂志最近被出版了。
(7) bring ……together 促使(争执双方)和解
The loss of their son brought the parents together.
双方因失去儿子而言归于好
7. compare: 主要义项有：比较；相比
派生词: comparison n. 比较
相关归纳：
(1) compare...to... 比拟；比作
Shakespeare compared the world to a stage.
莎士比亚把世界比作一个舞台。
(2) compare... with... 将……和……相比较
Compare John’s answer with Henry’s，which is better？
把约翰和亨利两人的答案比较一下，哪个更好？
(3) compare with和相比较
This house doesn’t compare with our previous one.
这房子比不上我们以前的。
(4)compared to/with与……比起来（常用作状语，可位于句首或句末）
Compared to/with many people，she was indeed lucky.
和许多人比起来，她是幸运的。
(5)in/by comparison with 与……比起来
In comparison with their house, ours is large and comfortable.
8. At the same time, British English and American English started borrowing words from other languages , ending up with different words.
ending up with different words 是现在分词做状语表结果的用法。
European football is played in 80 countries, making it the most popular sport in the world.
欧式足球在80个国家被踢，使它成为世界上最受欢迎的运动。
His father died, leaving him a lot of money.
她非常生气，把玩具扔在地上，把它摔成了碎片。
She was so angry that she threw the toy on the ground, breaking it into pieces.
注意：现在分词做状语表结果与不定式做状语表结果的区别。
(1) 现在分词做状语表结果是指自然而然的想象中的结果,现在分词前可加thus
The whale can eat a man in only a few minutes, thus leaving only bones.
(2) 不定式做状语表结果是指出人意料的结果，强调意想不到,不定式前可加only
H e hurried to the station, only to find the train had left.
他匆匆忙忙赶到车站结果发现火车已经离开了。
He lifted a big stone only to drop it on his own feet.
他搬起一块大石头结果砸了自己的脚。
9. With so many people communicating in English every day, it will become more and more important to have a good knowledge of English.
with后面跟复合结构，即：with + 宾语 +prep./adj./ adv./ doing/ to do(表示要执行的动作)/done（表示动作的完成及被动）常在句中作状语，表示伴随动作、行为方式及原因、条件或结果等情况。也可以做定语。
其结构如下：
(1) with+名词/代词+现在分词。其中现在分词表主动或正在进行的动作。
He fell asleep with his radio still working.
His hair became grey with the years passing.
随着时间的推移，他的头发变花白了。
The king came in, with all his servants following him.
国王进来了，身后跟着所有的仆人。
(2) with+名词/代词+过去分词。其中过去分词表被动或完成了的动作。
Tom stood for a moment with his hand still raised.
With everything bought, he left the market.
买完了所需要的东西之后，他离开了市场
(3) with+名词/代词+不定式。其中不定式表示将要发生的动作。
With so much work to do, we can’t kill any time by playing cards.
With nothing to do, he went out for a walk .
由于没有什么事情可做，他便到外面散步
(4)with+名词/代词+形容词。
The girl entered the room with her eyes full of tears.
(5) with+名词/代词+介词短语或副词。
The emperor walked in the street with nothing on.
He left his room with the light on. (adv.)
他离开了房间，灯亮着
10.He stayed up last night.
stay up 的用法
(1)不睡觉，熬夜
The student stayed up all night to study.
这个学生开夜车，学习了一整夜。
Hs stayed up till midnight ,as is often the case with him.
他熬夜到半夜，对他来说是常有的事。
(2)不倒塌，不下沉
Some strong houses stayed up in the earthquake.
一些坚固的房屋在地震中没有倒塌。
Your life jacket will help you to stay up if you fall out of the boat.
如从船上掉下去，你的救生衣可以使你不沉入水中。
11. How did it come about
come about（某事）发生
I don’t know how this thing came about.
我不知道这事是怎样发生的。
Do you know how the phrase came about？
你知道这个成语是怎样产生的吗？
How did it come about that you didn’t report this to us in good time？
你怎么没及时向我们报告？
(1)come up with 找到，提出(答案、解决办法)
She came up with a new idea for increasing sales .
她想出了增加销售量的新主意。
(2)come across 碰上，偶然碰上，被理解，发现
He spoke for a long time but his meaning didn't come across.
他讲了很长时间，但他的意思没有人真正理解。
(3)come along 进展，进步，一道来
(4)come down 下来，降低，下降，着陆
The price of petrol is coming down thanks to the increase of production.
由于产量的增加，石油的价格在下跌。
(5) come true 实现
(6)come over 过来，顺便来访
Why don't come over t0 Beidaihe for a holiday in summer
你怎么不在夏天到北戴河来度假呢
(7)come in 进来
(8) come to oneself 苏醒，恢复知觉
(9) come on 来吧，跟着来，赶快
(10) come out 出来，出版，开花
The crocuses came out late this year because of the cold weather.
因为天气寒冷，今年藏红花开得晚。
When will his new novel come out
他新创作的小说什么时候出版
(11) come up 被提出,被讨论；(种子)发芽
A number of questions came up at the meeting.
会议上提出了许多问题。
(12)come back 回来．流行
(13) come to 共计，达到，达成，恢复知觉，苏醒
It suddenly came to her that she had been wrong all along.
她突然想到她一开始就错了。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：besides, except, except for, except that
(1)except将一个或几个人或物从同一类或普通的种类中除外，意为“除……之外”，指“不包括……”。其后可接名词、代词、副词、介词短语、动词不定式或wh-从句。except 和 but 都表示“除了……之外。没有”，二者大多数情况下可以互换；但在no, all, nobody, nothing, no one 等词后多用 but。
(2)except for说明整个基本情况后，对细节加以纠正，后接名词。
(3)except that的用法基本同except for，但其后必须句子。它用来表示理由或细节，修下前面所说的情况。
Everybody except John was able to answer the question.
除了约翰之外,每个人都回答出了问题。
The room is empty except for a broken chair. (前后的名词不同类)
这个房间空空的,只不过有把破椅子。
I know nothing about him except that he is from Japan.
我对他一无所知,只是知道他来自日本。
She goes to school by bike except when it rains.
她骑自行车去上学,除了下雨时不骑。
(4)besides: (prep.) “除…之外还有”， besides意为“除……之外，尚有……或外加……”句中常含有more/another/else等暗示词。
Besides tennis, he also plays basketball and football.
除了网球之外，他还打篮球和踢足球。
I have three other dictionaries besides this one.
除了这本词典，我还有三本别的词典。
(5)in addition to除…之外还有,等于besides做介词的用法。
In addition to French, he has to study Japanese.
除了法语外,他还得学日语。
（7)apart from：apart from:其含义主要依据上下文而定，有时可与except换用，有时可代替besides.
Apart from the coat, the hat doesn't suit me.
除价钱太贵，这帽子也不适合我戴。
Apart from a few scratches, the car was undamaged.
除了几处刮痕外，汽车没有什么损坏
注意：
(1)besides: (adv.) 此外，而且
I haven’t time to see the film-----besides, it’s had dreadful reviews.
我没有时间去看这部影片，再说，影评也诸多贬斥。
I am too busy to go for a walk; besides, it is late.
我太忙不去散步了，而且时候已晚了。
(2)but 和except 做“除了”讲时如果前面有do的适当形式,but 和except后面的不定式不带to；如果没有do的适当形式，but 和except后面的不定式带to。
He could do nothing except walk home.(except前若有实义动词do,则后面接不带to的不定式)
他只好走着回家了
=He had no choice but to walk home.( except前若没有实义动词do,则后面接带to的不定式)
(3) in addition=besides此外，而且
They eat a great deal of fruit in addition.
他们还吃大量的水果。
I am too busy to go for a walk; in addition, it is late.
我太忙不去散步了，而且时候已晚了。
易混易错点1： For a long time the language in America stayed the same, while the language in England changed. 长期以来，美国英语保持不变，但英国英语变化了。
该句中的“while"用作并列连词．表示前后对比，意为 “然而”。
while 用法总结
（1）用作并列连词．表示前后对比，意为 “然而”。
I like tea while she likes coffee. 我喜欢喝茶,而她喜欢喝咖啡。
（2）用作从属连词．引导时间状语从句。意为“during the time that…”或“and in the meantime/meanwhile”
I'll take care of your children while you are away. 你不在时我会照顾你的孩子的。
(3) 用作从属连词。引导让步状语从句，意为“although…
While he is not a perfect man , I still like him very much.
尽管他不是一个完美的人我还是很喜欢他。
(4) 用作从属连词。引导条件状语从句，意为as long as
Where there is a will, there is a way.
易混易错点2：such as，that is，for example
(1)such as用来列举事物，常用在被列举出的事物和前面表示总称的名词之间，但在所列举的事物只是总称中的事物的一部分，不能全部都列举出来。
I bought a lot of things in the supermarket, such as beer and fried fish.
(2)如果需要把前面总称中的事物全部一一列举出来，就要用that is或namely（即）。
I have three good friends, namely= that is, Jack, Tom and John.
(3)for example用于举例说明前面的名词，一般只列举同类事物中的一个，其位置可在句首、句末或句中，需用逗号隔开。后面也可接句子，对前一句进行说明和解释。
Many great men have risen from poverty, Lincoln and Edison, for example= for instance.
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1.Snow was falling when they went along a mountain path ___ to the front.
A. to lead B. led C. leading D. being led
变式1. They set up an ____ table in a small temple to operate on the ___ soldiers.’
A. operating ;wounded B. Operated ;wounding
C. operated ;/wounded D. operating ;wounding
变式2. Betty, still ______ excited, took away the box ______ with birthday presents for her.
A. looked; filled B. looked; filling C. looking; filled D. looking; filling
变式3. This is an early church, ______ from the ninth century, which was rebuilt under the direction of San. Carlo Borromeo.
A. dated B. being dated C. dating D. dates
变式4. The problem ______ now must be kept secret
A. being discussed B. discussed C. to be discussed D. having been discussed
解析:1. 据题意提干前有一个名词path，其后是介词组to the front ，即要求一个现在分词和to the front连成现在分词短语修饰名词path作定语，path名词虽表示物不能使用过去分词，是小路本身延伸到前线的，所以选Ｃ。
变式1.据题意在第一个提干里应使用动名词作tale的名词的定语，修饰table; 说明战士是被枪击伤的即受伤的士兵，表被动完成的动作，所以选Ａ。
变式2.look是系动词没有被动语态， Betty 与look 之间是主动关系所以要用现在分词做定语。Wound与 soldiers之间是被动和动作已经完成的关系所以要用过 去分词做定语。
变式3.church与 date from之间是主动关系，所以要用现在分词做定语。
变式4.the problem与discuss之间是被动和动作已经完成的关系所以要用
being discussed。
总结：通过对以上习题的分析可以知道分词做定语的用法可以灵活设题是高考重要的考察点。
2. With a lot of different problems _______, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.
A. settled B. settling C. to settle D. being settled
变式1. ______ time going on, the old man’s friends died off.
A. As B. With C. For D. As with
变式2. ______time went on, the old man’s friends died off.
A. As B. With C. For D. As with
变式3. The famous scientist died of heart attack ______ the experiment left undone.
A. with B. for C. because D. because of
解析: 该题考查with+名词/代词+不定式，其中不定式表示将要发生的动作。由此可知答案 C
变式1. 该题考查with+名词/代词+现在分词这一结构中介词with的运用。不能选as因为as要引导时间状语从句。
变式2. 该题考查as引导时间状语从句 “as”可以译为“随着”
变式3. 该题考查with+名词/代词+过去分词这一结构中介词with的运用。该结构在本句中做状语表示伴随。
总结：通过对以上例题的分析可以知道对“with复合结构”的考查集中在两个方面：一是考查宾补的适当形式；二是考查介词with。该知识点仍旧是命题的重点。
3. The discussion, filled with arguments, lasted two days, _______ no conclusion.
A. reached B. would reach C. to reach D. reaching
变式1.He went abroad in 1998,never _____.
A. returning B. to return C. returned D. having returned
变式2. The discussion, filled with arguments, lasted two days, with no conclusion_____.
A. reached B. would reach C. to reach D. reaching
解析:2. B、C是谓语动词，在此不可用。D项to make或表目的，或表“将要使得”，这都不合题干情景。只有A. making,可作状语，表结果。D
变式1. 该句意思是“他在1998年出国了，结果再也没有回来。”由此可知要用不定式
做状语表结果，指出人意料的结果，强调意想不到。
变式2. 该题是考查“with+名词/代词+过去分词”做状语表结果。Conclusion 与 reach 之间是被动关系，并且动作已经发生。
总结：以上题例表明“现在分词做状语表结果与不定式做状语表结果”的区别是一个很重要的知识点。结果发生的偶然性与否是掌握这一知识的关键。
4. There was no one in the bus _____ a dog.
A. except B. besides C. but D. except for
变式1. The weather is bad; _______，I have no money on me.
A. except B. besides C. but D. except for
变式2 Five more students passed the exam_____ Tom.
A. in addition B. besides C. but D. except for
变式3. ————the people on the list, many more people will attend the party.
A. In addition to B. Except for C. But D. Except
解析：4. except for说明整个基本情况后，对细节加以纠正。 答案： D
变式1. besides可以做副词意思是“ 此外，而且”表示并列关系。答案：B
变式2. besides: (prep.) “除…之外还有”， besides意为“除……之外，尚有……或外加……”句中常含有more/another/else等暗示词。答案：B
变式3. 该题意思是“除了名单上的人之外还有很多人要参加这次舞会”。in addition to除…之外还有,等于besides做介词的用法。答案：A
总结：以上以上题例表明“besides, except, except for, except that”的区别是一个很重要的知识点在掌握该知识点时一定要体会出是指“排除”或是指“包含”等方面的用法。
5．You can’t imagine what difficulty/trouble we had ____ home in the snowstorm.
A. walked B. walk C. to walk D. walking
变式1. Do you have any difficulty _____ your work
A. in B. on C. with D. for
变式2. Thank you for the trouble you have taken _____ me with my English..
A. to help B. helping C. help D helped
解析：5. we had ____ home in the snowstorm 是定语从句, had 的宾语是省略的关系代词，恢复后可以看出是考查“have (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.”这一知识点的。答案：D
变式1. 考查“have (some) difficulty with sth.” 这一知识点。答案：C
变式2. you have taken _____ me with my English是定语从句, have taken 的宾语是省略的关系代词，恢复后可以看出是考查“take trouble to do sth.”这一知识点的。答案：A
总结：通过对以上习题的分析可以知道与difficulty相关的短语的用法是高考重要的考察点，可以据此灵活设题。
6. I push the window hard but it _____close.
A. won’t B. can’t C. shall not D. mustn’t
变式1. If you _____ listen to me, you _____ get a new bike.
A. will ; will B. shall ; will C. shall ; shall D. will ; shall
变式2. “What can I do for you ”
“ My radio _____ work.”
A. won’t B. can’t C. doesn’t D. mustn’t
解析：6. 考查will表示现在的意愿，有拟人化的修辞手法在内。答案A
变式1.第一个空格是“will可以表示意愿这时可以用于条件状语从句中”；第二个空格是shall表示“承诺”的用法。答案：D
变式2. doesn’t do 表示客观陈述，不包含任何感彩。答案：C
7. _____ the news, so far, has been good, there may be days ahead when it is bad.
A. While B. When C. As D. Since
变式1. you have got your license, why not drive the car yourself
A．Ever since B．Now that C．Even though D．As long as
变式2.--The vase cost me almost 100 yuan.
--Well, it was crazy of you to spend so much money __ you could buy a much
cheaper one.
A. while B. if C. because D. when
解析：7. 考查while用作从属连词, 引导让步状语从句，意为“although…”答案：A
变式1.now that =since =now 都可以引导从句译为“既然”，主从句之间是因果关系。答案：B.
变式2. 考查when用作从属连词, 引导让步状语从句, 意为“既然”答案D
总结：通过对以上习题的分析可以知道while，now that =since =now，when这三个词是意思相近但用法不同的非常重要的词语。
课后题：
1.____ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.
A. Compare B. When comparing
C. Comparing D. When compared
2.This is not a match. We're playing chess just for ____.
A. habit B. hobby C. fun D. game
3. I can hardly imagine Mr. Wang ___across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
4.Allen had to call a taxi because the box was ____ to carry all the way home.
A. much too heavy B. too much heavy
C. heavy too much D. too heavy much
5. Most of the men _________ to the party were from town
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. had been invited
解析: 1.本句compare用在句首作状语，并有“被比较”的意思。答案为D
2. for fun 常在句中用作状语，意思是“说／做着玩的”。 答案为C
3. imagine后接动词的-ing形式，本句的Mr. Wang是这个动名词的逻辑主语答案为C
4. much too+形容词或副词 .答案 A
5. 此处考查过去分词作定语表示被动和完成了的动作。答案 AUnit 11 The sounds of the world
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语suggestion; instrument; perform; characteristic; character; contain; spread; variety; universal; record; satisfy; desire; emotion; process; express; entertain; in common; turn…into; on the other hand; at the same time; agree with
句型
What do you think the music comes from do you think 作插入语
You want to find a good sang to dance to 不定式作后置定语
If only they could find a way to get to the room. If only 的用法
He was just about to say something when Peter turned around. when 的用法
What do you have in mind 表示“心里想着某事”
The next time you look for a tape, don't just look for Chinese or American music. 名词引导时间状语从句
语法：被动语态 be done will be done have been done be being done
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握suggestion; perform; characteristic; character; contain; spread; variety; record; satisfy; desire; emotion; process; express; entertain; in common; turn…into; on the other hand; at the same time; agree with等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握插入语的相关的用法；不定式作后置定语的用法If only 的用法的用法名词引导时间状语从句的用法以及when 的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. Ask your partner to give you some suggestions.
suggest 的用法：
（1）+名词或动名词
Did he suggest what to do next
他建议下一步怎么做了吗？
He suggested setting out at once.
他建议立刻出发。
（2）that从句。用法有以下两种情况：
①suggest作“建议”讲，后接宾语从句时，从句中用should do, should可以省略。
The doctor suggested that I not work any longer.
医生建议我不能再工作了。
②suggest作“表明、暗示”讲，后接宾语从名时，从句中的时态应视情况而定，不用虚拟语气。
All the evidence suggests that he stole the money.
所有这些证据表明他偷了钱
（3）suggestion作“建议”讲时，是可数名词，其后无论跟表语从句还是同位语从句，从句都应用should do, should可省略。
He agreed with my suggestion that we should change the date.
他同意了我改变日期的建议。
His suggestion was that the match（should）be put off.
他的建议是比赛延期。
2. You want to find a good song to dance to.
作定语的动词不定式，表示的行为通常是未来的行为，总是放在它所修饰的名词或者代词之后．
I have many books to read.
我有许多书要读。
注意：
（1）当句子的主语是不定式的逻辑主语时，不定式使用主动式；
当句子的主语不是不定式的逻辑主语而不定式与所修饰的名词或代词之间是被动关系时，不定式使用被动式。
Do you have anything to take to your son
你有什么东西要(自己)带给你儿子吗？
Do you have anything to be taken to your son
你有什么东西(让别人)带给你儿子吗？
（2）动词不定式与所修饰的词之间往往有动宾关系,如果该不定式是不及物动词,或者该不定式本身有宾语,后面应有必要的介词.
He is a pleasant person to work with.
与他一起工作是令人高兴的一件事情。
She bought a bookshelf to put her books on.
她买了一个放书的书架。
（3）注意：“prep +which或whom +不定式”这一特殊的放在名词后做定语的结构:
Could you find me a chair on which to sit
能给我找把椅子坐吗
I had to find a room in which to store my books .
我必须找一个存放书的房间。
He is an easy person with whom to work.
与他一起工作是令人高兴的一件事情。
3. The blues has been part of African-American culture since then.
(1) 现在完成时的标志词。
标志词有：up till/to now, since(自从)， ever since（此后一直），so far (到目前为止)，in/over/during the past few years(在过去的几年里)，recently（近来），for+时间段,just, already, yet等。但并不是说上面的词或词组必须跟现在完成时连用，有时根据语境变化会用其他时态。
He is an actor now, but he taught for two years.
他现在是个演员，但是他过去教过5年学。
(2)since 的用法：
Since 接从句
若since引导的状语从句的谓语动词是终止性的过去时，则从句表示的时间是“从动作开始的那一时刻起”。
He has studied very hard since he came to our school.
自从他来到我们学校，他学习就非常努力。
②若since引导的状语从句的谓语动词是持续性动词或表示状态的动词的过去时时，并且该动词用了一般过去时，则从句表示的时间是“从那持续动作或状态结束时算起”。
I haven’t heard any noise since I slept.
我醒后还未听到任何声音
③若since引导的状语从句的谓语为持续性动词的现在完成时，则表示动作和状态延续到现在（说话时刻），其表示的时间的起点应从动作发生之时算起。
I haven’t heard from him since he has lived there。
自从他（开始）住在那儿起，我就一直没收到他的来信”。
4. There is a wide variety of new music to be discovered in every corner of the world.
vary的用法：
派生词：
variety n. 多样(性)，种类，变化 various adj. 各种各样的；
varied adj. 各种各样的
知识梳理：
(1) (使)多样化; 改变vt.
Teachers should vary their lessons to make them more interesting.
为了增加趣味,教师应该使自己的课多样化。
(2) 改变，变化 vi.
That sort of thing varies from person to person.
那种事因人而异。
注意：由于各种原因有以下几种表达方法：for a variety of reasons；for varieties of reasons
for varied reasons
5.Hip-hop and rap have much in common with blues and rock.
common的用法
知识梳理：
（1）. 普通的;常见的
Smith is a very common last name in England.
在英国史密斯是很常见的姓。
（2）共同的,共有的
Common interests bind us together.
共同的利益使我们结合在一起。
（3）.公共的,公众的
We must all work for the common good.
我们大家必须为公共的利益而工作。
(4)n. 共用；公有
相关归纳：
(1) have something/ nothing /a lot in common ( with sb. )
Although they are twins , they have little in common .
尽管他们是双胞胎，但是他们几乎没有相似性。
(2) in common
(3) in common with sb./ sth.
Britain , in common with many other industrialized countries , has experienced major changes over the last 100 years .
与其它工业化国家一样，英国在过去100年里经历了重大的变化。
6. The top ten pop songs for this year have been picked out.
I will pick you up after work.
pick 的短语总结：
pick out
① 挑选出;拣出
Let me pick out some good ones for you.
让我来替你挑几个好的。
②辨认出
It's easy to pick him out in a crowd because he is very tall.
很容易从人群中辨认出他,因为他个子很高。
pick up
①拾起；拿起；捡起
The boy picked up the hat for the old man.
男孩替老人拾起了帽子。
②收拾
You should pick up the tools after work.
工作结束后应该把工具收拾好。
③偶然学会，学到；获得
He picked up English when he was in London.
他在伦敦的时候偶然学会了英语。
④与...偶然结识
We picked up a couple of girls at the pub last Friday.
上星期五我们在酒吧结识了几个女孩。
⑤ pick up (health) 恢复健康
He picked up (health) after 3 months’ rest.
休息了3个月后他恢复了健康。
⑥pick oneself up (跌倒后)再爬起来；振作精神
He picked oneself up with great strength.
他费了很大力气才站了起来。
⑦(从收音机里)收听到，(用雷达等)看到，听到。探测到
The news was picked up on the radio last night.
这个消息是昨天晚上从收音机里听到的。
⑧(车、船)在途中搭人、带货
On her way home after work, she picked up her daughter.
在她下班回家的路上她接走了她的女儿。
have one’s pocket picked 让衣袋被窃
When he got off the bus he got his pocket picked.
当他下车的时候他的钱被偷了。
7. They play music to satisfy their inner desire.
satisfy的用法：
派生词：
（1） satisfaction n. 满意，满足；令人满意的事物
（2） satisfactory adj. 令人满意的 (to)，圆满的，良好的
（3） satisfying adj. 令人满足的，令人满意的
（4） satisfied adj. 感到满意的
知识梳理：
（1）使……满意；使…… 满足于……satisfy sb with sth
The girl satisfied her mother by cleaning the kitchen.
那个小女孩通过打扫厨房来让母亲高兴。
（2） be satisfied with 对……感到满意
（3） 满足（需要，希望，欲望），符合条件
satisfy one’s needs/demands/hope/desire
The education system must satisfy the needs of all children.
教育系统必须满足所有儿童的需要。
Our company will do everything to satisfy our customers.
我们公司将尽一切努力令顾客满意。
You can't apply for the job until you have satisfied certain conditions.
符合某些条件前,你不能申请这个工作。
（4） 消除(疑虑等)
Her remarks satisfied his doubts.
她的一番话消除了他的疑虑。
相关归纳:
(1) to sb's satisfaction = to the satisfaction of sb. 令某人 满意／确信
(2) with satisfaction 满意地
(3) be far from satisfactory 远远不让人满意
(4)express one’s satisfaction with 表达了对什么的满意
desire的用法
派生词：
desired 预期的
The medicine did not achieve the desired effect.
这种药没达到预期的效果。
desirable 值得拥有的；可取的 ；值得做的
相关归纳：
（1）desire sth.
We all desire health and happiness.
我们都渴望健康和幸福。
（2）have desire for sth或have desire to do sth. 渴望得到……渴望做…
He has a strong desire for power .
I have no desire to discuss the matter further.
我不想再谈此事。
（3）desire to do sth. 渴望做……
She desired to marry a rich man.
她很想嫁个富翁。
（4）desire sb. to do sth. 渴望某人做……
He desired us to leave soon.
他希望我们尽快离开。
8. Latin music has spread all over the world.
spread的用法：
(1) (使)伸展,(使)延伸vt./vi.
I spread my arms as far apart as I could.
我尽可能地将双臂伸展开。
A wide stretch of land spreads in front of us.
我们面前是一片广阔的土地。
(2)张开;展开;摊开
Mom spread a new table-cloth on the table.
妈妈在桌上铺了一块新桌布。
(3)撒;散布,传播;普及vt./vi.
She was told not to spread this secret around.
她被告知不要把这个秘密传出去。
(4)摆好(餐桌);上(菜等)
The table was spread for supper.
桌子已摆好,准备吃晚饭。
(5)传开;蔓延
The fire spread from the factory to the warehouse nearby.
火从工厂蔓延到了附近的仓库。
9. .……while playing the guitar.
该句体现了状语从句的省略,有以下两种情况：
（1）当从句与主句主语一致，且从句谓语有be的某种形式时，常可以把从句的主语及be省略掉。
①Be careful when(you are) crossing the street
过马路的时候要小心。
②While (he was)walking along the sands .Crusoe saw some footprints in the sand.
克鲁索沿沙滩走着的时候，看到沙子上有些脚印。
I won’t go to her party unless(I am) invited.
要是不受到邀请，我就不去参加她的宴会。
④He knows many things though(he is)very young.
他年龄不大，但知道的事不少。
（2）当从句为it is + adj.时，也常将it is省略掉。
①When (it is)possible ,I’ll go to Beijing to see you.
可能的时候，我将去北京看你。
②If (it is)necessary, I’ll come tomorrow.
必要的话，明天我就来。
10. 插入语
插入语一般是对一句话作一些附加的解释。如果去掉插入语，对句子结构并无影响。插入语可用于陈述句, 或疑问句（要用陈述语气，且疑问词应放在插入语的前面），其位置可在句中或句末。常见的插入语有：I hope, I think, I wonder, do you believe, I suppose, you see, don’t you think, , I tell you, what’s more等。
⑴How much money did he say he spent in traveling abroad
他说他在国外旅行花了多少钱？
⑵Which food do you think is healthy and which is unhealthy
你认为哪种食物是有益于健康，哪种无益于健康？
⑶Where did she suggest we should shopping
她建议我们去哪儿购物？
⑷That will be a good beginning, I hope.
希望这是一个良好的开端。
⑸The report, I think, was both interesting and instructive.
我觉得这个报告既有意思又有教育意义。
⑹When do you suppose they’ll be back 你认为他们会在什么时候回来？
注意：know和guess 不用于上述句子中。只能写成：
Do you know/Do you guess+宾语从句？
Do you know when he will come
你知道他什么时候来吗？
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：sure 与 certain
下列情况下二者可混用，但是sure常表示说话人的感觉，可能有怀疑、猜测成份，语气一般。而certain则表示说话人有充分的理由根据，语气更肯定、坚决：
（1）Sb be sure／certain about ／of sth (2) Sb be sure／certain that/wh-…
（3）Sb/sth be sure／certain to do something”（4）. Sb make sure／certain that/wh-
但是在以下结构中sure 与 certain不可以互用：
（1）在“It is certain that…/ to do something”结构中，It是形式主语，此时一般不用sure。
It is certain to take him a lot of time．肯定会占用他很多时间。
It is certain that two plus two makes four．二加二得四是确定无疑的。
（2）“Be sure ＋to do something”结构，用于祈使句，这时一般不用certain。
Be sure not to forget it．千万别忘了。
（3）作定语时，sure表示“可靠的，无疑的”。而certain修饰可数名词时，意为“某一，某些”，修饰抽象名词时，意为“有点，有些”。
The student made a sure answer．学生做出了确凿的回答。
A certain Brown is waiting for you at the gate．门口有个叫布朗的在等着你。
Certain students have failed in the test．有些学生测验没及格。
There was certain coldness in her attitude towards me．她对我的态度有点冷淡。
4．在口语中，sure可作副词，用在肯定答语中，相当于surely、certainly， of course，而 certain不能用作副词，如：Are you going？Sure/Certainly．你去吗？当然啦
易混易错点1：used to do sth. ; be/get used to sth./doing sth.; be used to do sth.
（1）be/get used to sth./doing sth.习惯于某事（做某事）
I used to get up late, but now I am used to getting up early.
我过去起床晚但是现在我习惯了
（2）be used to do sth.被用来做……
Pieces of the palaces that had been hidden before the Nazis came could be used to rebuilt the city and its culture.
在纳粹统治前被藏起来的宫殿碎片能够被用来重建这个城市和它的文化。
(3 ) used to do:(用于表示过去持续或经常发生的事)曾经；过去常常
You used to see a lot of her, didn’t you
你过去经常见到他，对吗？
注意：used to 与would的区别
（1） used to + 动词不定式描述一个过去习惯的动作或状态，但现在不再继续了。used to含有较强的“今昔对比”的含义，而would无此含义
I used to go to work by bus, but I go by car now.
我过去经常乘公共汽车去，但是现在我开自己的小汽车去。
（2）used to不仅指过去的动作还可以指状态或情况,would则不能, would只表示过去的动作
I used to be nervous when I took exams in the past..(该句中的used to不可以替换成would)
当我过去参加考试的时候我时常紧张。
（3）used to表示过去有规律的习惯即总是怎么样；would表示过去没有有规律的习惯即动作的发生毫无规律可言。
Whenever I met a problem , I would turn to Mr. Wang for help. (该句中的would不可以替换成used to)
不论何时遇到问题我都会向王老师求助。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. He made another wonderful discovery , _______ of great importance to science.
A. which I think is B. which I think it is C. which I think it D. I think which is
变式1：Mum is coming. What present ______ for your birthday
A. you expect she has got B. you expect has she got
C. do you expect she has got D. do you expect has she got
变式2. When do you suggest______
A. we should hold the meeting B. should we hold the meeting
C. the meeting will be held D. we will hold the meeting
变式3.-- How do you ____ we go to Beijing for our holidays
-- I think we'd better fly there. It's much more comfortable.
A. insist B. want
C．suppose D．suggest
解析：本题考查定语从句中插入语的用法，因为插入语必须位于引导词之后，所以D项不对。因为做定语从句的主语，所以不能再用it，B、C明显不对。答案：A
变式1. 本题选项中的do you expect为插入语，用来征求对方的意见或征询对方的看法，这种特殊疑问句的主谓语应使用陈述句语序。答案：C
变式2. 本题选项中的do you suggest为插入语，用来征求对方的意见或征询对方的看法，这种特殊疑问句的主谓语应使用陈述句语序；另外还必须采用虚拟语气。答案：C
变式3 这也是个混合疑问句。根据宾语从句中的谓语go可确定应填写"suggest"。.答案：D
2. Nick is looking for another job because he feels that nothing he does ______ his boss.
A. serves B. satisfied C. promise D. supports
变式1. The government must try to _____ the people’s demands.
A. serve B. satisfy C. promise D. provide
变式2. His work is far from _____ .
A. satisfied B. satisfying C. satisfaction D. satisfactory
解析：2. 根据题意：“Nick正在寻找另一份工作，因为他所做的一切都不能使老板满意”以及各个选项的词义（serve为…服务，promise承诺，support支持），可知选satisfied。答案：B
变式1. 考查satisfy“满足（需要、愿望等），达到（要求等）”的用法。They tried to satisfy the needs of the people for vegetables.他们尽量满足人们对蔬菜的需求。答案：B
变式2. be far from 远非，远远不from是介词，该题答案可以恢复为far from being satisfactory,然后省略being.所以答案为:D
3. Papermaking began in China and from here it _______ to North Africa and Europe.
A. spread B. grew C. carried D. developed
变式1. The forest spreads ______the river,
A. to as far as B. as far as C. so far as D. as long as
变式2. The forest as far as the eye can see. Which of the following is wrong
A. spreads B. extends C. reaches D. arrive
解析：根据句意“造纸术起源于中国，从这里传播到北非和欧洲”，应选spread。答案：A
变式1. 考查as far as“远到”这一用法。答案：B
变式2. A.B.C.均能表示远到这一意思。答案：D
4. Jasmine was holidaying with her family in wildlife park ____ she was bitten on the leg by a lion.
A. when B. while C. since D. once
变式1.--The vase cost me almost 100 yuan.
--Well, it was crazy of you to spend so much money __ you could buy a much
cheaper one.
A. while B. if C. because D. when
变式2. Doing your homework is a sure way to improve your test scores, and this is especially true____ it comes to classroom tests．
A．before B．since C．when D．after
解析：5. 全句意思为“Jasmine与家人正在野生公园度假，这时她的腿被狮子咬了。”when有“在那时，突然……“之意，故选A。答案：A
变式1. 考查when“既然，尽管”的用法。该用法不能位于句首。答案：C
变式2. 考查句型“when it come to ”,答案：C
6. They started off late and got to the airport with minutes to ____.
A. spare B. catch
C. leave D. make
变式1.There is a lot of letters _____ ,
A. to deal B. to have dealt C. to be dealt with D. dealing
解析：不定式作后置定语，跟所修饰的名词有动宾关系。本题只有spare才能与minutes构成动宾关系。答案：A
变式1. 在there be 句型中放在名次后做定语的不定式可以用被动形式也可以用主动表示被动的结构。答案：C
课后题：
1. They've ____ us ￡150,000 for the house. Shall we take it
A. provided B. supplied C. shown D. offered
2. Quite a few people used to believe that disaster _______ if a mirror was broken.
A. was sure of striking B. was sure of having struck
C. was sure to be struck D. was sure to strike
3. You’ll find this map of great___________ in helping you to get round London.
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness
4.---It was a pity that you missed the famous star yesterday.
---If only I _____ to my hometown.
A didn’t return B hadn’t return C shouldn’t return D wouldn’t return
5. Jasmine was holidaying with her family in wildlife park ______ she was bitten on the leg by a lion.
A. when B. while C. since D. once
解析：1. 本题考查offer与其近义词之间的区别。offer (sb) some money for sth (向某人)出价……购买……答案：D
2. be sure of doing 表示“对…..很确信/有把握”；而be sure to do表示“一定会干某事”；而strike可作为不及物动词使用，表示“降临”，本句意思为：“过去许多人相信如果镜子了，灾难一定会降临”. 答案：D
3. “be of + 抽象名词”；句意为“你会发现这张地图对帮助你在伦敦旅游大有益处”，A，B 不合句意。D为可数名词。Value为抽象名词，意为“益处、价值”。 答案：C
4. if only 后面用虚拟语气，表示对过去的虚拟要用had done,因此选B
5.全句意思为：“Jasmine与家人正在野生公园度假，这时她的腿被狮子咬了。”when有“在那时，突然……”之意，故选A。答案：A
课后练习题
A组：
1.When he was there, he go to that coffee shop at the corner after work every day.
A. would B. should
C. had better D. might
2.Because of the hot weather, the disease
quickly among the area.
A. spread B. spreaded
C. sped D. flew
3.He himself sincerely in his address to the graduating class of university.
A. described B. made
C. expressed D. pressed
4.They often quarrel each other and don’t have much common.
A. about；on B. with；on
C. with；in D. on；in
5.He failed in the exam for reasons.
A. much B. a lot
C. various of D .a variety of
6.I you had a pleasant journey.
A. desire B. expect
C. hope D. wish
7.Those old pots, the one with a flying dragon on it, 32,000 Chinese ancient coins.
A. included；include
B. containing；contain
C. including；contain
D. including；include
8. I saw her, she was working in a shop.
A. The last time B. For the last time
C. At the last time D. In the last time
9.This is Ted’s photo. We miss him a lot. He
trying to save a child in the earthquake.
A. killed B. is killed
C. was killed D. was killing
10.Rainforests and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future.
A. cut B. are cut
C .are being cut D. had been cut
答案：
1.A “would+动词原形”表示过去习惯性的动作。其他各项皆不符合该题情景。
2.A B项过去形式不对；sped为speed的过去式，“快速前进”；flew为fly的过去式，“飞”；题意为：由于天气炎热，疾病在这一地区迅速传播开来。
3.C describe“描述”；press“按；压”；题意为：他在给毕业班的讲话中诚挚地表达了自己的感情。
4.C quarrel with sb与某人吵架；in common有共同之处。
5.D much修饰不可数名词。a lot后应加of。various后应去掉of。a variety of ( = various/many )
6.D 动词词义辨析。desire着重怀着急切的心情，强烈地盼望着可以实现的愿望；expect指等待有较大可能的事；hope指可以实现的愿望或对好事的想象；表示祝愿用wish。
7.C 本题题意为“那些旧缸，包括上面镶有一条飞龙的那只，共盛有32000枚中国古钱币。”从题意上看，第一个空应该填including，和其后的the one with a flying dragon on it构成一个分词短语，作插入语，补充说明主语Those old pots，而contain无此用法；第二个空是“盛有”的意思，故填contain为佳。contain侧重“容纳”非同类的不定型的东西，故正确答案为C。
8.A （the）last time是名词短语用作连词，引导时间状语从句。句意为：“我最后一次见到她的时候，她正在一家商店工作。”
9.C 讲述的是过去的事情，应用一般过去时。
10.C 据题意应该是现在进行时被动语态。
1. His are popular with young students.
2.Have you seen a desert for hundreds of miles
3. The driver the speed when the car was passing through a town.
4. The people expressed their that the war (should) come to an end soon.
5. I agree with you.
6. People like to live a life full of
7. The young doctor the heart operation.
8. He's obviously a man of very high
1. records 2. spreading 3. reduced 4. desire 5. totally
6. variety. 7. performed 8. intelligence
B组：
汉译英
1.医生建议我不能再工作了。
2. 你父母总是尽力满足你所有的愿望。
3.我们都渴望健康和幸福。
4. 我与他毫无相同之处。
5. 擦窗户的时候他从梯子上摔了下来。
答案：
1.The doctor suggested that I not work any longer.
2. Your parents always try their best to satisfy all your desires.
3.We all desire health and happiness.
4. I have nothing in common with him.
5. He fell off the ladder when cleaning the windows.
改错题：
I have bought two tickets of the play this evening.
2.It is so bad weather that we have to stay at home all day long.
3.He suggested us to have a rest.
4.He picked up him from the crowd.
5. For the satisfaction of us ,he arrived in time.
答案.1. of 改为 to 2. so改为 such 3. suggested改为 advised
4.up改为 out 5 For 改为 ToUnit 4 Unforgettable experiences
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语scare; disaster; seize; drag; struggle; fight; shake; stair; strike; destroy; fear; opportunity; article; agent; touch; naughty; take place; on fire; pull sb. up; get on one’s feet; go through; on holiday; worry about; come on; up and down
2. 句型
She was so surprised that she couldn't move. 结果状语从句
Tree after tree went down, cut down by water, which must have been three metres deep. 过去分词作状语
The next moment, the first wave swept her down, swallowing the garden. 现在分词作状语
However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her. It didn't take long before the building was destroyed. before的用法
Just try and you will see you can it. 祈使句+and（or）sb. will(won’t)…
3. 语法：The Attributive Clause(Ⅱ)
1.能够用英语描述人物的行为、特征等，由who/whom/that/whose引导
2.能够用英语描述事物、事件的的性质、内容等，由which/that引导
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握scare; seize; drag; struggle; fight; shake; strike; destroy; fear; opportunity; article; touch; naughty 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握结果状语从句的用法、连词before的用法；现在分词作状语的用法；由who/whom/that/whose/which/that引导的定语从句的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. There she saw a wall of water that has quickly advanced towards her.
Advance的用法：
派生词:
advanced adj. 高等的．先进的，高深的
Einstein learned advanced mathematics all by himself at 13.
爱因斯坦13岁就能自学高等数学了。
Few scientists could understand his advanced theory at that time.
那时没几个科学家能理解他高深的理论。
知识梳理：
(1)vt . 向前推进或移动 The general advanced his men at night.
(2)vi 前进或进步
Two months has passed and the project has advanced.
两个月过去了，这项工程已有进展。
(3)n. 前进，进展
The commander ordered to halt the enemy’s advance. 司令下令阻止敌军前进。
He’s always paying attention to the advances in medical science.
他时刻注意着医学上的进步。
相关归纳：
(1) in advance 在前头，预先，事先
I was given a month’s salary in advance. 我提前发了一个月的工资。
(2) in advance of 在……前面；比……进步；超过
In the 800 meters race, Tom was 1 meter in advance of Jack.
(3) on the advance (物价)在上涨
The price has been on the advance
2. Before she could move，she heard a loud noise. 她还没有来得及动弹，就听见很响的声音。
However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her. 但还没有回过身来，洪水便逼近了她。
Before 有以下几种用法：
(1)表示主句的动作或时间持续了很长时间从句的动作才发生
We had sailed four days before we finally saw the land .
我们一直航行了四天才看见了陆地。
(2)表示主句的动作或时间持续了很短时间从句的动作就发生了
We hadn’t run a mile before we felt tired .
我们才跑了一里的路程我们就觉得累了。
(3) 还没来得及……一个动作就发生了
Before I could say thanks to him , he had left in a hurry.
我还没来的及向他表示，他就匆匆忙忙离开了。
(4) 趁还没怎么样 去做一个动作
Before you forget it , write it down.
趁你还没忘记赶快把它记下。
注意以下几种句型：
(1)It will be +一段时间+before 从句 再过一段时间才能怎么样
It will be 5 years before we meet again.
再过5年我们才能再次相见。
(2) It won’t +before 从句 过了不久某个事情就发生了
It won’t be long before we meet again.
再过不久我们就能再次相见了
(3) It was +一段时间+before 从句 过了一段时间某事发生了
He went abroad in 1998. It was 5 years before he returned .
1998年他出国了。过了5年他就回国了。
(4) It wasn’t long +一段时间+before 从句 过了不久某个事情就发生了
He went abroad in 1998. It wasn’t long before he returned .
1998年他出国了。过了不久他就回国了。
3. She looked around and saw Jeff running.
感官动词 see, hear, find, notice, watch + 宾语 + 宾补
(1) 感官动词 + 宾语 + doing, 表示宾补的动作正在发生。
We can see parrots flying along the river. 我们可以看到鹦鹉在沿着河边飞翔。
I can feel my heart beating fast. 我可以感觉到我的心跳得很快。
(2) 感官动词 + 宾语 + do, 表示宾补的动作已经完成。
I saw him cross the street. 我看见他过了马路。
I didn’t notice you enter. 我没注意你进来了。
(3) 感官动词 + 宾语 + done, 表示宾语和宾补之间是被动关系。
I found his hands tied to a tree. 我发现他的双手被绑在树上。
He saw the girl bitten by the dog. 他看到那个女孩被狗咬了。
4. She struggled and struggled, and could not get on her feet.
Struggle的用法
(1)n.挣扎；奋斗；努力
The struggle for existence生存竞争
Don’t give up without a struggle.不要未经努力就放弃。
（2）struggle with/against…向（同）……作斗争
He has been struggling with illness for years.
他与疾病搏斗了许多年。
He struggling with thief for a while.
他与小偷搏斗了一会。
（3）struggle for…/struggle to do sth.为……而奋斗，努力做……
He has been struggling foe success in his business.
为使事业成功，他一直努力奋斗着。
She struggled to keep back the tears.
她努力忍住泪水。
（4）struggle to one’s feet 挣扎着站起来。
The old woman struggled to her feet and struggled along the road to her home.
老太太挣扎着站起来，向家里走去。
相关归纳：
Get on one’s feet站立起来（表动作）。
Stand on one’s feet站着（表状态）
Rise to one’s feet站起来
Jump to one’s feet跳起来
Bring someone to his feet扶起某人
Help someone to his feet帮某人站起来。
5. The garden that was once so beautiful was completely destroyed
destroy的用法
派生词:
destruction n.摧毁，毁灭，毁坏； destructive adj.破坏性的；毁灭性的
destroy vt. 彻底毁坏；摧垮
The school was completely destroyed by fire. 学校被大火彻底烧毁了。
That accident destroyed her ballet career. 那次事故毁掉了她的芭蕾生涯。
damage, destroy, ruin
(1)damage指部分“损坏”、“损害”、“破坏”或指使用价值有所降低。通常指车辆、房屋、庄稼等无生命物体受到损伤或毁坏，但往往可以修复。它可以用作动词，也可以用作名词，用作名词时常与to sth.连用。
The chemical rain damages trees in the forests. 酸雨损害了森林中的树木。
The storm caused great damage to the crops. 这场风暴给庄稼造成了很大的损害。
(2)destroy只能用作动词，指彻底破坏，以致不可能修复，常作“破坏”、“毁灭”解，也可以指希望、计划等打破。
(3)ruin则表示破坏严重，以致不能修复，但这种破坏不像 destroy那样毁灭某物，而是强调致使该物的使用价值发生了问题。用作动词时，它作“使毁灭”、“使崩溃”、“弄糟”解；用作名词时，它表示“毁灭”、“瓦解”、“废墟”等抽象概念。ruin也有借喻的用法。
The precious painting was ruined by spilt milk. 洒出来的牛奶毁坏了那幅珍贵的画。
The heavy rain ruined our holiday.
大雨把我们的假期彻底搞糟了。
6. ... she heard a loud noise，which grew to a terrible roar. ……
她听见了很响的声音，接着就变成了可怕的隆隆轰鸣声。
该句中的which引导非限制性定语从句。
He bought some reference books, which were all about science.
他买了许多的参考资料．都是有关理科的。
which 作为关系代词．
(1)既可以引导限制性定语从句,这时that与which很多时候可以互换；
The train which/that left for Beijing pulled in on time. 前往北京的火车按时进站了。
(2)也可以引导非限制性定语从句，这时先行词可以是一个名词或名词短语、也可以是一个完整的句子。
His dog, which was now very old, became ill and died.他的狗，现在老了，生病死了。
He came late for school, which made his teacher angry他来晚了，这使老师很生气。
注意：关系代词that, which和who的区别
(1)．在only，no，any，little，much，all之后，以及先行词带有最高级修饰语时，一般多用that不用which，但all指人时，用who不用that。例如：
This is the only book that we can borrow．
That is the best film that I have seen so far．
The book contains much／little that is useful．
All who know him like him very much．
Say all that you know．
(2)．that不能像which，whom那样放在介词之后，而必须将介词调到句末。例如：
The man that／who you talked with yesterday is my uncle．或The man with whom you talked yesterday is my uncle．
This is the cage in which Polly lives．或This is the cage that／which Polly lives in．
(3)．人和物并列作先行词时，在the same，the very，the last和序数词之后时，常用that，一般不用which或who。例如：
She was the first／the last students that came this morning．
He made a speech on the men and things that he had seen in Canada．
Looking at the man and his donkey that are walking up the street．
This is the same pen that I lost yesterday．
This is the very book that I have been looking for．
(4)．前面有who，which，what等疑问代词时，定语从句的关系代词应用that，不用who或which。例如：
Who is the man that is standing by the door？
Who that has such a home does not love it？
Which is the dog that you lost yesterday？
What that you say does not interest him？
7. Tree after tree went down, cut down by the water, which must have been three metres deep.
洪水想必深达三米，树一棵接一棵地倒下，被洪水冲断了。
must可以用于对肯定或有把握的事情或情况表示推测，意思是“必定，准是”。有以下四种结构：
(1) must + do表示对现在情况的推测。
—He entered the room just now. He must be here.
他刚刚进屋，他一定在这里。
—I’m sorry he isn’t here. He must have left already.
抱歉，他不在这儿。他准是走了。
(2) must + have done表示对过去情况的推测。
He must have stayed up last night, for he is a little tired in the morning.
他昨晚一定熬夜了，因为他早晨就有点疲惫。
—Tom graduated from college at a very young age.
汤姆很年轻就大学毕业了。
—Oh, he must have been a very smart boy then.
那么，他一定是一个很聪明的小伙子。
(3) must + be doing表示对正在发生的动作或将要发生的动作的推测。
There will be an English test tomorrow. He must be preparing for it now.
明天要考英语，他现在一定在准备考试。
(4)must have been doing表示对过去某个时候或某段时间正在发生的动作的推测。
I must have been sleeping when you telephoned me last night.
当你昨晚给我打电话的时候我一定正在睡觉。
注意：can/could, may/might 亦有以上四种结构但是要注意的是
(1) can/could 用于疑问句和否定句中表示推测。
That can’t be our class teacher. He has gone to Beijing.
那一定不是我们的班主任，他已经去北京了。
You can’t have met our class teacher. He has gone to Beijing.
你刚才不可能见到班主任了，他已经去北京了。
(2) may/might用于肯定句和否定句中表示推测。
(3)在肯定句中表示推测时must的语气比may/might强。
(4)在否定句中表示推测时can/could的语气比may/might强。
（5）情态动词can/could，must和may/might表示推测时，其反意疑问句不能用情态动词，必须去掉情态动词之后在句子本来意义的基础上进行反问。
He must have seen the film.可以理解为He has seen the film.，所以反意疑问句用hasn’t he？He must have seen the film yesterday.可以理解为He saw the film yesterday.，所以反意疑问句用didn’t he？
8. Flora ,whose beautiful hair and dress were all cold and wet, started to crying.
whose+ 名词=of which + the + n.= the + n.
(1) (用作关系代词)那个人的,那些人的;他(她)们;他(她)们的
Chopin, whose works are world-famous, composed some of his music in this room.
肖邦的音乐作品举世闻名,其中的一部分就是在这间屋子里创作的。
The woman whose umbrella you took is very angry about it.
你拿了那女士的伞,她为此很生气。
(2) (用作关系代词)它的;它们的
The word, whose meaning escapes me, probably derives from Latin.
那个词可能源自拉丁文,其意思我想不起来了。
9. Another wave struck the house.
strike 的用法vt. vi. (struck, struck/stricken)
(1) 打，击，砍，敲
He was so angry that he struck the table with his fist. 他气得用拳头砸桌子。
(2) 打中，击中；撞，触礁
A snow ball struck/hit him on the back of the head. 一个雪球打中了他的后脑勺。
Then my shovel struck against something metallic.
然后我的铲子碰到了一件像金属的东西。
（3）（某种想法）忽然出现；使（某人）突然意识到
The funny side of the affair suddenly struck her. 她突然意识到了事情可笑的一面。
We were struck by the generosity of even the poorest citizens.
使我们深受感动的是，甚至最贫穷的市民也慷慨大方。
（4） 给某人某种印象
---How did it strike you 你觉得它如何？
---It struck me as strange at the time. 我当时觉得它很古怪。
（5）（钟）敲响
The church clock began to strike twelve. 教堂的钟开始敲12点。
(6)=hit 指疾病、火灾、自然灾害等突然袭击
I fear an earthquake will strike this area again. 我担心地震会再次发生在这一地区。
(7) 罢工 （也可用做名词）
I’m sure the bus drivers will strike/ go on strike. 我确信公共汽车司机会罢工。
注意： strike, beat, hit, tap, knock
(1)strike 常表示用力打或敲
(2)hit 有“撞击，袭击”之意，比strike稍弱一些，指一次性的打击或击中
The ship hit a rock and wrecked.
船触礁撞毁了。
(3)beat：① 连续有节奏地打；敲
The rain heat against the window.
② (心)跳动 His heart had stopped beating.
③ (鸟翼) 扑动
The bird beat its wings rapidly as it flew on.
④ 打败；打赢；取胜
Our champion can beat all runners in the country.
(4)tap 指轻拍
He tapped me on the shoulder.
她轻轻地拍拍我的肩。
He tapped the ashes out of his pipe.
他轻轻地将烟斗里的烟灰敲出来。
(5)knock 指敲打并伴有响声，还可表示打倒、撞翻
He knocked at the door and entered.
他敲了敲门便走进去了。
10. A terrible noise went through the house.
go through的用法：
经历，经受
He would go through fire and water for his county.
他愿为国家赴汤蹈火。
仔细检查，审查
They went through our luggage at the customs.
海关人员仔细的检查了我们的行李
浏览
We spent several days going through all related reference materials.
我们花好几天时间查了相关的参考资料
通过，穿过
Can the table go through the door
这张桌子能过得了那扇门吗？
花完，用掉
How long will it take you to go through the book
看完这本书你的用多长时间？
11. The child’s small body shook with fear.
fear的用法
派生词:
fearful adj. 可怕的，严重的；惧怕的，胆怯的；担心的，忧虑的
fearless adj. 不怕的，大胆的，勇敢的，无畏的
知识梳理：
(1) n. 恐惧 (多作不可数名词)
His face was growing pale with fear.
忧虑；担心的事(可数)
There is no reason for your fears.
(2) v. 恐惧；害怕，接 n. / pron.
Cats fear big dogs.
恐惧；害怕，接to do
Don't fear to tell the truth.
恐怕；担心，接从句
She feared that she might not find him in his room.
相关归纳：
(1)be in fear (of) (为……而)提心吊胆
The thief was in fear of the police.
(2) for fear of 因为怕；以免，怕的是
He left an hour earlier for fear of missing his train.
(3) for fear that-clause 生怕；为了防止(某事发生)
She worried for fear that the child would be hurt.
(4) have a fear that-clause 担心／怕(发生某事)
(5) with fear 吓得，怕得（表示原因）
His face went pale with faer.
(6) fear (vi.) for... 担心／忧虑……
12. Just try and you’ll see you can do it.
只要尽力你会发现你能做。
祈使句+and（or）sb. will(won’t)…是个固定句型，祈使句在此表示条件.假设，而后面部分陈述相应可能出现的结果。可以替换由条件状语从句加主句构成的复合句型。
Study hard and you will succeed努力学习，你会成功的。
Hurry up or step and I will kill you.
再走一步我就杀死你。
注意：(1)陈述部分要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。
(2)表示条件的可以用祈使句，也可以用名词短语。
(3)会把祈使句与条件状语从句、以及分词之间相互转换。
One more word and I will kill you.
再说另外一句话，我就把你杀死。
Study hard and you will succeed
=If you study hard , you will succeed.
=Studying hard, you will succeed.
努力学习，你会成功的。
13. get it 明白了
get it 常用于口语中，问与答都适用，it没有实际意义。有一些句子中，it虽然没有明确的意义，但用法已经固定下来，并成为人们日常的习惯用语。
相关归纳：
(1)I can’t help it 我没有办法。
(2)That’s it.这就对了！
(3)Get with it !振作精神！
(4)Keep at it !坚持下去！
(5)Go it while you are young.趁你还年轻就努力干吧。
(6)Make it 按时到达某处，办事成功；约定时间；及时赶上（火车，轮船等）
(7)kick it 戒掉
(8)like it/hate it that/when…喜欢/讨厌……
(9)see to it that…确保…
(10)depend on it that…依靠……
(11)answer for it that…对……负责
(12)have had it受够了；吃尽了苦头；无法忍受；生命没救
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：used to
(1) used to do sth. 过去常常……(现在已不如此)
We used to grow beautiful roses.
注意：否定句和疑问句有两种
You usedn’t to make that mistake.
She didn't use(d) to do it, did she
You used to smoke a pipe, didn't you / use(d) n't you
(2) be / get / become used to + n. / doing 习惯于
I have always been used to hard work.
He got used to living in the country.
(3) be used to do 被用来做……
This knife is used to cut bread.
表示“过去常常……”时，used to与would区别：
(1) would 只强调“过去常常……”，used to 说明现在不是如此。
The old woman would sit there for hours doing nothing.
(2) would 只接行为动词，used to 可接行为动词和表状态的词。如：be, like, know, have。
There used to be a temple at the foot of the mountain.
易混易错点1：however
however主要有三个义项：
（1）然而，可是；仍然adv.。 作此意时，其显著特点是与逗号连用。
He was feeling bad. He went to work, however, and tried to concentrate.
他感觉不舒服，但他仍然去上班，并且努力集中精神工作。
It’s raining hard. However, I think we should go to school on time.
（=But I think we should go to school on time.）
雨很大，然而我想我们还是应该按时去上学。
（2）无论多么；不管多么。通常与形容词或副词连用，引导让步状语从句，相当于该形容词或副词+ever引导的状语从句。
即：however +adj./adv. +主语+ 谓语=no matter how + adj./adv.
However hard it’s raining, we should go to school on time.
=No matter how hard it’s raining, we should go to school on time.
无论雨下得多大，我们还是应该按时去上学。
She has the window open, however cold it is outside.
不管外面多冷，她都开着窗户。
However carefully I explained, she still didn’t understand.
无论我解释得多么仔细，她还是没弄懂。
(3)不管以何种方式；以任何方式
You may dress however you wish.
你可以以你喜欢的任一方式穿衣服。
易混易错点2：删去
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. _____ I could get a word in, the person went off in a hurry.
A. Before B. When C. While D. after
变式1. strike the iron _____it is hot.
A. Before B. When C. While D. after
变式2. I t will be 5 years _____ we meet again.
A. Before B. When C. While D. after
变式3. I t won’t long before we ______ another party.
A. hold B. are to hold C. will hold D. has held
解析：1. 考查before 的其中一个用法------还没来得及……一个动作就发生了。答案：B
变式1. before 与 while 都有趁的含义。但是要注意的是：before后接的从句中的动词是非延续性的；而while后接的从句中的动词是延续性的。答案：C
变式2 固定句型。答案：A
变式3. before后接的从句中的动词要用一般现在时代替一般将来是。答案：A
总结：before引导的时间状语从句的各种用法都很重要，命题时常常把before和相关连词的用法一起考查，大大增加了试题的难度。
2. I’m thinking of losing weight these days .
You ____ be out of mind . You are thin enough .
A. will B. should C. must D .may
变式1—What’s that terrible smell
—Oh ,I forgot about the chicken! Look , it !
A．may be burnt B．ought to be boiling
C．can be cooking D．must be burning
变式2. The temperature in our city ________ fall to 13℃ below freezing in winter.
A. shall B. can C. must D. should
变式3. Research findings show we spend about two hours dreaming every night, no matter what we __________ during the day.
A. may have done B. would have done
C. should have done D. must have done
变式4. —Look ! The clouds are gathering .
—Yes .I’m afraid it be pouring down soon .
A．can B．must C．should D．might
变式5. He can’t have attended the party last night, because I didn’t see him at that time,______
A. can he B. did he C. has he D .was he
变式6..---Why! I couldn’t get you on the phone yesterday afternoon
--- We ________ kites in the yard when you phoned.
A. could be flying B. might have flied
C. must have been flying D. should be flying
解析:2.根据语境可以确定是表示对现在状态的有把握的推测。“你一定疯了”。答案：C
变式1. 根据语境可以确定是表示对现在正发生的动作的极其有把握的推测.答案：D
变式2. can用在肯定句中表示推测是指有时可能会怎么样。答案：B
变式3. “不管我们白天可能做了什么事情”可知是表示对已经发生的事情的把握不太大的推测。答案：A
变式4. may/might/could 用于肯定句中表示对现在或将来把我不大的推测。答案：D
变式5. 因为有表过去的具体时间状语，所以要用did这一助动词。答案：B
变式6. must have been doing表示对过去某个时候或某段时间正在发生的动作的推测。答案：C
3. He is very young; , he know a lot.
A. however B. though C. still D. yet
变式1. He is very young; he know a lot，———
A. however B. though C. still D. yet
变式2. You can travel _____ you like. It is all the same to me.
A. however B. though C. whatever D. yet
变式3. ____ much it may take, I will buy the book.
A. however B. though C. whatever D. yet
解析：3. however然而，可是；仍然adv.， 作此意时，其显著特点是与逗号连用。答案：A
变式1. though 用在adv.译为“然而，可是；仍然”要用在句子最后边。答案：B
变式2. 不管以何种方式；以任何方式。答案：A
变式3. 无论多么；不管多么。通常与形容词或副词连用，引导让步状语从句，相当于该形容词或副词+ever引导的状语从句。答案：D
4. An earthquake ____ the area on a cold night.
A. struck B. hit on C. seized D. attack
变式1. A good idea _____ Tom, when he was wandering in the room.
A. struck B. hit on C. seized D. attack
解析：4.考查“strike”的其中一个重要用法。指疾病、火灾、自然灾害等突然袭击答案：A.
变式1.想起”注意”的三个典型表述方法: (1) sth. strike sb.
(2)sb. hit on/ upon (3) It occurred to sb that从句。
5. This is the desk, ______desk is broken.
A. whose B. of which C. which D. that
变式1. This is the desk, ______the desk is broken.
A. whose B. of which C. which D. that
解析：5. 分析可知定语从句中的“desk”缺少定语。所以答案A：
变式1. whose+ 名词=of which + the n. 答案：b
6. Get up early _____ you will catch the early bus.
A. or B. and C. so D. because
变式1. One more step _____ you will fall into the river.
A. or B. and C. so D. because
变式２. Start out right away, ________you’ll miss the first train.
A. and B. but C. or D. while
变式３._____ , you will pass the exam.
A. Study hard B. Studying hard C. To study hard D. Studied hard
解析：6. 此题考查“祈使句+and /or +句子”这一句型。这一句型在高考中经常考察，要特别注意祈使句省略动词的情况 ：(Walk)one more step, and the little boy will fall into the well.所以答案选B
变式1. 在“祈使句+and /or +句子”这一句型中，除了用祈使句表示条件外也可以用名词短语表示条件，名词短语相当于祈使句的省略。在该题中One more step=Walk one more step所以答案选B
变式2.该句意思是“立刻出发否则你会赶不上火车的”。否则可以用or/or else/otherwise
变式3.该题考查现在分词做状语表示条件的用法。选A的话应该加and.所以答案选B
课后题：
1. He ____ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn’t be enjoying himself by the seaside.
A. should B. must C. wouldn’t D. can’t
2. We thought of selling this old furniture, but we’ve decided to _____ it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep C. turn to D. look after
3. I’m thinking of losing weight these days .
You ____ be out of mind . You are thin enough .
A. will B. should C. must D .may
4． _____ better understanding of physics is necessary for this ____ course.
A. The ; advanced B. A ; advanced
C. The ; advance DA ; advancing
5. The worker could not help ____ by the beautiful scenery of Guilin.
A. striking B. to be struck C. being stuck D. to strike
解析：
对过去情况的肯定推测，用must have done。
hold on to意为“留着不卖，不放弃”。
答语意思为“你一定是疯了，你已经够瘦了。”用must在肯定句中表示语气非常肯定的推测。答案:C
这里的understanding表示泛指意义，故用不定冠词；advanced做形容词表示“高级的”答案：B
由句意可知could not help为禁不住的意义，应接doing结构。由题意得知用被动语态所以答案为：CUnit7 Culture relics
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语relic; pyramid; represent; include; ruin; burn; restore; portrait; recreate; unite; period; damage; project; brick; official; cave; pollution; breath; limit; give in; give up; in ruins; bring…back to life; pull down; set up;
2. 句型
Where there is a river, there is a city.
where 引导地点状语从句
Strong, proud and united, the people of St. Petersburg are the modem heroes of Russia. 形容词作状语
We would do everything we can to save our city.表示“竭尽全力”的说法
3. 语法：现在完成时的被动语态
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握represent; include; ruin; recreate; period; damage; project; pollution; breath; limit; give in; give up; in ruins; bring…back to life; pull down; set up; 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握 where 引导的三种从句的用法；形容词做状语的用法；以及现在完成时的被动语态的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. You can select five things that represent Chinese culture.
represent的用法：
(1)描绘,(抽象地)表现
This picture represents a scene at King Arthur's court.
这幅画描绘了亚瑟王法庭的一个场面。
(2) 象征;表示
The dove represents peace.
鸽子象征和平。
(3) 作为...的代表
They said that they represented the committee.
他们说他们代表该委员会。
(4)有代表;有代表作
All the different races of the country were represented at the parade.
游行中有该国各种族的代表。
The museum had several paintings representing the artist's early style.
博物馆中有几幅画家早期风格的代表作。
2. You may also include a short message
include的用法：包括；包含；使成为……的一部分
I think you'll find the plan includes most of your suggestions.
我想你会发现这个计划包括了你的大部分建议。
Your duties will include putting the children to bed.
哄小孩入睡也将是你工作的一部分。
相关归纳：
（1）sb./sth. included= sb./sth. counted“被包括”用在名词或代词之后，表被动意义
（2）including sb./sth. =counting sb./sth. “包括”用在名词之前，表主动意义
All of us, including me/ me included, have read this book.
所有的人，包括我在内，都看过这本书。
Six people were killed in the riot(暴乱), including a policeman.
注意：include 与contain 的区别
（1）强调整体中包含什么部分。
Ten people went to Beijing , including Tom and me.
（2）强调事物本身含有什么，指的是事物的构成。着重指作为组成部分而被包含在内，可指具体的或抽象的事物。
The cigarette contains a lot of nicotine.
3. Where there is a river, there is a city.
有河流的地方，就有城市。
在这个句子中，where 引导了一个地点状语从句，意思为“有……的地方，就有……”。
Where there is a will, there is a way.
有志者，事竟成。
Where there is enough sunlight and water, crops grow well.
阳光和水充足的地方，庄稼就长得好。
Go where he tells you to go.
他让你到哪儿，你就到哪儿。
注意：
where 引导的状语从句与定语从句的区别
where引导状语从句时，其前面无先行词，where也不能换成“介词+which”。
where 引导定语从句时，其前面有名词做先行词，where 可以换成“介词 + which"。
Make marks where you have any questions. (状语从句)
Make marks at the places where you have any questions. (定语从句)
在你有问题的地方做上标记。
3. It was under attack for 900 days., but the people of the city never gave in.
(1) .under +名词表示正在…或处于某种状态中
①under attack受到攻击
The police came under attack from all sides.
警察遭到来自四面八方的攻击。
②under arrest在关押中
③under consideration在考虑中
Your plan is under consideration.
你的计划正在考虑中。
④under construction在建设中
The building is under construction.
大楼正在建设中。
⑤under discussion在讨论中
The problem is under discussion.
这个问题正在讨论中。
⑥under repair在修理中
The road is under repair and is closed to motor traffic.
这条公路正在维修，禁止机动车辆通行。
⑦under review在检查中
⑧under treatment在医治中
under investigation在调查中批评
⑨under study.在研究中
The subject is under study.这个课题正在研究着。
⑩under contact在联系中
(2)give in
①give in vi. 让步；屈服；投降；勉强同意；交上
He would rather die than give in.
他宁死不屈。
Please give your work in before Monday.
请在星期一之前把作业交上来
Believe in yourself and never give in.
相信你自己，别屈服。
②give in to… vt. 向…让步，迁就
The authorities have shown no signs of giving in to the kidnappers’ demands.
当局对绑架者的要求没有丝毫让步迹象。
The soldier didn’t give in to the enemy.
这个士兵没有向敌人屈服。
③give up ( sth. / doing sth.) （vt.＆ vi.） 放弃，不再做（某事）
They gave up without a fight.
他们不战而降。
She doesn’t give up easily.
她绝不轻易认输。
④give off 送出或发出某物
The room is giving off a funny smell.
房间里冒出股怪味。
⑤give sth./ sb. away背弃；出卖；泄漏；暴露；赠送；泄露
They are giving away prizes at the new store.
新开张的商店在送赠品。
He gave away most of his money to charity.
他把大部分钱都捐给了慈善事业。
⑥give out 用完，消耗尽；分发
After a month their food supplies gave out.
过了一个月，他们的食物已消耗殆尽。
The teacher gave out the examination papers.
老师分发了考试卷。
⑦give back 还给；归还；使恢复
My friend gave back the tools that he borrowed.
我朋友归还了他借的工具。
The operation gave him back the use of his legs.
手术使他的双腿恢复了功能。
⑧give sb. a hand 帮某人的忙
Give me a hand with this table.
帮我搬这张桌子。
⑨give way(to) 屈服于；给...让路,为...所代替
Don't Give Way to the Temptation of Easy Profit
不要屈服于利益的诱惑。
4.St Petersburg was almost in ruins.
in ruins成为废墟;落空
(1) in 表示某人（某事物）的状态或状况，常用于以下词组中：
in order 整齐 in a mess 凌乱 in good repair 保养良好
in a hurry 匆忙地 in poverty 在贫困中in poor healthy 健康欠佳
in anger 愤怒地 in pieces 成碎片，破碎 in trouble 陷入麻烦
in danger 陷入危险 in rags 衣衫褴褛 in tears 泪眼婆娑
(2) in 可表示“穿（戴）”
He is dressed in white.他身着白色服装。
(3)in 表示手段、材料等
The article was written in ink.
这篇文章是用钢笔写的。
Please speak in a loud voice.
请大声说出来。
(4)in 表示“在某方面，至于”
It is a country rich in minerals.
它是一个矿藏丰富的国家。
He is behind others in reading, but a long way ahead in arithmetic.
他在阅读方面比别人落后，但在算术方面遥遥领先。
It is three feet in length.
它的长度是三英尺。
(5)表示在某人身上发现的或具有的某种内在品质的东西。
I find the future of our country in all of you.
我在你们身上看到了祖国的未来。
I find a true friend in him.
我在他身上发现了一个真正的朋友。
5. Strong, proud and united, the people of St Petersburg are the modern heroes of Russian
形容词做状语表伴随，原因，等位置可置于句首，也可以置于句未。
形容词作状语的情况
形容词除了常见的在句中作定语、表语和宾语补足语外，也可像副词一样在句中作状语。
(1)原因
Overjoyed，he rushed out of the house．
极其兴奋，他冲出了家门。
Much interested，he agreed to give it a try．
由于非常感兴趣，他同意一试。
Afraid of difficulties，they prefer to take the easy road．
害怕困难，他们更愿意走这条容易的路。
(2)伴随或方式
He spent 7 days in the wind and snow，cold and hungry．
他在暴风雪中度过了7天既冷又饿。
Helpless，we watched the house being destroyed before our eyes．
我们绝望地看着房子在我们面前被烧毁。
6.The carbon dioxide from their breath is damaging the paintings.
breathe vt. 主要义项有：呼吸；呼出。
breath n. 主要义项有：呼吸；呼出的空气。
He breathed deeply before speaking again.
他深深地吸了一口气，然后继续说下去。
He opened his mouth and took a deep breath.
他张开嘴深深地吸了一口气。
相关归纳：
（1）hold one’s breath（由于激动、害怕等）不出声；屏息
Hold your breath or he will find us.
屏住呼吸, 否则他会发现我们的。
（2）out of breath 上气不接下气；喘不过气来
He said out of breath that the boy was killed by the bus.
他气喘吁吁地说那个男孩被车撞死了。
After 5 miles’ walk, we were all out of breath.
走了5英里之后我们都上气不接下气。
（3）take one’s breath away 令人惊叹；让人叹绝
My first view of the picture took my breath away.
我第一次看到这这幅画时，叹赏不已。
7.Second, the number of visitors should be limited.
limit的用法
派生词:
limited adj. 有限的 limitless adj. 无穷尽的，无限的
相关归纳：
(1)go beyond / over the limit 超过限度
(2)limit sb./sth. to 使人或物限制在一个范围内
I shall limit myself to the three aspects of the problem.
我仅对这个问题的三个方面做陈述。
You should limit your speech to 15 minutes.
你必须把你的讲话限制在15分钟内。
（3)a limit to sth. 对什么的限制
There is a limit to the length of your staying here.
对于你在这里能停留的时间有个限制。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：We will do everything we can to save our city!
该句型中can后省略了do，不定式作目的状语。
“尽其所能去做某事；尽力做某事”的表达方法：
sb.do what one can to do
sb.do everything/ all （that）one can to do
do/try one’s best to do
make every effort to do sth.=make the greatest effort to do sth.
spare no efforts to do sth.
Whenever he met with difficulty, she would do what she could to help him.
=Whenever he met with difficulty, she would do all/everything she can to help him.
=Whenever he met with difficulty, she would do/try her best to help him.
= Whenever he met with difficulty, she would make every effort to help him.
= Whenever he met with difficulty, she would spare no efforts to help him.
每当他遇到困难时，她总是尽她所能去帮助他。
易混易错点1：so far 迄今为止；到目前为止(多与现在完成时连用)
We haven’t heard from Tom so far.
到目前为止，我们还没收到汤姆的来信。
相关归纳：
（1）by far常用来修饰比较级或最高级，放在比较级后、最高级前，但是要注意的是如果比较级前有the时by far要放在the 前。
The last of these reasons is by far the most important.
这些理由中最后一条比其他的重要得多。
I feel better by far today.
今天我感觉好多了。
（2）as far as the eye can/could see极目所尽
The bleak moorland stretched on all sides as far as the eye could see.
荒凉的旷野向四面伸展开去，一望无际。
（3）as far as I know就我所知
As far as I know, the Pacific Ocean is by far the largest in the world.
据我所知，太平洋是世界上最大的洋。
（4）as far as I can remember（see, tell, etc）尽我所记得的；依我看
As far as I can see, he will help you.
依我看，他会帮助你的。
She lived in Chicago, as far as I can remember.
根据我记得的，她过去住在芝加哥。
（5）as far as sb./sth. be concerned就……而言
As far as I am concerned, you can do what you like.
就我而言，你想干什么就干什么。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. Don’t mention that at the beginning of the story, or it may ______ the shocking ending.
A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off
变式1.What shall we use for power when all the oil in the world had _____
A. given out B. put out C. held out D. used up
解析：1.本题考查在特定语境中对短语动词的辨异和使用能力。准确把握各选项中短语动词的意思是关键。give away意为“泄露（机密），捐赠”;give out意为“分发；用完、耗尽”;give up意为“放弃”;give off意为“发出（光、热、气味等）”。本题意思是：“不要在故事开头就提到那事，否则便将惊人的结局暴露了。”只有give away符合题意，故选A项。答案：A
变式1. 该题意思是“当世界上所有的石油都用完的时候，我们用什么作为能量呀？”
give out指“分发,放出,用光”, put out指“生产,出版,扑灭,提供”, hold out“举起,阻挡,使停顿”, use up“耗尽,耗费”。根据句意这里表示“耗尽,用光”,容易仅根据句意而误选D.但如果用 use up,需要用被动语态; give out表示“耗尽,用光”时是不及物的,不用被动语态.答案:A
2 .----I’m afraid Mr. Wood can’t see you until 4 o’clock.
----Oh, _____ I won’t wait.
A. no doubt B. after all C. in that case D. in this way
变式1.I always take something to read when I go to the doctor’s ______ I have to wait.
A. in case B. so that C. in order D. as if
变式2. Press the red button _____ fire.
A. in case B. in need of C. in case of D. for fear of
解析：2. 从语境中可理解题意为“要是那样的话，我就不等了”。 答案：C
变式1. 由句意可知“当我去医务室时总要带上点东西,以防等待” .in case “以防”, so that “为了”。答案:A
变式2. 该句意思是“万一发生火灾的话，按那个红色的按钮。”由于fire是名词所以该空必须填介词in case of。 答案：C
3. A lot of equipment ______so far.
A. is damaged B. had damaged C. has been damaged D. was damaged
变式1.---How is your sister
---Oh, she is better _____.
A. so far B. by far C. as far D. far
变式2.______ I can see, you should devote yourself to your studies.
A. so far B. by far C. As far as D. As long as
变式3.Though they were poor, the boy’s parents supported him _____ they could.
A. as far as B. as long as C. as possible as D. as long as
解析：3. 从主谓关系判断，该句应使用被动语态,又因为含有so far这样的时间状语所以谓语动词用现在完成时的被动形式。答案：C
变式1. by far（常用来修饰比较级或最高级，用以加强语气）大大的；放在比较级后、最高级前，但是要注意的是如果比较级前有the时by far要放在the 前。如：He is by far the better of the two brothers. 综上分析可知答案选B
变式2. 考查固定搭配“as far as I can remember（see,tell,etc）尽我所记得的；依我看”所以答案应该选A
变式3.该句意思是“尽管他们比较穷，但是那个孩子的父亲尽他们所能去支持他。”as far as 可以表达尽某人所能，所以答案选A.
4. _____ there is enough sunlight and water, crops grow well.
A. Where B. In which C. That D. In the place
变式1. He went to New York in 2000, _________ only two years later, he became a millionaire.
A．when B．which C．that D．where
变式2. On her birthday, she received from her parents a nice present _____ a note was attached, saying “We love you so much”.
A. that B. to which C. in which D. which
变式3.I need some facts _____ to base my theory.
A. where B. on which C. in place where D. in the place
变式4. Make marks ____ you don’t understand.
A. where B. in which C. in place where D. in the place
变式5.Go and bring back your bike .It is ____ you laid it.
A. where B. in which C. in place where D. in the place
解析：4. 在这个句子中，where 引导了一个地点状语从句，意思为“有……的地方，就有……”。所以答案为A
变式1. 该题考查where引导的非限制性定语从句这一知识点。Where 引导了定语从句又在从句中做了状语，所以答案为D。
变式2. 该题考查where引导的定语从句时可以等于prep. + which这一知识点。where=to which 引导了定语从句又在从句中做了状语，所以答案为B。
变式3.该题考查“prep. + which+不定式”放在名词后作定语这一知识点。由于这一结构不是定语从句所以prep. + which一定不能转换成where. 答案：B
变式4. 由于空格前面无先行词，所以这是一个where引导的状语从句，这时 where不能换成“介词+which”。答案：A
变式5. 由于空格前面无先行词，所以这是一个where引导的表语从句，这时 where不能换成“介词+which”。答案：A
5. Ten students went to the cinema, Tom and Jack ______.
A. include B. including C. included D. counting
变式1. As is known to us all, cigarettes ____ a lot of nicotine.
A. include B. including C. contain D. hold
变式2. How much you read doesn’t matter; what you read _____ .
A. include B. count C. contain D. hold
变式3. The hall can ______ three thousand people.
A. include B. be seated C. contain D. hold
解析：5. included“被包括”用在名词或代词之后，表被动意义。答案：C
变式1. contain着重指作为组成部分而被包含在内，可指具体的或抽象的事物。答案：C
变式2.该句的意思是“你读了多少并不重要，重要的是你读了什么内容。” count在这里的意思是“关系重要”答案：B
变式3. 该句意思是“这个礼堂能容纳3000人。”contain是指容器里能容纳多少气体、液体等。某一个建筑物能容纳多少人可用seat, hold和admit 来表达，但要注意不能用于被动语态。所以答案为D.
6. Mark said his English was so ____ that he wasn't too sure about some of the idioms.
A. limit B. limited C . limiting D. limitless
变式1. You must limit yourself _____ the three respects of the problem.
A. in B. to C. for D. among
解析:：6. limited是limit的过去分词，意思是“有限的”。 答案:B
变式1. limit 的搭配之一是：limit……to …… 所以答案为B
课后题：
1.After the war, a new school building was set up __________there had once been a temple.
A. in which B. where C. which D. when
2. After the war, a new school building was put up _____there had once been a theatre.
A that B where C which D .when
3. After a fire broke out in the lab, a lot of equipment ______.
A. is damaged B. had damaged C. damaged D. was damaged
4. The days we have been looking forward to _______ soon.
A. coming B. will come
C. came D. have come
5. A fast-food restaurant is the place _______， just as the name suggests， eating is performed quickly.
A. which B. where C. there D. what
解析：
1. 解析: where引导地点状语从句。此处不是定语从句，故A项不正确。答案: B
2.可以排除A、C项，因为他们在句子中不能充当状语。D项的when 不能于过去完成时连用。答案: B
3.设备与破坏之间是被动关系并且动作已经发生所以应选D.答案：D
4. 此句中的定语从句包含短语look forward to，虽然to为介词，但并不影响主句的谓语动词，它只是一个陷阱而已。又根据句中的soon，应用将来时，故选B项。答案：B
5. 句中just as the name suggests是插入语，把它去掉后发现是由where引导的定语从句，先行词为the place。答案：B
课后练习题
A组：
1. It’s better to keep a little for the night _______need.
A. in danger of B. in face of C. in the way of D. in case of
2. It ______ almost every day so far this month.
A. rains B. is raining C. rained D. has rained
3. Blackmail（敲诈）is something that should never be______； but that’s easier said than done.
A. given up B. given in C. given up to D. given in to.
4.You should make it a rule to leave things ____you can find them again.
A. when B. where
C. then D. which
5.The famous scientist grew up ____ he was born and in 1930 he came to Shanghai.
A. when B. whenever
C. where D. wherever
6. He's got himself into a dangerous situation ____ he is likely to lose control over the plane.
A. where B. which
C. while D. why
7. I’m sorry I _____ your book; I only did it _____, I didn’t mean _____ trouble.
A. hide; for fun; to cause B. hid; in fun; to cause
C. hide; in fun; causing D. hid; for fun; causing
8 He told us _____ I could go on a two-day trip to Leshan and Emei, _____ wasn’t too expensive.
A. that; that B. what; which C. that; which D. what; that
9. In the past people in the country couldn’t _______ to buy bus tickets when they wanted to go to the city.
A. pay B. spend C. share D. afford
10. The knife and fork that ______ closest to your plate are a little bigger than the ______ beside them.
A. are; one B. are; ones C. is; it D. is; one
11. ---I’m sorry for stepping on your foot.
--- _______.
A. No, it’s my fault B. That’s all right
C. You didn’t hurt me D. Yes, don’t worry about it
12. I really felt _______ by his _______ words. His words are really ______ to me.
A. surprised; surprising; surprise B. surprising; surprised; a surprise
C. surprised; surprised; surprising D. surprised; surprising; a surprise
13. The result of the experiment was very good, ______ we hadn’t expected.
A. when B. that C. which D. what
14. ---Please ______ me for ______ you for a while.
--- ______.
A. forgive; interrupting; That’s OK B. excuse; interrupt; that’s all right
C. forgive; stopping; Yes D. excuse; stopping; I’m so sorry
15. When drinking ______ someone’s health, you ______ your glasses, but the glasses should not ______.
A. for; rise; touch B. to; raise; touch
C. with; raise; be touched D. to; rise; be touched
解析：
1.in case of 万一发生……答案：D
2.so far 到目前为止，与完成时连用。答案：D
3. give in to 向…让步 ，迁就 答案：C
4. where引导地点状语从句。答案: B
5. where在此引导一个状语从句。答案C
6. where在此引导一个定语从句。where在引导定语从句时，必须有先行词，where在定语从句中充当状语，在此题中where表示“在……状况下”。答案：A
7.由分号并列两个句子，前句应用过去时。for fun 意为“为了高兴，为了好玩”。mean to do something 表示“打算做某事”，mean doing something 表示“意味着……”。答案：B
8. 第一空用that引导宾语从句，that在从句中不作成分。第二空which引导定语从句，修饰trip。答案：C
9. couldn’t afford to buy买不起。 答案：D
10．由于句中谓语动词为are，因此定语从句中的谓语动词与the knife and fork应一致，这里的the knife and fork指餐桌上用的所有刀和叉，是复数。所以后面一空也应是复指代词ones。答案：B
11． 根据习惯表达法，当对方向你道歉了，你应当有礼貌地应答。只有“That’s all right.”表示“没关系”。 答案：B
12． surprised意为“感到吃惊的”，表示人对某事的反应。surprising意为“令人惊奇的”，表示事物本身所具有的特征。surprise 表示“惊奇” 时为不可数名词，而表示“惊人的事物”时为可数名词。答案：D
13．由所给题中不难看出，这是一个非限制性定语从句，从句中缺少宾语，并且修饰整个句子。答案：C
14． forgive somebody for ding something表示“原谅某人做的某事”。打扰某人应用interrupt，指“中途暂时的打断”，而不用stop（强调动作的结束，或动作不再延续）。答案：A
15． drink to表示“为……干杯（祝酒）”，raise为及物动词，意为“举起”，而rise为不及物动词，意为“上升；起身”，说明主语自身移向较高的位置。答案：B
单词拼写：
1.Six people were killed in the riot(暴乱), ______(包括)a policeman.
2.My first view of the island from the air took my (呼吸)away.
3.A hotel room is being （准备）for them.
4.We are making （准备） for the harvest.
5.She painted landscapes as well as . （肖像）
6.The earthquake caused great （损害）
7.She was horrified by all the （污染）on the beach.
8.The mayor is an elected （官员）
9.They said that they （代表） the committee
10. The heavy rain （破坏） our holiday last weekend.
1. including 2. breath 3. prepared 4. preparations 5. portraits
6. damage 7. pollution 8. official 9. represented 10. ruined
B组：
汉译英
1. 包括元旦在内，我有三天假。
2. 大多数人没有意识到自己正在呼吸被污染的空气
3. 五分钟后我们便气喘吁吁了。
4. 她把国家的机密泄露给了敌人。
5. 到目前为止，我们还没收到汤姆的来信。
6. 这座桥正在修建中，开车过不去。
7. 我们的作业已经完成了，所以我们能出去玩了。
8. 到目前为止我们的钱已经被用完了。
答案：
1. I’ve got three days’ holiday including New Year’s Day.
2. Most people don’t realize that they are breathing polluted air.
3. We were out of breath after only five minutes.
4. She gave away state secrets to the enemy.
5. We haven’t heard from Tom so far.
6. The bridge is under construction. We can’t drive through it.
7. Our homework has been finished, and we can go out to play.
8. Our money has been used up so far.
改错题：
1. The car is in repair. You can’t use it now.
2. I got five presents, included the one you gave me.
3. We came here, out of the breath.
4. He won’t give in other people.
5. We haven’t met Tom by far.
6. The price has cut down, so all the people are all glad.
7. The water has been ran out so far.
8.It is good to breath fresh country air instead of city smoke.
9.He will do everything he can escape from the fire.
10.The teacher worried about that the exam might be too difficult for his students.
答案：1. in 改为 under 2。 included改为including 3. the 去掉 4 in后加to
5. by改为so 6. has 后加been 7. out 后加of 8. breath改为 breathe
9. can后加to 10. about去掉Unit 19 Modern agriculture
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语protection; technique; irrigation; pump; seed; technical; import; production; method; root; insect; tobacco; golden; tie; discovery; garden; gardening; gardener; wisdom; practical; guide; firstly; sow; condition; soil; weed; remove; sunflower; depend on; and so on
句型.
What do you think causes these changes 疑问词+插入语+陈述语序的 用法
It is on this arable land that the farmers produce food for the whole population of China. 强调句型的用法
To make as much use of the land as possible, two or more crops are planted each year where possible. where( it is )possible 省略的用法
Not only is food production important but also taking care of the environment. not only… but also…的用法
语法：强调句式-----it +is/ was …that …
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握protection; technique; technical; import; production; method; golden; tie; discovery; garden; gardening; gardener; wisdom; practical; guide; firstly; sow; condition; remove; sunflower; depend on; and so on 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握疑问词+插入语+陈述语序的 用法；强调句型的用法；not only… but also…的用法；where( it is )possible 省略的用法的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. How are people’s eating habits changing over the years
over的用法：
介词 “在…期间，直到…过完，贯穿（一时间段）”
Over the next few days they got to know the town well.
在随后的几天里他们就熟悉那个镇子了。
We discussed it over lunch.
我们吃午饭时商议了此事。
She had a cold over Christmas.
圣诞节期间她患了感冒。
Some waste rots away over a long period of time.
有些食物要经过好长时间才会腐烂。
2. In my opinion, you should ……
“我认为”的表达方法：
(1)We hold that no country should interfere in the affairs of other countries.
我们认为任何国家都不应干涉别国的内政．
(2)As I see it, nothing is more important than health.
我认为没有任何东西比健康还重要。
(3)From my point of view, chatting online is a waste of time.
我个人认为，上网聊天是浪费时间。
(4)From where I stand, quality is more important than quality.
从我的角度而言，质量比数量更重要。
(5)As far as I’m concerned, learning English is a piece of cake.
就我看… 小菜一碟。
6) It seems to me that buying lottery tickets is a waste of money.
在我看来买彩票是浪费钱。
7）I accept the idea that College English Test should be cancelled.
我认为应该取消大学英语过级考试。
3. To make as much use of the land as possible, two or more crops are planted each year where possible.
（1）使用的表达方法：
①use sth
Every possible means has been used to solve the problem. 一
切可能的办法都已经被使用来解决这个问题。
② employ sth
Every possible means has been employed to solve the problem.
一切可能的办法都已经被使用来解决这个问题。
③ make use of
He made use of every second to learn his lessons every day.
每天他分秒必争地学习。
If better use is made of your spare time, you will make great progress in it.
如果你更好地利用你的业余时间，你会在那方面取得更大的进步。
Every minute must be made use of to improve our spoken English.
必须利用每一分钟来提高你的口语。
④ make the best of
You had better make the best of your spare time to study.
你最好充分利用你的空闲时间来学习。
⑤make the most of
You had better make the most of your intelligence to serve the people.
你最好充分利用你的智慧来为人民服务。
⑥ take advantage of
You must take advantage of your spare time to build up your bady.
你必须利用空闲时间来锻炼你的身体。
(2)as +adj./adv. + as possible= as +adj./adv. + as sb can/could
I will be back as soon as possible.= I will be back as soon as I can.
我将尽可能快的返回。
We must do as much as we can to help others.
我们必须尽全力来帮助别人。
The young man spent as much time as he could doing the experiment.
那个年轻人花了尽可能多的时间来做这个实验。
(3) where it is possible的省略形式，在类似结构中it is / was常常被省略。as...as possible是固定的结构，表
示“尽可能……”。
Fill the words in the blanks where necessary.
在需要的地方填上单词。
4. . Much of the wisdom discovered by early Chinese scientists is still useful for farmers and gardeners.
句中 discovered by early Chinese scientists是过去分词短语作后置定语，相当于which was discovered by
过去分词短语作定语一般具有以下特点：
(1) 放在修饰侧的后面。
(2)与修饰词构成被动关系。
(3)相当于一个灰示被动的定语从句。单个的过去分词作定语一般放在修饰词的前面，在个别情况下
放在修饰词之后。
The system used in this school is very successful.
这学校使用的系统很成功。
There is a red car parked outside the house repaired.
在暴风雨中打破了的窗户，已经修好了。
5. Future agriculture should depend on high technology.
depend 的用法：
派生词：
dependent adj. 依靠的，依赖的
dependence n. 信赖，依赖，依靠
dependable adj. 可信赖的，可靠的
independent adj. 独立的
independence n. 独立
相关归纳：
(1)depend on/upon sb. to do 指望某人做某事
We can depend on him to do it well.
我们可以指望他把事情办好。
(2)depend on/upon + wh-clause 取决于
Whether the game will be played depend on the weather.
比赛是否进行要看天气的好坏。
Our success depends on whether everyone works hard.
我们的成功取决于每个人是否努力。
(3)depend on/upon it that… 指望…（it 是形式宾语，that是真正的宾语）
You may depend on it that he will help you.
你可以指望他来帮助你。
(4)That/It （all） depends. 那得视情况而定
I may help you, but that depends.
我也许帮助你，但得视情况而定。
(5)depend on/upon sb. 依赖/依靠某人
He depends on his son for support.
他靠儿子供养。
(6)be dependent on/upon sb./sth 依赖某人的，取决于某事物
He is still dependent on his parents.
他仍然依赖父母（补助）。
6. It was developed using a way known as a “GM
develop 的用法
派生词：
developed adj. 发达的
developing adj. 发展中的
development n. 发展，进步，成长，开发
(1) vt. 发展，养成；形成，培养
The little boy developed an interest in music.
这个小男孩对音乐感兴趣。
Fresh air and exercise develop healthy bodies.
新鲜空气和体育锻炼造就了健康的体魄。
(2) 成长，形成
James has developed into a charming young man.
詹姆斯已经长成为一个富有魅力的年青人。
(3) 冲洗 (胶卷)
Let's have these pictures developed.
咱们把这些照片冲洗出来吧。
(4) 开发，建设
We should develop the natural resources of our country.
我们应该开发我们国家的自然资源。
7. “G”stands for“genetically”from the word“genes”.
stand 的用法：
知识梳理:
n 货摊，售货亭；看台
v 站；容忍；经受，承受，经得起；处于某种状态
His heart can’t stand the stain much longer.
他的心脏不能长时期忍受高压。
I can’t stand your speaking to your mum like.
我不能容忍你像那样的方式和你母亲讲话。
He stood still while I was taking a photo of him.
当我给他照相的时候，他一点也不动。
相关归纳：
（1）stand for：代表, 代替, 象征；容忍
GNP stands for gross national product.
GNP代表国民生产总值。
I can’t stand for your speaking to your mum like.
我不能容忍你用那样的方式和你母亲讲话。
（2）stand by站在一边；旁观；支持
Please remember I’ll stand by you whatever happens.
请记住，无论如何，我都会拥护你。
（3）stand out突出；引人注目；杰出
They were all attractive, but she stood out from the others.
她们都很迷人，但是她比其他人更有魅力。
8. But if the condition of your soil is not good, you should improve it.
condition 的用法：
知识梳理:
v 使健康;使处于良好状态; 决定;为...的条件
Ability and effort condition success.
成功取决于才干和努力。
He conditioned himself for the race. 他为赛跑而调整体能状态。
n (1)条件(可数名词)prep搭配为on
Her parents allowed her to go, but made it a condition that she should get home before midnight.
她的父母准许她去，但是有一个条件，那就是她在午夜以前回家。
(2)状态(不可数) prep搭配为in
My car is old but in good condition.
我的汽车是旧的，但是状况良好。
(3)环境(常用复数) prep搭配为in/under
The miners there worked in dreadful conditions.
那里的矿工们在极其恶劣的环境中工作。
相关归纳：
(1)on condition that在……条件下
(2)on this/ that/ no/ what condition在这种/那种条件下
(3)in good condition情况良好；
（4）in/ out of condition健康状况良好（不佳）
（5）on no condition 绝不
You should on no condition visit that place.
你绝不应该去参观那个地方。
We’ll let you use the room on condition that you keep it clean and tidy.
注意：on no condition位于句首时要用半倒装语序。与on no condition用法相同的短语有：
at no time; in no way; by no means; on no account; in no case
On no condition should you visit that place.
你绝不应该去参观那个地方。
9. But if you go against nature and do things at the wrong time of year,you will have to do more work and the results will not be so good.
如果违背自然规律，不按农时耕作，就会事倍功半。
相关归纳：
（1）go ahead 进步；前进；可以
—May I start now 我可以动身吗？
—Yes, go ahead.是的，动身吧。
（2）go away离开；走开
Did you go away or stay at home in the vacation
假期你是在家还是外出了？
I’ve had enough of your nonsense. Go away!
我已经听够你的胡言乱语了，走开！
（3）go by走过；时间流逝
Several years went by/on before we met again.
我们过了好多年才再见面。
（4）go for 适合于；去取或去请某人或某物；努力获取
Britain has a high unemployment, which goes for many other western countries.
英国有较高的失业率， 同样的情况适合于别的很多西方国家。
（5）go in for从事，参加；喜欢
He goes in for sports every day.
他每天都从事体育锻炼。
（6）go off离去；进展；变坏；熄掉
She got angry and went off.
她生气而离开。
The meeting went off very well.
会议进展很顺利。
The milk has gone off.
牛奶变质了。
The lights went off at eight and came on again at ten.
电灯8点熄了，10点又亮了起来。
（7）go over 检查；复习
I went over the figure twice, but reached the same total.
我把数字检查了两次，两次的总数都一样。
She went over the lines time and again.
她反复练习那台词。
（8）go through经过；经历；调查
The Bill didn’t go through.
议案未被通过。
The poor girl has gone through such a lot since her parents died.
那可怜的少女自从父母去世后经历了许多痛苦。
She went through the room but couldn’t find the missing ring.
她搜遍了整个房间还是找不到丢失的戒指。
10 . Not only is food production important but also taking care of the environment.
粮食牛产固然重要，环保也很重要。
(1)当 not only...but (also)... 连接两个并列分句时，前一个分句要用部分倒装，即部分谓语(助动词、系动词、情态动词)提到主语之前，第二个分句不要倒装。有时后一个分句与前一个分句的相同部分可以省略。
Not only did he speak more correctly but he spoke more easily.
他不仅讲话更正确，而且讲得也较不费劲了。
(2) 当not only...but (also)...连接两个主语时，其谓语与靠近它的主语保持一致。
Not only the students but also the teacher is interested in the TV play.
11. Other scientists said that wheat should be planted with space between the plants.
between 与among 的用法区别：
这两个介词都有“在……之间”的意思。between常用于两者之间；among一般指三者或三者以上之间。若指三个以上人或物中的每两个之间时，仍然要用between。
The girl walked between her father and mother．
这个女孩走在她父亲和母亲之间。
She is the tallest among her classmates．
她在她同学之间是最高的。
Switzerland lies between France，Italy，Austria and Germany．
瑞士位于法国、意大利、奥地利和德国之间。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：疑问词+插入语(do you think)+陈述语序
在该句型中插入语，经常位于疑问词(组)后，有时也可放在句首。能用于插入语中的动词非常多常见的有think; suppose; believe; suggest; say等。但是一定要注意know 和guess不能用于插入语句型中，而是只能把do you know和do you guess 位于句首。此外，还必须用陈述语序。
What do you think causes these changes = Do you think what causes these changes
你认为是什么(原因)引起这些变化的
What effects do you think the changes in eating habits will have on agriculture and nature
你认为这些饮食变化对农业和自然会起什么作用
Where do you suppose our English teacher comes from
你认为我们的英语老师来自哪里
Who do you think the old lady is
你认为那老太太是谁
Do you know/guess our English teacher comes from
你认为我们的英语老师来自哪里
重点/热点2：way, method, means，approach
(1)way可指一般的方法，也可指个人的或特殊的方法或方式。如：生活方式way of life。后接to do sth 或 of doing sth做定语。另外，当way作先行词时，定语从句引导词可以是in which也可以是that，也可以不用引导词。常用短语：in this way用这种方式；by the way顺便说；in a way在某种程度上；in no way决不；in the way妨碍某人；lose one’s way迷路；on the/one’s way在路上；make one’s way前进。
(2)method指系统的理论的方法。例如：teaching methods。method后接of doing sth做定语。常用短语:with this method
(3)means指具体的“方法、手段、工具”，其单复数相同。常用短语：by this means用这种方式；by all means当然可以；by means of以……方式；by no means一点也不。
(4) approach后接to doing sth或to +名词做定语
I like her approach to the problem.
我喜欢她解决这个问题的方法。
易混易错点1： it 用于强调句型中
1．使用强调句型可使句中某个成份得到强调。强调句型是：It＋is/was＋被强调成份＋that-clause。当强调的成份指人时，除了可用that外，也可用who，whom等。
1）强调主语。
①It is the people who create history. 创造历史的是人民。
②It was she who had been wrong. 错误的正是她。
③Was it you that broke the window 打碎玻璃窗的是你吗？
④But here it's my word that counts. 但这里是我的话算数。
⑤Who was it that called you up just now 刚才来电话给你的是谁？
2）强调宾语或介词宾语。
①It's her whom you should help. 你应该帮助的是她。
②It's me that they praised.他们表扬的是我。
③She just had no faith in me. It was Bill in whom she still had her faith.
她不相信我。她仍然相信的只有比尔。
3）强调状语。
①It's through them that we learnt the truth. 正是通过他们我们才了解真相。
②It was on one July night in 1969 that American astronauts landed on the surface of the moon. 正是在1969年7月的一个夜晚美国宇航员在月球表面登陆。
③It was then（that） I heard his steps. 正在那时我听到他的脚步声。
④Why is it that everyone thinks I'm a fool 究竟为什么人人都认为我是傻瓜？
⑤I don't know why it is（that）they don't like me. 我不知道他们究竟为什么不喜欢我。
⑥It was on Monday night that all this happened.正是在星期一晚上发生了这一切。
⑦It was not until yesterday that they began to tackle the major problem. （＝They did not begin to tackle the major problem until yesterday. ）
直到昨天他们才开始处理主要问题。
⑧It was not for several days that I had an opportunity of seeing the bird.（＝I did not have an opportunity of seeing the bird again for several days. ）过了好几天我才有机会又一次看见那只鸟。
4）强调状语从句。
①It is because he smoked too much that he's got lung cancer.
正因为他抽烟太多才得了肺癌。
②It was not until I saw Mary next morning that I felt happy. （＝I did not feel happy until I saw Mary next morning. ）直到第二天上午见到玛丽我才感到高兴。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1.The apples may soon rot under the present .
A conditions B. condition
C. position D. situation
变式1. His car is in poor ______ and it can’t be used any more.
A state B. condition
C. position D. situation
变式2. He agreed to lend us some money, _____one condition that we would pay back on time.
A. in B. under C. for D. on
解析：句意“在目前的环境下，苹果可能不久就会烂掉！”“……环境下”常译作under…conditions。答案A
变式1. 四个选项中只有condition可以做不可数名词，由于前没有冠词说明应填上一个不可数名词。答案: B
变式2. condition做条件讲时前面用介词on
2. When they arrived at the cross roads, they went the wrong .
A. path B. way
C. street D. direction
变式1. Can you tell me the direction _____ the thief ran away
A. that B. which C. in which D. why
解析：2. go the wrong way意为走错了路。而path, street 都不能与动词go 有这种搭配，名词direction之前加介词in 则可以，即go in the wrong direction走错了方向。没有介词in ，故排除direction。答案：C
变式1. 与direction搭配的介词是in,答案：C
3. They had a pleasant chat_____ a cup of coffee.
A. for B. with C. during D. over
变式1. I will drive you ____ to the office。
A. for B. with C. during D. over
解析:3. over的意思是“在…期间，直到…过完”，题意为：他们一边喝咖啡一边聊天。答案：D
变式1. 考查短语drive sb. over to sp. 该短语中的over 为副词表示“越过一段距离”答案D
4. ----Will you go skiing with me this winter vacation
----It _______.
A. all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending
变式1. You can depend _______ he will finish the job on time.
on it B. it that C. that D. on it that
解析：4. 本题考查的是“It （all）depends.”（那要看情况而定），也可说成“That （all）depends.” 答案：B
变式1. 考查depend on it that 这个固定句型。所以答案为：D
5. There is so little room ———desks that one can’t get through them easily.
A. in B. among C. between D. over
变式1. Tom is ____ the most clever students.
A. of B. among C. in D.
解析：5. between强调两两之间。答案：C
变式1. 考查“be + among + adj.最高级”这一句型。答案：B
课后题：
1.When we plan our vacation, mother often offers ____ suggestions.
A. careful B. practical C. effective D. acceptable
2.______ snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a picnic in the forest.
A. Not only they brought B. Not only did they bring
C. Not only brought they D. Not only they did bring
3.Who do you know the teacher a speech at the meeting
A. has made B. has make
C. made D. making
4.Spend your time just on the things you find .
A. being worth your while
B. them worth doing
C. to be worth doing
D. worth being done
5. After October 1，the new law will .
A. come to use B. come to effect
C. come to an end D. come to a decision
解析：
1. 解析：本题考查形容词的辨析。从句子的语境分析，此处用practical。本句话的意思为“每当我们作假期计划时，妈妈总是给我们提出很实际的建议”。答案：B
2. 本题考查倒装句的用法。当not only位于句首时，其所引导的句子应该使用疑问句的语序。答案：B
3.本句是has sb,do sth.句型，意思是：你知道老师让谁在会上发言吗？答案：B
4.（that）you find to be worth doing是一个省略了that/which的定语从句，that/which在从句中做宾语，to be worth doing是不定式短语作宾补。答案：C
5. C、D两项均与题意大相径庭，A项指（某器物）开始被使用，B项为“某法律条令准则等开始生效”，故B项正确。
课后练习题
A组：
1.-It is reported that the government has lightened the burden on the students.
-Oh, today we are still from heavy school work, at preparing us for the entrance examination.
A. suffering；aimed B. suffered；aimed
C. suffered；aiming D. suffering；aiming
2.The apples may soon rot under the present .
A. conditions B. condition
C. position D. situation
3.In this school, staff are given completely freedom in their choice of language teaching .
A. means B. methods
C. ways D. manners
4.We’ve got to be and buy only what we can afford.
A. real B. actual
C. practical D. true
5.It is to have a walk along the river after supper.
A. a fun B. funny
C. great fun D. very fun
6.If better use is your spare time, you’ll make good progress in doing your business.
A. spent B. taken
C. used for D. made of
7. many other scientists ,Albert Einstein enjoyed music besides scientific research work.
A. In common with B. In common
C. In the same D. As
8.Always acting in a strange manner, Einstein must have to people around to be mad.
A. appeared B. showed
C. thought D. imagined
9.-Will you go to visit the relic newly discovered in Xi’an together with us
- .
A.I depend B. I depend on you
C .It depends D. It depends on
10. ,the students come to see the old man who has no children. They find he is growing weaker .
A. Year after year；year by year
B. Year by year；year after year
C. Year after year；year after year
D. Year by year；year by year
1.第一空应用主动形式；第二空应用现在分词表伴随。
2.句意“在目前的环境下，苹果可能不久就会烂掉！”“……环境下”常译作under…conditions。
3.“教学方法”常译成teaching methods。
4.从“buy only what we can afford”可知，“我们变得讲求实际（而不是图虚荣……）”。
5.fun为不可数名词，故不用冠词。
6.此处为make good use of结构的变形形式，故答案为D 。
7.本句题意为：“和许多其他科学家一样，爱因斯坦除了科学研究外，很喜欢音乐。”在搭配上，B、C两项都有错误。而D项的as侧重行为上的想像，后接句子或一种省略结构，此处用like更贴切。
8.本题句意为：“行为举止总是很奇怪，对周围的人来说爱因斯坦看上去像是疯子一样。”根据四个选项的搭配。Appear后可直接跟不定式to do或to be;show的搭配为show sb,how(what)to do…和show sb./sth.to be；imagine后接动名词，由此可以看出，appear为正确用词。
9.本句句意为“你愿意和我们一起去参加西安新发现的古迹吗？”“看情况吧。”
10.本题考查year by year 与year after year的区别。两者都意为“每年，一年又一年”，但year by year的强调变化，而year after year强调重复。本题解释为：学生们每年都去看望那个无儿无女的老人。他们发现他一年比一年虚弱了。根据题意，每年看望老人这个动作是重复的，而老人变得越来越虚弱是强调一个变化过程。
单词拼写
1.I am a p man，so I try to do the things that I can do and should do.
2.The Foolish Old Man r the mountains.
3. S of workers is our main problem and we must employ more workers in case.
4.Premier Wen Jiabao stressed the importance of increasing agricultural p .
5.Only with this m can we solve this problem.
答案：1.practical 2. removed 3. shortage 4. production 5. method
B组：
汉译英
1. 他的年龄虽老，但状况良好。
2. 不要违背自然规律。
3. 我可以把书借给你，条件是我想起谁借了他。
4. 你想出了解决这个难题的方法了吗？
5. 在我读书的阅览室里我把钥匙丢了
6. 依我看我们的球队会获胜的。
7. 你知道比赛什么时候开始吗？
8. 他双腿分开站在那里。
答案：
1. He is old but in good condition.
2. Don’t go against nature.
3. I can lend you my book on condition that I remember who borrowed it.
4. Do you think of a way to settle the problem
5. It was in the reading room where I read books that I lost my keys.
6. In my opinion, our team will win the match.
7. Do you know when the game will start
8. He stood there with his feet wide apart.
单句改错：
1.The meeting was held to discuss the effects of tourism in the wildlife in the area.
2.Many children in the countryside are short in books.
3.I take note of what the teacher writes on the blackboard.
4.The population of the city are surprising
5.They are protected of the wind，rain and insects.
1. in 改为 on 2. in 改为 of 3. note 改为 notes
4. are 改为 is 5. of 改为 fromUnit 16 Scientists at work
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语experiment; glove; gas; liquid; advantage; disadvantage; application; engine; nuclear; comfort; unnecessary; successful; conduct; lightning; thunderstorm; string; charge; electric; shock; prove; tear; frame; handkerchief; control; sharp; foot; fasten; sense; shampoo; skin; drug; activist; doubt; cruel; view; conclusion；a number of; a great number of; pick out; test on; bring out; try on; come up with; take care; dream of doing; build up; concentrate on; belong to; set free; end up
句型
Tie the corner of the handkerchief to the points of the cross and you will have a nice strong kite. 祈使句+and/then/or/otherwise+陈述句结构
The string was getting charged. get +过去分词
语法：合成词的合成规律
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握experiment; advantage; comfort; unnecessary; successful; conduct; charge; electric; shock; prove; tear; control; sharp; fasten; sense; doubt; cruel; view; conclusion；a number of; a great number of; pick out; test on; bring out; try on; come up with; take care; dream of doing; build up; concentrate on; belong to; set free; end up
等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握cut 构成的动词短语的用法；熟练掌握be to do sth.这一句型结构的各种用法；掌握一定的构词知识；能阅读通俗的文学作品和科普文章。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. It brings people more comfort.
comfort 的用法：
派生词：comfortable adj. 舒服的
知识梳理：
(1)表示“舒适；安慰”时为抽象名词
His kindness gave her much/great comfort.
他对她和蔼可亲使她颇感安慰。
He lives in great comfort.
他生活极为舒适。
(2)表示“令人感到安慰的人或事”时为可数名词。
My husband was a great comfort to me when I was ill.
在我生病时，我的丈夫是我极大的安慰。
(3) 安慰,慰问
They tried to comfort her, but what could they say
他们想要安慰她,但能说什么呢
2. In the eighteenth century, BENJIAMIN Franklin conducted a number of experiments in which he showed what electricity is.
(1)conduct的用法：
派生词：
① conduction n. 传导，导电；输送，传播，引流
② conductor n. 领导者，经理，乐队指挥，(电车或公共汽车) 售票员，列车员
知识梳理:
①引导,带领
He conducted the members of the audience to their seats.
他引观众到他们的座位上
② 指挥(军队,乐队等)
Mr. Green will conduct the orchestra.
格林先生将指挥这支管弦乐队。
③传导(热,电等)
Most metals conduct electricity.
大多数金属能导电。
④表现 conduct oneself well/badly
He conducted himself well at yesterday’s party.
在昨天的会议上他表现很好
(2)what electricity is
一般现在时可以表示客观真理，客观存在，科学事实。表示格言或警句中。
The earth moves around the sun.
地球绕着太阳转。
Shanghai lies in the east of China.
上海位于中国东部
Pride goes before a fall.
骄者必败。
注意：此用法如果出现在宾语从句中，即使主句是过去时，从句谓语也要用一般现在时。
Columbus proved that the earth is round..
哥伦布证明地球是圆形的。
3. Having realized that I could use a kite to attract lightning, I decided to do an experiment.
“Having realized that I could use a kite to attract lightning,”是现在分词的完成式作状语。
现在分词的完成式主要用在状语中，表示这个动作在谓语所表示的动作之前完成。
Having succeeded in the last examination, she was more confident of another success in the coming one.
在上一次考试中取得成功之后，他更加确信在即将到来的考试中获取成功。
Having found the cause, they were able to propose a remedy.
找到了原因之后，他们提出了一个补救措施。
Having finished his homework, the boy went to play computer game.
完成作业后，那个男孩去玩电脑游戏了。
Not having made adequate preparations, they thought it better to postpone the meeting till next week.
由于没有做充足的准备，他们认为最好把会议推迟到下周。
attract的用法:
派生词：
(1) attraction n. 吸引，吸引力，吸引人的事物
(2) attractive adj. 吸引人的，有魅力的
(3) attractively adv. 动人地，迷人地
(4) attracting adj. 吸引人的，有魅力的
(5) attracted adj. 被吸引的，被迷住的
The girl is attracting/attractive and do you feel attracted
那个女孩很有魅力，你感觉被她吸引了吗？
相关归纳：
attract sb's attention 引起…注意
What he wore attracted people’s attention.
他穿的衣服引起了人们的注意。
4. The string was getting charged.
charge 的用法
知识梳理:
(1)充电
Does your car battery charge easily
你的车电池充电容易吗
(2)索价
How much do you charge for your old car
你的旧车要价多少
As long as you’ve paid in advance we won’t charge you for delivery.
只要你欲付款，我们就不收你送货费。
(3)控诉
John was charged with murder.
约翰被控犯谋杀罪。
相关归纳：
(1) charge sb. some money for 为……向某人索取／收取多少钱
They will charge at least $600 for moving the piano.
搬运这架钢琴最少要花费600美圆。
(2) charge sb with sth =accuse sb of sth控告某人犯了某罪
The police charged the driver with careless driving.
警察指控那个司机开车粗心。
She charged me with neglecting my duty.
她指控我玩忽职守。
(3) at one's own charge(s) / expenses 自费，用自己的钱
The trip is at their own charge.
这次旅游由他们自费。
(4) put…down to sb's charge 把……记在某人账上
You can put the books you choose down to my charge.
你可以把你选择的书的费用记在我的账上。
(5) free of charge =free =for nothing 免费
All goods are delivered free of charge.
所有的物品免费送货。
(6) in charge （of sb./sth.） =in sb.’s charge =under the charge of… 负责，经管，照顾
This ward is in the charge of Dr. Smith.
这间病房是由史密斯大夫负责的。
He was left in charge of the shop while the manager was away.
经理不在时，他负责这个商店。
(7) in the charge of sb 由某人负责，由某人照料／管理
The company is at the charge of Tom.
这家公司由汤姆负责。
(8) take charge (of) 负责，照料，保管等；掌管，接办
The department was badly organized until she took charge （of it）.
这个部门在她负责以前组织工作做得很差。
5. The experiment proves that lightning and electricity are the same.
prove的用法：
派生词：
proof n. 证据
provable adj. 可证明的，可证实的
知识梳理：
（1）vt. 证明，证实 prove sth. to sb. ; prove to sb. that 从句
I shall prove to you that the witness is not speaking the truth.
我将向你证明，证人说的话不是真话。
The finger prints on the knife can prove him the murderer.
I'll prove to the world that he was right.
我将向世人证明他是对的。
The lawyer proved the innocence of his client.
律师证实了他的当事人的清白。
（2）证明是，结果是（该意义是系动词后必须接to be+名词或形容词to be 可以省略）
The task proved （to be） more difficult than we’d thought.
这项任务原来比我们预想的难得多。
The rumor proved true.
这谣传结果是真的。
He proved a competent manager.
他证明是一个能干的经理。
My advice proved to be wrong.
我的意见证明是错的。
6. You can control the kite.
control的用法
派生词：
controlled adj. 受约束的．克制的
controller n. 管理员，控制器
相关归纳：
(1) under control 受控制
The fire has been in control.
大火已经得到了控制。
(2) out of control 失控，不能操纵
The plane got out of control and crashed into the sea.
飞机失控,坠入大海。
(3) lose control (of) 失去(对……的)控制
You shouldn't have lost control of your temper on such an occasion.
你不应该在这种场合发脾气。
7. Are we allowed to use animals for such experiment
allow 的用法
相关归纳：
allow + n./pron./ doing sth.
We don’t allow smoking in the theater.
剧院不许吸烟。
allow sb. to do sth. be allowed to do sth.
Our teacher don’t allow us to make noise.
老师不允许我们弄出声音。
No student is allowed to leave his homework undone.
哪一个学生也不允许不做作业。
注意：permit 与allow的区别：
（1）两者均可表示“允许”，其区别是：permit 通常指上级、规则或法令等表示的准许，其语气较重；而 allow 通常指消极地不加反对，有时含有听任或默许之意，语气较轻。
Nothing is permitted; everything is allowed.
一切都没明文规定可以做，但一切做了也无妨。
The nurse allowed him to remain there，though it was not permitted.
护士让他留在那儿，而按规定那是不许可的。
2. 从用法上看，两者后接动词作宾语时，均要用动名词形式，而不能用不定式。
We don’t allow /permit swimming in the pool. 我们不许在池子里游泳。
但是若其后接有名词或代词，那么其后须接不定式。如：
We don’t allow /permit children to swim in the pool. 我们不许孩子们在池子里游泳。
8. There is no doubt that 100 years ago animal testing was cruel.
doubt 的用法
派生词：
(1) doubtful adj. 怀疑的，疑心的；不能确定的，可疑的
(2) doubtfully adv. 怀疑地，含糊地
(3) doubtless adj. 无疑的，确定的
相关归纳：
(1) beyond / past (all) doubt (常作插入语)毫无疑问
She was beyond all doubt the finest ballerina of her day.
她无疑是她那个时代最优秀的芭蕾舞演员。
(2) cast / throw doubt on... 对…产生怀疑，使人对…产生怀疑
The new problem cast doubt on the theory.
新的问题使人们对这个理论产生了怀疑。
(3) hang in doubt=be in the air 悬而未决, 还不能确定
Their acceptance of the contract still hang in doubt.
他们是否接受那合同还说不准。
(4) in doubt 感到怀疑，拿不准；被怀疑，悬而未决
Their acceptance of the contract is still in doubt.
他们是否接受那合同还说不准。
(5) there is no doubt that从句无疑地，很可能
There is no doubt that he is hard to deal with.
毫无置疑他很难对付。
(6) without (a) doubt 毫无疑问地，确实地
He is without doubt the cleverest student I’ve taught.
(7) no doubt 无疑地
No doubt he means to help, but in fact he just gets in the way.
他确实是想帮忙，然而事实上他只是帮倒忙。 他确实是我所教过的学生中最聪明的。
注意：doubt在疑问句和否定句中后接that 引导的从句；在肯定句中如果后接宾语从句可用whether/if 引导，如果后接表语、同位语从句时只用that引导从句。
There is no doubt that he will pass the exam.
毫无疑问他会通过考试的。
Do you doubt that he will come on time
你确信他会准时来吗？
9.Tie the corners of the handkerchief to the points of the cross, and you will have a nice strong kite.
把手帕四角与龙骨端头绑牢，就可以成为很好的结实的风筝了。
.祈使句+and/then/or/otherwise+陈述句结构
在这种句子结构中，用and, then表示递进关系，“那么”的意思；用or或otherwise表示转折关系，“否则”的意思。祈使句表示条件可以转换为条件状语从句，陈述句表示结果，有时候祈使句中的动词可省略。
Work harder, and you'll find it not difficult to learn.
再用功一点，你就会发现它不难写。
Hurry up, or you will be late.
快一点，否则你会迟到。
More effort, and you can finish it in time.
再加把劲，你会按时完成它。
10. get +过去分词
（1）具有被动意义，多用来表示主语遭受某种损失、伤害，或者不能提供具体的动作发出者。
The boy got lost in the forest.
小男孩在森林中迷路了。
I got caught in the traffic jam yesterday.
我昨天堵车了。
Her son got killed in the war.
她的儿子在战争中阵亡了。
My bike got stolen the other day.
我的自行车几天前被头偷了。
（2）无被动意义，表示使自己处于某状态或情况
He got dressed quickly.
他快速地穿好衣服。
Hearing the news, we got excited.
听到这个消息，我们兴奋起来。
They plan to get married in the summer.
他们计划在夏天结婚。
I hope you’re not getting bored by my conversation.
但愿我的话没让你厌烦。
注意：get的其他结构：
（1）get doing 做起某事来，开始…做起某事来
We got talking.
我们谈起话来。
We got chatting and discovered we’d been at college together.
我们聊起天来才发现我们原来是校友。
You have an hour to clean the whole house-----so get scrubbing.
你只有一个小时来打扫整个房子------快开始擦洗吧。
（2）get （sb./sth.） doing 使某人做起某事来，使某物进入…（状态）
With the help of engineer, we soon got the machine going well.
在工程师的帮助下，我们很快使机器顺利地运转起来。
I’ll soon get the clock going.
我很快就会让钟走起来。
（3）get sb. to do sth. 使/让某人去做某事
I got him to see a doctor.
我劝他去看医生了
Just get them to finish up as quickly as possible.
（4）get sth. done =have sth. done 表示遭遇或请人做某事
She got her finger caught in the door.
她的手指让门给夹了。
He got his wrist broken.
他扭伤了手腕。
I’ll get my watch repaired this afternoon.
今天下午我要去修表。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：Having realized that I could use a kite to attract Iightning , I decided to do an experiment.
该句中的having realized是v-ing形式的完成式在句中作状语。having done表示非谓语动词的动作先于渭语动词的动作，并且非谓语与句子主语之间存在着主动关系；having been done表示非谓语动词的动作先于渭语动词的动作，并且非谓语与句子主语之间存在着被动关系。其否定形式是在v-ing前加not。
Having finished his homework, the boy decided to play football for a while.
做完了作业．他决定去踢一会儿球。
Not having cleaned the classroom, they couldn't go home.
还没有打扫完教室，他们还不能回家。
Having been praised in class, the girl felt very happy.
那个姑娘在班上得到表扬，感到很高兴。
易混易错点1： be to do sth作表语的句型结构：be to do结构除了可以表示将来时的基本用法外还可以用来表示安排、命令、职责、用途、决心、命中注定要发生的动作等。be to 在某种程度上等于should , ought to 或must
(1) 表示命令
You are to be back by11 o'clock. 你得在11点钟前回来。
(2) 表示职责
I am to inform you that the meeting will be held in Hang Zhou .我谨通知你会议在杭州举行。
(3)表示命令
A knife is to cut with. 刀是用来切割的。(用途)
(4)表示命令
His travels in Africa was to change his coming life.
(5)表示决心
If there is to be peace, we must try in every way to prevent war.
要和平，就得想一切办法制止战争。
You must work hard , if you are to succeed.
如果你想成功的话你必须努力学习
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. Everyone was too afraid to go in because the fire was ____, so I went in.
A. out of control B. under control
C. in control D. over control
解析:out of control的意思是“失去控制”。 答案：A
2. Some researchers believe that there is no doubt ____ a cure for AIDS will be found.
A. which B. that C. what D. whether
变式1.He is very clever and works hard. _____is no doubt that he always wins the first prize.
A. It B. There C. That D. What
解析: no doubt后为同位语从句，that作为引导词，不充当句子成分。答案： B
变式1. 考查固定句型there be no doubt that 从句。 答案：B
3.He was a much older tennis player but he had the great of experience.
A. interest B. advantage
C benefit D. profit
变式1. In order to succeed, you must take ______of your spare time.
A. advantage B. advantages C. use D. most
变式2. Your spare time must be taken advantage of_____.
A. to succeed B. succeeding C. to be succeeded D. being succeeded
变式3. We felt amazed at the use the waste bottles.
A. they had made B they had made of
C. they had put D. they had put to
解析：3. have the advantage of指“有……的优势”。故只有B项合乎句意。答案：B
变式1.考查固定短语take advantage of“利用”这一用法。答案：A
变式2. 该句的主动形式是You must take advantage of your spare time to succeed.由此可知答案为：A
变式3. 所完成部分为use的定语从句，且use的替代词that在从句中作宾语，即make use of, the waste bottles作了of的宾语，故of不可省略。答案：B
4. You _____ your compositions before class is over, or you will be left behind.
A . are to hand in B. will hand in
C. can hand in D. is going to
变式1. His journey to Africa _____ his later life, which had a great effect on his career.
A. was to change B. would change
C. was changing D. was going to change
变式2. If you _____ finish the job in time, you must set out at once.
A. will B. are to C. shall D. must
解析：4. 根据语境是说“你们必须在下课前交作业”用be to 来表示must必须这样的语气。所以答案是A。 答案：A
变式1. 该句意思是“他在非洲的那次旅游注定会改变他的后半生。”考查be to 表示“注定会”这一用法。答案：A
变式2. be to 可以用来表示决心。该句意思是“如果你决心及时完成工作的话，你必须即刻出发。”答案：B
5. The theory he struck to ______ true.
A. proving B. be C. proved D. being
解析：此题易误选A或D，认为struck to应该接名词或动词的-ing形式，而事实上题干中的he struck to为定语从句，我们所要选的应该为主句的词语动词。答案：C
6. Sarah, hurry up. I’ll afraid you won’t have time to ____ before the party.
A. get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change
变式1. The workers in the company get _______ by the piece.
A. paid B. paying C. pay C. to be paid
解析：6. 根据句意：快点，聚会之前恐怕没有时间换衣服了，此处应用get +过去分词表示主动的 结构。 答案：A
变式1. 该题考查get +过去分词表示被动的结构。答案：A
课后题：
1. There can be no doubt ____ the woman is fit for the work.
A. that B. if C. what D. because
2. My father doesn’t allow _____ computer games; he even doesn’t allow me _____ TV before I finish my homework.
A. playing; to watch B. playing; watching
C. to play; to watch D. to play; watching
3 .－ do you like the film tonight
－Better than
A. How；expected B. What；expected
C. How；to expect D. What；to expect
4. My doctor, who is kept the nurse, has ill since last week.
A .in the charge of ；fallen
B .in charge of；been
C. in the charge of；been
D. take charge of ；fallen
5. After half a year’s life in school, the boy ______ to be a very good student.
A. is proving B. is being proved C. is proved D. proved
解析：1doubt用于否定句、疑问句中接that从句。答案：A
2. allow doing sth. allow sb. to do sth. 答案 A
3. How do you like sth.认为某事如何；than expected为than it is expected的省略式，意为“比预期的……”。答案：A
4.从时间状语since last week可看出，瞬时动词fall不能与之连用，可排除A、D项；in charge of负责，掌管，in the charge of在……的负责/掌管下，be kept in the charge of sb一直处在某人看管下。
5. prove to be 证明是。prove此时是系动词，不用被动语态。答案：D
课后练习题
A组：
1. by his death, his wife was determined on working.
A. Deeply shocked；to do
B. Deeply shocked；on going
C. Shocked deeply；to go
D. Shocked deeply；on going
2.Have you ever seen a
A. four-eye-fish B. four-eyed fish
C. four-eye fish D. four-eyes fish
3.On the long journey, Peter a most interesting guide. We all had a wonderful time.
A. practiced B. behaved
C. proved D. conducted
4.—Did you enjoy the book
—Yes, it was so interesting that I could hardly it.
A. get rid of
B. break away from
C. keep away from
D. tear myself away from
5.—Why is Jack always playing
—He has no of time.
A. sense B. idea
C. effect D. feeling
6.Will you this passage to see if there is any misprint
A. pick out B. make up
C. go over D look into
7.Such good use has been his spare time his English has improved a lot.
A. made of ；that
B. made of；as
C. made in；that
D. found in；as
8.There aren’t so many factories in this area. It has been developed for such a short time .
A. at all B. in all
C. for all D. after all
9.The manager has got a good business so the company is doing well.
A. idea B. sense
C. thought D. hiking
10.Whoever is (the) will get a prize.
A. first finishing B. first to finish
C. first finished D. first to be finished
1.B shock为及物动词，相当于surprise，“感到非常震惊”应用be deeply shocked/surprised，副词修饰动词的过去分词；第二空“决心做某事”be determined to do sth，detemine用作不及物动词时，可用determine on/upon sth/doing sth。
2.B 数词+名词+ed构成形容词，four-eyed四只眼的，再如：three-legged三条腿的，one-eyed独眼的。
3.C prove作系动词，句意为：“在长途旅行中，彼得证明是个很有趣的导游，我们都过得很愉快”。
4.D get rid of摆脱；break away from脱离；keep away from远离，不接近；tear oneself away from使自己与……分开，句意为：“这本书如此有趣以至于我几乎难以释手”。
5.A sense在句中含义为“观念，意识”；idea想法，主意；effect效果，作用；feeling感觉。句意为：“为什么杰克老是玩？”“他没有时间观念”。
6.C pick out 挑出，辨认出；make up弥补，配制，化妆；go over复习，仔细检查；look into调查。只有C项符合句意。
7.A 句式上来讲是such…that…句型，运用了make use of sth的其中一种变化形式use be made of sth。句意为：“他的业余时间被如此好地运用以至于他的英语水平提高了很多”。
8.D at all“根本，全然”in all“总共，全部”；for all“虽然”；after all“毕竟，终究”。根据句意，应选择after all。
9.B a good business sense好的商业意识。句意为：“经理有好的商业意识，所以公司经营得不错”。
10.B 序数词后接不定式作定语，the first与finish之间为主动关系。故选择B。
单词拼写：
1.They have come to the c that rice can grow well there.
2.There is little a in buying a dictionary if you can’t read.
3.Her mother’s words of love and help c the child then.
4.I’ve got c of your class so you must do as I tell you.
5.He said that without our assistance, he wouldn’t have been s .
答案：1.conclusion 2. advantage 3. comforted 4. control
5. successful
B组：
汉译英
1.只要你努力，一定会成功。
2.你付给电工多少钱修理电视机？
3.我六点去接你，然后我们一块去电影院。
4.这位病人由那位医生负责。
5.一杯咖啡他们向我要5美圆。
8.一般来说，每个人都有羞耻心。
9.在我生病时，我的丈夫是我极大的安慰。
10.那就是他在伦敦期间如何谋生的。
答案：
1.Work hard, and you’ll be successful in time.
2.How much did you pay the electrician for fixing the TV
3.I’ll call for you at 6 o’clock and we’ll go to the cinema together.
4.The patient is in the charge of that doctor.
5.They charged me five dollars for a cup of coffee.
8.Generally speaking, everyone has a sense of shame.
9.My husband was a great comfort to me when I was ill.
10.That’s how he made a living when he stayed in London.
单句改错：
1. If you work hard, and you will be successful in time.
2. The reason why I was late for class was because I got up late.
3. Fastening your seat belt when you drive.
4.I have never seen a sharply pair of eyes than his. I’m really afraid to see him again.
5. I have lost touch with him five years ago.
答案：
1. and 去掉 2. because 改为that 3. fastening 改为 fasten 4. sharply 改为 sharp 5. have 去掉Unit6 Good manners
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语interrupt; apology; apologize; fault; introduce; forgive; culture; manners; impression; behave; roll; dessert; custom; course; raise; advice; spirit; mix; extra; stare.； be afraid to do sth.; can’t help doing; together with; leave out; stare at; make jokes about sb.; mean to do; mean doing; start with; ask for.
2. 句型
It's a custom in China to have some tea before the meal is served. It 做形式主语
I guess it wasn’t really your fault, was it 主从句的反意疑问句
You are looking two seats to sit down , but there are none. 如何表示数量上没有
I am sorry, I didn’t mean to 表示道歉的方法
When you see two spoons, the big one is for the soup and the small one for the desert. 省略的用法
How about you 如何询问对方的情况
Having good table manners means knowing, 动名词做主语的用法
3. 语法：The Attributive Clause(Ⅲ)
(1)能够用英语描述人物、事件、时间、地点、原因等---使用限制性定语从句。
(2)能够用英语对特定的人物、事件、时间、地点等做补充说明---使用非限制性定语从句。
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握interrupt; apology; apologize; fault; introduce; forgive; manners; impression; behave; custom; course; raise; advice; spirit; extra; stare.； be afraid to do sth.; can’t help doing; together with; leave out; stare at; make jokes about sb.; mean to do; mean doing; start with; ask for等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握It 做形式主语的用法；动名词做主语的用法；主从句的反意疑问句的表达方法和如何询问对方的情况等用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1.Excuse me, may I interrupt you for a moment
(1)interrupt的用法vt, vi
阻断；中断
The war interrupted the trade between the two countries.
战争中断了两国间的贸易。
Traffic in the city was interrupted by a snowstorm.
市内交通被暴风雪所阻断。
②打岔；插嘴
It’s not polite to interrupt a speaker. 打断别人说话是不礼貌的。
Don’t interrupt; let him go on speaking. 别插嘴，让他继续说。
派生词：
(1)interrupter n. 打岔者，打断者
(2) interruption n. 打岔．打断，使中断的事物
注意：interrupt, disturb与bother的区别
(1)interrupt意为“打断，使……中断”常含有主动之意。
She interrupted me to ask a question.
她打断我的话，问我一个问题。
（2）disturb则意为“打扰，使……不安”。
Alight wind disturbed the surface of the lake.
微风吹拂湖面。
(3）bother 指使人烦恼而引起的不安或感到不耐烦，也可指“麻烦”。
Will it bother you if I turn on the TV
我开电视不会吵着你吧？
(2). moment的搭配：
① at any moment 随时；在任何时候；马上
You can turn to me for help at any moment.
在任何时候你都可以向我求助。
at the last moment 在最后关头
At the last moment, he gave up.
在最后关头，他放弃了。
③ at the moment 此刻；(正当)那时
At the moment I am working. 此刻我正在工作。
④ in a moment 一会儿，不久；立即，马上
He will be here in a moment. 他一会儿就来。
⑤ for a moment 片刻
For a moment he didn’t know what to do.
有一会儿他不知道该怎么做。
⑥ the moment(that)... 一……就……
2.What does Bill say to apologise for losing the bike
apologize的用法
派生词：apology n. 辩解，道歉
I owe you an apology for my rudeness last night.
昨天晚上我太粗暴,应该向你道歉。
相关归纳 ：
(1) apologize to sb for (doing) sth = make an apology to sb for (doing) sth向某人为某事(为做了某事)道歉
He apologized to her for not going to her party.
= He made an apology to her for not going to her party.
他因为没有出席她举行的宴会而向她表示歉意。
(2) apologize for oneself 为自己辩解或辩护
When the teacher scolded her, she began to apologize for herself.
当老师责备她的时候，她开始为自己辩护。
3.I guess it wasn’t really your fault, was it
当陈述部分是主从复句时，疑问部分中的动词和代词应和主句中的动词和主语保持一致，而不是和从句中的动词和主语保持一致。
They know that he is from England, don’t they
It was the first time that I had seen such an interesting film， wasn’t
He fell off the horse when a dog ran in front of them suddenly, didn’t he
但是在宾语从句中当主句部分是表示第一人称的主观看法时，疑问部分中的动词和代词应和从句中的动词和主语保持一致，而不是和主句中的动词和主语保持一致。
I think you are from America, aren’t you
I believe he can do it well, can’t he
4. You ask him to introduce you to the man.
introduce的用法 vt.
(1)介绍,引见(introduce sb. to sb.)
It was my younger brother who introduced me to jazz.
是我的弟弟介绍我听爵士乐的。
Allow me to introduce my friend Miss Wood to you.
允许我向你介绍我的朋友伍德小姐。
(2)引进;传入;采用(introduce sth. To sth. )
Coffee was introduced into England from the Continent.
咖啡是从欧洲大陆传入英国的。
(3)提出;制定;推行
The vice chairman of the committee introduced a topic for discussion.
委员会副主席提出议题供大家讨论。
(4)作为...的开始;引出
He introduced his speech with an anecdote.
他说了一则轶闻作为讲话的引子。
派生词：
introduction的主要义项有：介绍；引见；引进；推行；序言；引言。
5. You are looking for two seats to sit down with your friends, but there are none.
none的用法：pron.
(1) 一点儿也没;一个也没
I wanted some more cold meat but there was none left.
我想再吃些冷盘肉,可是一点也不剩了。
He had none of his brother's boldness.
他一点都不像他哥哥那样有魄力。
(2)没有任何人(或物)（常与of 短语连用，做主语是谓语动词可以用单数也可以用复数）
None of the telephones are/is working.
所有的电话都坏了。
None of them speak(s) English.
他们都不会讲英语。
注意：none与nothing的区别
(1)none强调人或物在某一特定范围内在数量上没有，没有一个。常可以做how many和how much 的答语
—Have you bought any clothes？你买衣服了？
—None．一件也没买。
---How many tigers did you see in the zoo
---None.
(2)nothing只能指物，表示“没有什么（东西）”强调没有任何东西。它们不可与of短语连用，作主语时谓语动词只能用单数。
There's nothing in the bag．口袋里什么也没有。
6.I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to……
mean的用法
(1) 1. (言词等)表示...的意思；意指,意谓 What do you mean by ……
I realized what he meant.
我明白他的意思了。
By "the cities" I mean the big cities in particular.
我所说的"城市"主要是指大城市。
Don't think I am joking; I mean business.
不要以为我是在开玩笑,我可是当真的。
(2) mean to do 打算做某事
What do you mean to do next 下一步你打算做什么？
I mean to write a letter to my girlfriend. 我打算给我的女朋友写封信。
I know I have hurt her feelings, but I didn’t mean to.
我知道我伤害了她，但这不是我的本意。
I had meant to apologize to him, but I changed my mind.
我本打算向他道歉，但又改变了主意。
(3) mean doing 意味着---
Her smile means being happy. 她的微笑意味着正高兴。
Waving the hand means saying goodbye. 挥手意味着道别。
If it means delaying one more week, I will not wait.
如果这意味着拖延一个星期，我就不等了。
(4) mean sb. to do 打算要某人做---
I mean you to repair my bike. 我打算要你给我修自行车。
I had meant you to get up early, but you got up late.
我本打算要你早起，但你起晚了。
He meant his son to succeed. 他要他的儿子成功。
(5) 吝啬的,小气的be mean + about/over/with
Her husband is very mean about money.
她的丈夫在金钱上很吝啬。
7. Knowing them will help you make a good impression.
(1)Knowing them动名词做主语。
动名词做主语的相关用法
①动名词做主语时，谓语动词用用单数。
Walking around in a city is rather tiring.
Raising dogs is his favorite.
喂猪是他最喜欢的事情。
注意：常用it 做形式主语真正做主语的动名词后置的句型有：
It be no use./ no good/ pointless /a waste of time doing sth.（偶尔也用不定式）
It is a waste of time waiting on.再等下去是没有用的。
②做主语的动名词与不定式的区别。
作主语动名词通常指一个抽象动作，而做主语的不定式通常指某一次具体的动作。
It's no use crying over spilt milk，泼水难收，哭也无用（指抽象动作）。
He realized that to go on like this was no use．（指具体动作）
下面结构也用动名词
There +be +no +动名词，含义上相当于it's impossible to do…
There is no telling what he's going to do.
(2) impress 的用法：
派生词：
impression n. 印象 impressive adj. 印象深刻的
相关归纳：
①impress sb with sth.
The girl impressed us with her intelligence and humour.
那个女孩以她的智慧和幽默给我们留下了深刻的印象。
②impress sth. on/upon sb.
The teacher impressed the importance of English on us.
老师让我们深深记住了英语的重要性。
③under the impression that 从句
I am under the impression that he will be here in time.
我认为他会及时赶到的。
④what impressed sb. most is + n.或从句
What impressed me most is their welcome.
给我印象最深刻的是他们的热情欢迎。
8.When you see two spoons, the big one is for the soup and the small one for the desert.
the small one for the desert是the small one is for the desert的省略。体现了并列句中的省略
并列句中的省略
(1) 如果主语不同，而谓语动词中的一部分相同，则省略谓语动词中相同的那部分。
John must have been playing football and Mary (must have been) doing her homework.
约翰一定在踢球，而玛丽一定在做作业。
We raced to the east and they to the west.
我们向东驶去，他们则向西驶去。
He majors in chemistry and I in physics.
他主修化学，我则主修物理。
(2)主语相同，谓语动词也相同，则二者都可以省略。
His suggestions made John happy, but (his suggestions made) Mary angry.
他的建议使约翰高兴，却使玛丽很生气。
(3)主语相同，而谓语不同，则可以省略主语。
Old McDonald gave up smoking for a while, but (he) soon returned to his old ways.
老麦克唐纳戒了一阵子烟，可很快又抽上了。
(4)在并列复合句中，如果that从句从属于第二个并列句且它的谓语动词和宾语等其它一些成分与第一个并列句相同时，这个that从句通常可以省略这些相同的部分。
Jack will sing at the party, but I know John won't （sing at the party）.
杰克将在晚会上唱歌，但我知道约翰不会在晚会上唱歌。
9.Dinner starts with a small dish, which is often called a starter.
Start with的用法：
(1)start with sth. 以……开始
His illness started with a slight cough.
他的病是从轻微的咳嗽开始的。
He started with the aim of injuring others only to end up by ruining himself.
他本想损害别人，结果却害了自己。
(2) start sth. with sth. 以什么来开始什么
We started our lesson with an English song.
我们以一首英文歌曲开始了我们的课。
(3)to start with 首先；刚开始的时候（做插入语）
To start with, let me introduce myself.
首先，让我做个自我介绍。
Our company had only six workers at first.
我们公司刚开始的时候只有6个员工。
10.When drinking to someone's health, you raise your glasses.
arise, rise, raise的用法区别：
(1)raise vt.“使……上升；升起；提高；饲养；养大；筹集（款项）；引起;唤起;扬起（灰尘）”等；
They are going to raise funds for the school buildings.
他们将为盖校舍筹集资金。
He raised his glass and said: "Your health, Carl."
他举起了杯子说道:"祝你健康,卡尔。"
The landlord raised my rent.
房东提高了我的租金。
The wind raised the fallen leaves from the ground.
风刮起了落叶。
(2)rise vi.“上升；升起上涨；站起身；起床”；
The population of the city has risen to five million.
该市人口已增加到五百万。
He rose and left the room.
他站起身走出屋去。
(3)arise vi. “出现、发生” arise from/ out of 由什么引起
Unexpected difficulties arose in the course of their experiment.
在他们进行实验的过程中,出现了意想不到的困难。
Between the copartners serious disagreements arose.
合伙人之间产生了严重分歧。
11.For drinking during a dinner, the best advice is never to drink too much.
advise的用法
派生词：
adviser: n 顾问
advisable: adj. 可取的
advice: n. 建议；劝告；忠告；意见l
相关归纳：
（1）+名/代词/动名词
I’d advise buying your tickets well in advance if you want to travel in August.
要是想在8月份去旅行，我建议提前购票。
（2）+疑问词+不定式
Can you advise me what to do next
你能建议我下一步怎么办吗？
（3）+名/代词+不定式
Police are advising fans without tickets to stay away.
警察在告诫没有票的球迷离开。
（4）+that从句
They advised that a passport be carried with you at all times.
他们建议护照要随身携带。
It is strongly advised that you take out some form of medical insurance.
竭诚劝你办理某种医疗保险。
（6）+名/代词+wh-从句
注意：
（1）advise后接从句时，从句中的谓语动词多用“(should+)动词原形”。
（2）advise可以接动名词作宾语，不可直接跟不定式作宾语，但可以跟疑问词+不定式作宾语。
（3）advise可以用不定式作宾语补足语, 但是suggest 不可以。
(4) advice： n.作“建议；劝告；忠告；意见”解时，是不可数名词，其后的介词多用on。也可用about。a/several piece(s) of advice一/几条建议
12. How about you
英语中表达“……怎么样？”的结构：
（1）How/What about… 常用来征求对方的意见或向对方提出建议。about后接名词、代词或动名词，动名词可以有逻辑主语。
（2）How do/does…like 用来询问对某事的感觉，即喜欢还是不喜欢。
—How do you like the book
你认为这本书怎么样？
—It is well worth reading.
很值得读。
（3）What is…like 用来询问人或事物的特征，即人的外貌或品德，以及天气状况。
（4）How is/are… 的主语是人时，用来询问身体健康状况。
How is your father, Xiao Wang
小王，你父亲的身体怎么样了？
13. If it isn’t too cold for you, I would like to invite you to come and visit me in the north of China over the next holiday in January.
如果对你来说不太冷的话，我想邀请你在一月份的下一个假期里来华北看看。
would like to do sth.
用在陈述句中表示主语“想要做某事”。
用在疑问句表示建议或请求。
I’d like Tom to go to fetch some newspapers for me. Would you like him to do something for you
我想让汤姆去给我取报纸，你想让他做点什么吗？
—Would you like to see a film with us this evening
今天晚上和我们一块去看电影吧？
—Yes, I’d like to./Sorry, but I’m busy.
可以。（对不起，我太忙了。）
(2) would like sb. to do sth.表示主语“想要别人做某事”。
(3)would like to have done sth. 与would like to do sth.的区别：
①would like to do sth. 表示主语现在或将来想要做某事
Ｉwould like to go to the cinema tonight.
②would like to have done sth. 表示主语过去本来想做什么却没有做某事
Ｉwould like to have gone to the cinema last night, but I had an unexpected guest.
昨天晚上我原本想去看电影的但是我我有一个不速之客的到来。
14.It's polite to finish eating everything on your plate, so don't take more food than you need. 餐盘里的东西要吃光才礼貌，所以不要多拿。
该句中的it为形式主语，真正的主语为to finish eating …it作为形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式短语。常见的句型有：
(1)It is ＋adj．(＋for sb．／sth．) ＋ to do sth．用于此句型的形容词有：easy， hard， difficult，possible， important， impossible， necessary， good， bad， exciting， interesting， surprising等。
It is necessary to change your job．
It was very hard for them to walk such a long way in the snow．
It is ＋n．(＋for sb．／sth．) ＋ to do sth．
用于此句型的名词有： pity, shame, pleasure, one’s duty, one’s job, fun, joy, good manners, bad manners等。
It is a pity for you to have missed such a wonderful play．
It is bad manners for the young to take up the seats for the old．
It is ＋adj．＋of sb．＋to do sth．
此句型中的形容词主要描述某人的品德、特征。能用于该句型的形容词有： kind, nice, wise, silly, polite, impolite, friendly, foolish, clever等。
How silly it was of you to give up such a good chance！
It is friendly of the family to try to make me feel at home in their house．
(4)It is ＋adj．（＋n．）＋doing sth．
此句型中的形容词和名词常见的有：no／little use, no／much good, useless等。
It’s no use crying over spilt milk．
(5)It takes sb．＋一段时间＋to do sth． 表示“做某事花费某人多长时间”。
It took us half an hour to ride to the town by the sea．
(6)It is ＋及物动词的过去分词＋that从句
此句型中常见的及物动词的过去分词有：said, told, known, reported, recorded, thought,believed, considered等。
It is reported that the Russian President will visit China next week．
(7)It ＋不及物动词＋that从句
此句型中不及物动词常见的有：seem， happen， appear， matter等。
It seems that there will be a heavy snow tomorrow．
It happened that I met my good friends in the museum yesterday．
15. Don’t laugh at, stare at or make jokes about disabled people.
stare at sb./sth.盯着看；凝视；注视
He stared at the word trying to remember what it meant.
他盯着这个单词，努力想记起它的意思
注意：glance gaze stare glare
(1)glance意为“匆匆一瞥”，是不及物动词，其后必须接介词at, over等才可以接宾语。
He glanced at his watch．他匆匆看了一下手表。
She glanced down the list of names． 她由上而下匆匆地看了一下名单。
(2)gaze表示“目不转睛地看”，并含有“惊叹”、“羡慕”或“入迷”的意思。
She gazed at the carpet for some time, and then added, "You don't need bookcases at all."
她对地毯凝视了一会儿，然后补充说：“你根本不需要书柜。”
(3)stare 特别表示“睁大眼睛凝视”，并含有“惊奇”、“傲慢” 或“茫然”的意思。
The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds.
那位贵族对那张空白纸凝视了几秒钟。
(4)glare意为“怒视；瞪眼”，也是不及物动词，其后要接介词at后才能接宾语。
They stood glaring at each other．他们互相怒目而视地站着。
16.At this moment I am busy with my studies.
(1)be busy with sth.忙于某事
She is busy with the housework all day long.
她整天忙于做家务。
(2)be busy doing sth.忙于做某事
I’m busy writing a novel.
我在忙着写小说。
(3)keep busy doing sth.忙于做某事
We kept busy preparing for the coming party.
我们在忙着准备晚会。
(4)be kept busy doing sth.
We were kept busy preparing for the coming party.
我们在忙着准备晚会。
(4)be engaged in doing sth. 忙于做某事
(5) be occupied in doing sth. 忙于做某事
◆概念提示
重点/热点1： be afraid, be afraid to do sth., be afraid of (doing) sth.
(1) be afraid 意为“担心，害怕”，多用于口语，常用来表示一种歉意，或遗憾，后可接 so 或 not。
-- Are we on time 我们准时吗
-- I'm afraid not. 恐怕不准时。
I'm afraid you'll get caught in the rain.
(2) be afraid to do sth 常表示“由于胆小而不敢做某事”。
He is afraid to jump into the river from the bridge.
他不敢从桥上跳进河水里。
(3) be afraid of (doing) sth. 常表示“害怕某种情况会发生”。
I was afraid of hurting her feelings.
我害怕伤害了她的情感。
易混易错点1：the one, one, it, that的替代用法
掌握one/ones/that/it的指代用法。代词的用法是历届高考重点之一。在代词的考查中，它们的分辨常常是命题的方向。用法如下：
（1）the one用来替代同类事物中特指的一个，复数用the ones。
The finger I put into my mouth was not the one I had dipped into the cup.
（2）one用来替代上文提到的同类名词中的一个，表泛指，相当于“a（n）+名词”。复数用ones。
I need a bike. Lend me one.
（3）it指上文提到的同一事物。
I want to use your bike. Could you lend it to me
（4）that用来替换上文出现的带定冠词的名词，相当于“the+名词”。复数用those。
The study of idioms is as important as that of grammar
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1..---I must apologize ____ you know ahead of time.
---That’s all right.
A. for letting not B. for not letting C. to let D. not to let
变式1. I had to _____ an apology to him for breaking his vase.
A. send B. make C. do D. take
解析：1. 该题考查apologize 的用法apologize to sb. for (doing) sth.， doing 的否定形式为not doing，所以答案选B.
变式1. 该题考查apology的名词搭配结构：make an apology to sb. for sth. 所以答案选B.
2. “What is it that keeps him angry ”
“______ the pen his friend sent to him.”
A. Lose B. He lost C. losing D To have lost
变式1. Why do you ask me to eat two eggs a day
_______ enough nutrition.
A, Getting B. To have got C. To get D. Having got
解析：2. 通过观察问句可以知道问句是强调句型的特殊疑问句结构，是对主语的强调，答案必须能够做主语，四个选项中只有动名词可以做主语。也可以把B项改为That he lost 来做该题的答案。答案：C.
变式1. 根据语境可以知道是考查不定式做状语表示目的的用法。答案：C.
3. Getting up late meant ______ another 15 minutes for the next bus to arrive.
A. to wait B. waiting C. to have waited D. having waited
变式1. I had meant _____ but I was ill.
A. to help you B. helping C. to help D. having helped
变式2.To employ means ____ .
A. to take on B. taking C. having taken on D. to have taken on
变式3. .---Why haven’t you bought any butter
---I ____ to, but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
解析：1.该句意思是“起床晚意味着在等另外的15分”。mean做意味着讲时后接动名词。所以答案选B.
变式1. “我本打算去帮助你的，但是我突然病了” mean做“打算”讲时后接动名词。所以答案选B.
变式2. 该句是考查mean 做解释动词意义时要保证前后形式一致这个知识点的。该题是解释“to employ”这个动词的，所以答案选A
变式3。 本题通过语境考查词义辨析，mean to do表示打算做，meant to do 常表示本打算做却没有做。
4. The Foreign Minister said,“ our hope that the two sides will work towards peace.”
A. This is B. There is
C. That is D. It is
变式1. _____is much hope that our team will win the game.
A. There B. It C. That D. This
变式2.Tom is clever and he works hard. _____is no wonder that he always wins the first prize.
A. There B. It C. That D. This
解析：4. 此题考查形式主语 it 的用法。it为形式,真正的主语为that引导的主语从句。答案：D
变式1. 该题意思是“我们球队有希望获胜”，据此可以知道该是there be 句型所以答案选A。 答案:A
变式2. 考查it is no wonder +that 从句这一句型，所以答案是B.
5. I don’t imagine Russ and his poor dog had a good time on the deserted island, _______
A．didn’t they B．do I C．did they D．don’t I
变式1. I guess it must have snowed last night ,
A. don’t I B. didn’t it C. mustn’t it D. hasn’t it
变式2. He said that Russ and his poor dog had a good time on the deserted island, _______
A．didn’t they B．didn’t he C．did they D．did he
解析：5. 当主句部分是表示第一人称的主观看法时，疑问部分中的动词和代词应和从句中的动词和主语保持一致，而不是和主句中的动词和主语保持一致。所以反意问句应该与Russ and his poor dog had a good time on the deserted island,保持一致，另外还要考虑到否定转移，所以答案为C.
变式1. 由上题的分析可以知道要与it must have snowed last night ,保持一致。Must在这里表示推测并且含有具体的过去时间状语所以答案为B.
变式2. 当陈述部分是主从复句时（主语是第一人称的例外），疑问部分中的动词和代词应和主句中的动词和主语保持一致，而不是和从句中的动词和主语保持一致。答案：B.
课后题：
1. The captain ____ an apology to the passengers for the delay caused by bad weather.
A. made B. said C. put D. passed
2. Be quiet! It's rude to ____ people when they are talking.
A. stop B. introduce C. prevent D. interrupt
3. Victor apologized for ______to inform me of the change in the plan.
A. his being not able B. him not to able
C. his not being able D. him to be not able
4、——How much vinegar did you put in the soup
——I’m sorry to say, ____. I forget.
A. no B. no one C. nothing D. none
5.One of the sides of the board should be painted yellow, and ____.
A. the other is white B. another white
C. the other white D. another is white
解析：
1.考查apologize及其名词的用法和搭配。make an apology的意思是“道歉”。答案：A
2. interrupt的意思是“打断；使中断”．后接指人或指物的各种名词。答案：D
3. 该题考查apologize to sb. for doing sth. 和动名词的逻辑主语两个知识点，另外还要注意not的位置（必须放在being前面）所以答案为C.
4. 本题考查不定代词的本意区别及其与语境综合运用。此处none指的是not any vinegar，也就是说，此处可以这样理解：I’m sorry to say that I didn’t put any vinegar in the soup, because I forgot it.答案：D
5. 选C 不能选A。white在句子中做主语的补语。"The other sides should be painted white." 这是完整的
句子。答案：CUnit 8 Sports
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语continent; tie; athlete; medal; torch; dive; shooting; competitor; further; prepare; effect; compete; weight; position; point; title; gesture; facial; in one’s opinion; with the help of; so far; make oneself heard; stand for; because of; would rather; take part; in preparation for; prefer…to…; have…effect on; by hand
2. 句型
I'd rather watch it than play it. would rather的用法
Every four years, athletes from all over the world take part in the Olympic Games. 表示“每隔……”的说法
To make it the best ever games, the capital city will make several big changes. 不定式做目的状语
It is true / certain...that... it作形式主语代替主语从句
Yao Ming has more than just size. more than 的用法
3. 语法：一般将来时的被动语态
(1)描述食物将受到某种影响或某种处理----使用将来时被动语态。
(2)描述人物将被动的接受某种行为或某种处理----使用将来时被动语态。
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握tie; medal; dive; competitor; further; prepare; effect; weight; position; point; gesture; in one’s opinion; with the help of; so far; make oneself heard; stand for; because of; would rather; take part; in preparation for; prefer…to…; have…effect on; by hand等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握“宁愿怎么样而不愿怎么样的”的用法；不定式作目的状语的用法；it作形式主语代替主语从句的用法以及more than 的用法
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1.What do the five Olympic rings stand for
stand for
① 代表;象征
The American flag stands for freedom and justice.
美国国旗代表自由及公平。
What do the letters UN stand for
字母UN代表什么
②主张;支持,拥护
We stand for self-reliance.
我们主张自力更生。
③容忍，忍受
I can’t stand for your speaking to your mum like that.
我不能容忍你用那样的方式和你母亲讲话。
stand by
袖手旁观
Don’t just stand by; can’t you lend a hand
别站在一旁观看，你不能帮一下忙吗？
相关归纳：
表示容忍的结构：(以下句子都可译为“我不能容忍你用那样的方式和你母亲讲话”)
stand ；②stand for； ③put up with；④won’t have sb. doing sth.；⑤bear
I can’t stand your speaking to your mum like that.
I can’t stand for your speaking to your mum like that.
I can’t put up with your speaking to your mum like that.
I won’t have you speaking to your mum like that.
I can’t bear your speaking to your mum like that.
注意：①stand ；②stand for； ③put up with；④won’t have sb. To do sth 后只可以接动名词但是bear 后可以接不定式也可以接动名词。
I can’t bear to be laughed at.= I can’t bear being laughed at.
我不能容忍被嘲笑。
2. How many times have the Olympic Games been stopped because of war
because of与 because的区别：
（1）because是连词，用来引导表语从句或状语从句。
She was worried because her daughter came home late.
由于她的女儿回家的比较晚她很担心
She looks worried. That is because her daughter hasn’t come home.
她看起来很担忧。那是因为她的女儿回家晚了。
（2）because of是介词，用于名词、代词、what从句或动名词前。
Her daughter came home late because of the busy traffic.
由于交通拥挤她的女儿回家晚了。
She was angry because of what you said.
她对你说的话很是生气。
Because of missing the last bus, we had to take a taxi.
由于错过了末班车我们不得不乘出租车。
My views of the world have changed because of traveling.
由于旅游我对世界的看法改变了。
3. I’d rather watch it than play it.
我宁愿看球而不愿意打球。
(1)总结“宁愿……而不愿”的 表达方法：
① would / had do sth rather than do sth宁愿……而不愿
I would rather stay at home than go for a walk.
我宁愿呆在家里也不出去散步。
She'd rather die than lose the children.
她宁愿死也不愿失去孩子们。
prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.
I prefer to stay at home rather than go for a walk.
我宁愿呆在家里也不出去散步。
prefer doing sth to doing sth
I prefer staying at home to going for a walk.
我宁愿呆在家里也不出去散步。
④would do sth rather than do sth
I would stay at home rather than go for a walk.
我宁愿呆在家里也不出去散步。
(2)would rather 的用法：
①would rather +do sth. 指现在或将来愿意做某事=would rather sb. did sth
Mr Li would rather not listen to rock music.
李先生不愿意听摇滚音乐。
If you’d rather be alone, we’ll all leave here.
如果你宁愿独自呆着，那我们都离开这儿。
John wants to see me today. I would rather he came to tomorrow than today.
约翰今天想去看我。我宁愿他明天来看我而不是今天。(句中came不是表示过去而是表示将来)
Don’t come tomorrow. I’d rather you came next weekend.
明天别来。我希望你下周末来。
②would rather +have done sth. 指现在或将来愿意做某事=would rather sb. had done sth.
I would rather have gone to the theatre than stayed home night.
= I would rather I had gone to the theatre than stayed home night.
我真希望昨天晚上去看了戏而不是呆在家里。
4. Every four years athletes from all over the world took part in the Olympic Games.
every与数词或few、other连用，表示时间或空间的间隔，一般形成以下结构：
（1）every+基数词+复数名词，意为“每……”；
（2）every+序数词+单数名词，意为“每第……”；
Every third year he will go on a holiday.
每三年他度一次假。
（3）every + other+单数可数名词，指“每隔……”；
Please write every other line.
请隔行写。
（4）every+ few+复数名词，译成“每隔几……
Every few days he will go shopping.
每隔几天他就会去购物。
5. Many of the sports were the same as they are now.
该句中as为连词，引导状语从句。
as 作为连词，可以引导5种从句。
(1).时间状语从句。
As time went by, it became colder and colder.
随着时间的流逝，天变得越来越冷。
(2).原因状语从句。
As he was taken a bad cold, he didn't go to school yesterday.
由于昨天他感冒了，他没有去上学。
(3).方式状语从句。
Do as I tell you to.
按照我告诉你的去做。
Do in Rome as the Romans do.
人乡随俗。
(4)..让步状语从句。注意要采用倒装句型，即把表语、状语、动词原形提前到as前面。当表语为a + n必须省a
Child as he is, he knows a lot.
尽管他是个小孩，他却知道很多。
Much as he tried , he can’t pass the exam.
尽管他尽力了，可是他还不能通过考试。
Try as he did , he can’t pass the exam.
尽管他尽力了，可是他还不能通过考试。
(5).比较状语从句。
It is not as hot in Beijing as in Wuhan
北京不及武汉热。
6.some of the games in which the young men competed were: running, jumping and wrestling.
compete 的用法
派生词：
competition n. 比赛，竞赛
He came first in the poetry competition.
他获诗歌比赛第一名。
We are in competition with several other companies for the contact.
我们与另几家公司角逐争取这项合同。
competitor n. 竞争者，比赛者
competitive adj. 比赛的，竞争的，不亚于或超过他人的
The firm has better products than its competitors.
这公司的产品比其对手的好。
Our firm is no longer competitive in world markets.
我们公司在世界市场上已不占优势。
知识梳理：
(1)compete in 参加 比赛
Twenty girls competed in the race.
二十位姑娘参加了赛跑。
(2)compete with/ against sb. for sth. 与…竞赛；竞争某事物
Several companies are competing against/with each other for the contract.
几家公司正为争取一项合同而相互竞争。
6. It means that every athlete should try to run faster, jump higher and throw further.
farther与further的区别：
farther与further都是形容词和副词far的比较级：
(1)farther一般只用于表示有形距离的“较远”、“更远”：
On the farther side of the street there was a large shop. 在街的那一边有一家大商店。
We can't go any farther without a rest. 我们不休息就不能再走了。
(2)farther既可表示有形距离的“较远”、“更远”；还可表示“更多的”；“另一些”；“进一步的”；“而且”；“此外”等等。
It's not safe to go any further. 再往远走，就不安全了。
Have you any further questions to ask 你们还有问题要问吗？
We intend to stay for a further two months. 我们打算再停留两个月。
If you need further information, I suggest you go to the library.
如果你需要进一步的资料，我建议你去图书馆查查。
The school will be closed until further notice. 学校将关闭，开学时间另行通知。
We'll enquire further into this question tomorrow. 明天我们将进一步调查这个问题。
He said that he could not find it and further that nobody would ever find it.
他说他找不到它，而且还说谁也找不到它。
7. In Sydney the Chinese team got 28 gold medals, ranking third of all the competing countries.
在悉尼奥运会上。中国队共获28枚金牌，在所有的参赛国中，金牌总数名列第三。
(1)该句中的ranking为v-ing形式作状语表示结果,表示自然而然的结果。
Football is played in over 100 countries, making it the most popular game.
足球现在在100多个国家被踢，这使足球成为最受欢迎的运动。
The crocodile can eat a man in a few minutes, leaving only bones.
鳄鱼能在几分钟之内把一个人吃掉，结果只剩下骨头。
(2)rank的用法：
①等级;地位,身份社会阶层;军阶,军衔;高地位,高身份
They served everyone regardless of social rank.
他们为所有人服务而不计较其社会地位。
He was promoted to the rank of captain.
他被提升到上尉军阶。
②把...分等;把...评级
She ranked her students according to their grades.
她按成绩排列学生的名次。
③列为(指名次或等级)
They ranked high in their class.
他们是班上的优等生。
8.To make it the best ever Games, the capital city will make several big changes.
ever 的用法：
(1)(多用于疑问句、否定句和表示条件和比较的附属从句)在任何时候;从来;至今
If you ever see George, give him my kind regards.
如果你见到乔治,请代我向他致以亲切的问候。
She was happier than she had ever been.
她比以前任何时候都更高兴。
He is one of the very best men I have ever met.
他是我遇见的最好的人之一。
No such person ever existed.
这样的人从来没有存在过。
Have you ever been to London
你到过伦敦吗
(2)永远,始终;总是
He is ever ready to help you.
他总是乐意帮助你的。
(3) (用于疑问副词或代词之后,加强语气)究竟,到底
Who ever can it be
那究竟会是谁呢
What ever put that idea in your head
到底是什么使你想出那个主意的
9. The people of Beijing will be preparing to light the Olympic torch……
prepare 的用法：
派生词:
preparation n. 准备，预备 prepared adj. 准备好的．精制的
相关归纳：
(1) prepare (sth.) for.../ to do sth. 为……作准备(强调动作)
The whole class is working hard preparing for the exam.
全班都在用功准备考试。
(2)prepare sb. / oneself for... / to do sth. 使某人／自己准备好……
The college prepares students for a career in business.
这个学院是培养商务人才的。
The police are preparing themselves for trouble at the demonstration.
警察正在准备防范示威时可能出现的骚乱。
(3) be prepared for...准备好……(强调状态)
I was not prepared for all the problems it caused.
我对这事引起的诸多麻烦毫无准备。
(4)be prepared to do sth.(有能力并且)愿意做
We are not prepared to accept these conditions.
我们无意接受这些条件。
He is always prepared to help others.
他总是乐意帮助别人。
(5) in preparation for 作为……的准备
I has been training hard in preparation for the coming exam.
我一直在努力训练为即将到来的考试做准备。
(6) make preparations for 为……作准备
The students are making preparations for the coming exam.
学生正在为即将到来的考试做准备
(7)prepare sb. sth. 为某人准备……
The host and the hostess prepared us a delicious meal.
主人为我们准备了美味佳肴。
注意：
prepare sth. 宾语必须是动作的直接承受者。
prepare the lesson / a speech / a meal。（备课；写演讲稿；做饭）
prepare for sth..中for的宾语是表示准备的目的。
prepare for the exam / an operation / a trip。（为考试、手术、旅游做准备）
10. Yao Ming scored 32.4 points per gane.
point的用法：
知识梳理：
(1)观点，见解，论点；
From my point of view you are right .
以我的观点看你是对的。
She made several interesting points in the article.
在这篇文章中她提出了几个重要的观点。
(2)要点，重点 核心问题；前要加the
The point is that you should not wait so long to see a doctor.
关键是你不应该等那么长的时间去看医生。
I think I missed the point .
我认为我没能理解重点。
I will come straight to the point ; we need more money.
直说主题吧，我需要些钱。
(3)目的, 意义；
I don’t see the point of doing it all again.
我看不出再次做这件事的意义。
(4)时刻；关头；瞬间；阶段；
At this point I don’t care what you decoded to do.
在这个时候我不介意你决定做什么。
I think you have come to the point where you must make a change .
我认为你达到了这样的阶段：你必须做出改变。
(5)得分；lose the game by a point 以一分只差输掉了比赛
(6)小数点
相关归纳：
(1)to the point简明恰当；简洁中肯
The letter was short and to the point.
这封信简明扼要。
(2)to the point of (doing) sth.达到某种程度；近乎
He was rude to the point of being aggressive.
他粗鲁到蛮不讲理的程度。
(3)to a point在某种程度上=in a way =to an extent=in a sense
I agree with you up to a point. 我某种程度上同意你的说法。
(4)there be no point ( in ) doing sth.
He won’t come ; there be no point ( in )waiting on.
他不会来的，再等下去是毫无必要的。
(5). on the point of doing sth. when 从句=be about to do sth. when从句
We were on the point of setting out when the telephone rang.
我们正要出发这时电话响了。
(6). point out指（给某人）看；（向某人）指出
Please point out the mistakes in my composition, if any.
如果有的话，请指出我作文的错误。
(7).point (sth.) at sb./ sth.
He pointed the gun at her head.
他把枪对着我的头。
(8).point to 暗示，预示
All the signs point to a successful year ahead.
所有这些暗示明年是个丰收年。
11.Work together and write down some of the effects.
effect的用法
派生词:
effective adj. 有效的．被实施的，实际的．现行的 efficient adj. 效率高的
相关归纳：
(1) be of no effect 无效，没有作用; 不中用
(2) bring / carry / put into effect实行，实施，使生效，实现
(3) come / go into effect 开始生效，开始实施
(4) have (an) effect on / upon 对……有影响；对……起作用，产生效果
This had a great effect upon the future of both mother and son.
这对母子俩的将来影响很大。
(5) take effect 见效，生效；开始发生作用
(6) in effect 实际上；(规律，法律等)生效，有效，在实行中
11 Yao Ming weighs 134 kg .
weigh的用法：
派生词: weight n. 重量 weighty adj. 严重的，重要的；沉重的 weightless adj. 无重量的
知识梳理：
(1) 称重；重量是
—How much do you weigh
你体重多少？
—I weigh about 60 kilos.
大约60千克。
(2) 权衡，考虑
Weigh your words before you say.
说话之前要权衡你的措词。
相关归纳:
(1)by weight 按重量
Eggs are sold by weight.
鸡蛋按重量出售。
(2)in weight 在重量方面
He is as much as 60 kilos in weight
他重达60千克。
(3)lose weight 减轻体重
She is trying to lose weight.
她正在设法减肥。
(4)putting on/gaining weight 增加体重
He is putting on/gaining weight since he gave up drinking.
他戒酒后体重增加了。
（5）watch my weight 提防体重
No more for me, I have to watch my weight.
我不再吃了，我得控制体重。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：more than, more…than
(1) more than主要有以下用法：
① 后接名词，表示超出该名词之所指，意为“不只是，不止”。
China Daily is more than a newspaper.
中国日报不仅仅是一种报纸。
② 后接形容词或动词，用来加强语气，“很；非常”。
I am more than glad to meet you.
见到你我相当高兴。
③ 后接副词，加强语气，表“十分”，“不止”之意。
He was dressed more than simply.
他穿的岂止是朴素，简直近乎破烂了。
④ 后接含有情态动词 can的从句，其本意是“超过”，常用来表示否定意义，可译为：“简直不”，“远非”。
The beauty of this city is more than words can describe.
这城市之美是无法用语言描述的。
⑤ 后接数词，表示超出该数，意思是“多于；大于”。
The factory turns out more than one hundred cars daily.
该厂日产汽车一百多辆。
(2) more...than 结构中间常插入形容词或副词，表示以下两种含义：
① 表示普通的比较级，指两种不同的事物(人)在同一属性上的比较。
This coat is more expensive than that one.
② 表示“与其说是……不如说是……”，指对同一事物的两种属性进行选择。
She is more diligent than wise.
与其说她聪明，不如说她勤奋。
It was more the way he said it than what he said that made her sad.
造成她不愉快的原因，与其说是他所说的话，倒不如说是他的说话方式。
易混易错点1：will be doing sth. 将来进行时的用法：
概念:：将来进行时用来表示在将来的某一个时间正在进行的动作和按计划,安排,决定预料将要发生的事。 常用的时间状语: soon, tomorrow, this evening, on Sunday, by this time, tomorrow, in two days, tomorrow evening等。
This time next week we shall be working in that factory.
下个星期的这时候,我们将在那个工厂劳动.
We'll be having a meeting at three o'clock tomorrow afternoon.
明天下午三点,我们将正在开会.
The students will be watching TV at seven this evening.
今天晚上七点,学生们将正在看电视.
I will be studying in the university next year.
明年我将在大学学习。
易混易错点2：join in, take part in, attend, join，enter for
(1) take part in + activities / work, discussion / research等。
take part in 强调参与性，特别是有众多人参加的活动，含在活动中起一定作用，负有责任之意。
Millions of workers took part in (=joined in) the strike / revolutionary movement / fighting．
数以百万计的工人参加了罢工／革命运动／斗争。
He took an active part in (joined actively in) international academic exchanges.
他积极参加国际学术交流活动。
We'll take part in social activities during summer vacation.
这个暑假我们将参加社会活动。
(2) join可表示参加一个组织或成为其中一员或与人为伴，和某人一起做某事，而take part in则不这样用。
He joined the army / League / Part / club / students’ union.
他参军／入团／入党／参加俱乐部／学生会。
Please join us / my family / Mary. 和我们／家人／玛丽作伴。
(3)join in + sth. (相当于take part in) 或 join sb. in + sth./doing sth. 指和他人一起参加活动、比赛等。
I didn't join them in writing that book.
我没有参编那本书。
All of us joined in the English speech competition.
我们都参加了英语演讲比赛。
(4) attend v.“参加”是正式用语，指出席会议，参加婚礼，典礼等，又可指上学，上课，听报告。
He was invited to attend Mary's wedding ceremony.
他被邀请参加玛丽的婚礼。
(5) enter for指报名参加某项比赛
How many people entered for the competition 有多少人报名参加比赛？
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1.Deciding on the amount of water that will be used in any particular period requires careful planning, so that people can manage and use water more ____.
A. effectively B. easily C. conveniently D. actively
变式1.Can you imagine the effect the parents may have _____ their child
A. in B. on C. of D .to
变式2. Only those are ______ in their work won’t be laid off.
A. effectively B. of effect D .efficient D. effective
解析:1.effectively是effect的副词形式．意思是“有效地” . 答案:A
变式1.“ the parents may have _____ their child”是定语从句，省略的关系代词做了have的宾语，也就是说定语从句中有一个固定短语“have an effect on ”所以答案选B
变式2.该句意思是“只有那些在工作中效率高的人才不会被解雇。”“efficient”是高效的；“effective”是有效地。所以答案选C
2. ---Can the project be finished as planned
---Sure, _____ it completed in time, we’ll work two more days a day.
A. having got B. to get C. getting D. get
变式1. He wrote me a letter, ______ me to dinner.
A. to invite B. inviting C. to be invited D. having invited
变式2. To master a foreign, _________.
A. one needs much practice B. much practice is needed
C. it important to practice more D .needing much practice
变式3. Helen had to shout ______ above the sound of the music.
A. making herself hear B. to make herself hear
C. making herself heard D. to make herself heard
解析2. to get it completed in time表示目的状语.答案: B
变式1. 不定式做目的状语如果位于句末时，不定式前一定不能加“，”我们可以把这道题理解为现在分词作状语表示伴随的用法，也就是说写信的动作和邀请的动作同时发生。所以答案选B
变式2. 不定式做状语时他的逻辑主语必须和句子主语保持一致，所以答案为A
变式3. 根据句意和结构判断，句子后部分是表达大声喊的目的，一般用不定式表达，故排除A、C两项。hear与宾语herself有逻辑上的被动关系，故选D项。答案：D
3. I love you _____ I can say. And I will do everything for you.
A .more than B. less than C. other than D. better than
变式1. China Daily is _____ a newspaper, it can help us improve our English.
A .more than B. less than C. other than D. better than
变式2. Lizzie was ______ to see her friend off at the airport.
A. a little more than sad B. more than a little sad
C. sad more than a little D. a little more sad than
变式3. —Do you need any help, Lucy
—Yes, The job is I could do myself.
A. less than B. more than
C. no more than D. not more than
解析：3. 由句意可知是表达“我对你的爱超出了我能用语言表达的”这一意思。考查“more than”做“超出”这一层意思，所以答案选A
变式1. 英文版中国日报不仅仅是一种报纸，它还能提高我们的英文水平。所以选答案A项。
变式2. more than修饰形容词、名词或动词时，通常放在被修饰的词之前，故排除A、C、D三项。more than用于修饰形容词、名词或动词时，要看作习语，意思是“不仅、很、非常”。全句意思是：“Lizzie在机场为朋友送行时，非常难过。”答案：B
变式3 解析：more than 远远超出。答案：B
4. -- Shall me go skating or stay at home
-- Which ____ do yourself
A. do you rather B. would you rather
C. will you rather D. should you rather
变式1. To enjoy the scenery, Irene would rather spend long hours on the train ______ travel by air.
A. as B. to C. than D. while
变式2.—Do you mind if we set out earlier tomorrow morning
—Well, I’d rather you____.
A. don’t B. didn’t C. won’t D. wouldn’t
解析：4. would rather是固定搭配。选B
变式1. 本题考查习惯搭配would rather do...than do ...。选C
变式2.解答该题的关键是要注意would rather后从句中虚拟结构的使用。would rather后的从句，如果从句的谓语动词表示与现在或将来事实相反，常用一般过去时，如果与过去事实相反，用过去完成时。该题根据上下文语境可以知道，选项部分的动作是与将来事实相反，故用一般过去时。B。
5. We should ____ the advantages and disadvantages before making a decision.
A. balance B. weigh C. measure D. compare
变式1. The eggs are sold by____ pound and the meat is sold by _____ weight.
A. the ; ∕ B. the; ∕ C. a the D. the a
解析：该题考查weigh做动词“权衡；比较”的用法。答案：B
变式1. by the pound 按磅出售；by weight 按重量出售。答案：B
课后题：
1. These planes are watered_______.
A. each other day B. every other day
C. each of two days D. every of two days
2.Oh, the bag! Thank you very much, sir. This is the same bag I lost the other day.
A. as B. which C. like D. that
3.The discussion, filled with arguments, lasted two days, _______ no conclusion.
A. reached B. would reach C. to reach D. reaching
4.____ the day went on, the weather got worse.
A. With B. Since C. While D. As
解析:
1. 每隔一天可以说:every second/other day 或every two days答案: B
2.the same as 表示相似 the same that 表示同一个。根据前面的Oh, the bag!可判断正是自己丢失的那个，因此选择that.答案: D
3该题考查现在分词做状语表示结果的用法。答案: D
4. 句子的意思是“随着岁月的推移，天气越来越糟”。应该选as引导时间状语从句。答案: D
课后练习题
A组：
1.When I was driving to the Crossing Road ,a policeman _____me to stop and I realized what would happen.
A. made B. gestured C. caused D. shouted
2. I’m busy now. I’m sorry I can’t help _____ the flowers.
A. watering B. watered
C. waters D. to water
3.Hundreds of jobs ______if he factory closes.
A. lose B. will be lose C. are lost D. will lose
4.—When did Yao Ming turn _______basketball player
----It was in 2002.
great Chinese
Chinese great
A great Chinese
A Chinese great
5.A new cinema _______here. They hope to start the project next month.
A. will be built
B. is built
C. has been built
D. is being built
6.Before you leave the lab, the doors and windows _______shut in case of rain.
A. is B. are .C. is to be .D. are to be.
7.The meeting ________next week in Guangzhou will deal with the terrible disease.
A. held. B. being held. C. to be held. D. holding
8Nuclear science should be developed to benefit the people ______harm them.
more than B. other than C. rather than D. better than
9.This kind of cloth _______soft enough.
hasn’t felt
doesn’t feel
isn’t feeling
isn’t felt
10. We thought of selling this old furniture, but we've decided to ____ it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after
解析：
1.gesture sb. to do sth.给某人做手势让某人去做什么。答案：B
2.此题中的can’t help并不是表示“情不自禁做某事”的意思，根据上文可知其意为“不能帮助做某事”，其结构为can’t help (to) do。答案：B
3.工作与失去之间是被动关系，并且是指将来，所以应该用一般将来时的被动形式。答案：B
4.turn做系动词时后面的名次前不加冠词。答案：A
5.根据整体意思是指“一个电影院现在正在被建”应用现在进行时的被动式。答案：D
6.“ Before you leave the lab”是从句用一般现在时代替一般将来时，“the doors and windows _______shut in case of rain.”是主句肯定要用一般将来时这一时态，又由于表被动所以答案为D
7.考查非谓语形式做定语这一用法。会议与举行是被动关系并且是将要发生的动作所以答案为C
8.rather than 而不是。答案：C
9.feel为系动词没有被动语态，并且只用于一般时态。答案：B
10.解析:：hold on to意思是“保存．不丢弃。答案:A
单词拼写：
He sharpened his knife in (准备) for carving the meat
20 （运动员）from Japan won two gold medals in the Olympics
We can （对抗）with the best teams
Zhang Ziyi is a _____ （超级明星）, as is known to us all.
I must lose ____ （体重）.because I am too fat.
答案： 1. preparation 2. athlete 3. compete 4. superstar 5. weight
B组：
汉译英
1.暴乱中有六人死亡，包括一名警察。
2.全班都在用功准备考试。
3.香蕉按重量出售。
4.他戒烟后体重增加了。
5.他指出单独驾车的危险。
6.一个人应该始终以事实为依据发表自己的观点。
7.依我看，你没有做错任何事。
8.每隔几分钟他都停下来回头看看。
9.他们努力去赢得奖牌。
10.何不去图书馆借几本书看看
答案：
1.Six people were killed in the riot, including a policeman.
2.The whole class is working hard preparing for the exam.
3.Bananas are sold by weight.
4.He is putting on/gaining weight since he gave up smoking.
5.He pointed out the dangers of driving alone.
6.One should always base his opinion on facts.
7.As far as I can see, you have done nothing wrong.
8.He stopped and turned round every few minutes.
9They do their best to win medals.
10.Why not go to the library to borrow some books
单句改错
We often write an English composition every the other week.
Sport can keep us healthy.
Would you like to join us for the game.
How many incidents did he enter for in the Olympics
The medicine has little affect on him.
答案：1. the 去掉 2. healthy改为health 3. for 改为 in
4. incidents 改为 events 5. affect 改为 effectUnit 14 Festivals
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语sleepy; brain; steam; theme; parade; fighting; conflict; argument; major; probably; honor; ancestor; principle; nation; purpose; creativity; faith; commercial; joy; light; similar; generation; salute; kiss; cheek; nod; celebration; respect; gift; cycle; fool; invitation; dress up; in one’s opinion; give thanks to; play a trick on sb; take in; cut… into pieces; lead a…life
句型
Each time we celebrate a festival it change a little. 名词引导时间状语从句的用法
It is not a sad day, but rather a time to celebrate the cycle of life. not A but B的用法
Not all of them are bad for us. 部分否定的用法
There seems to be no other choice. There be 句型的用法
语法：情态动词（Ⅱ）must/have to/have got to
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握sleepy; brain; theme; fighting; conflict; major; probably; honor; principle; nation; purpose; faith; light; similar; salute; kiss; cheek; celebration; respect; gift; fool; invitation; dress up; in one’s opinion; give thanks to; play a trick on sb; take in; cut… into pieces; lead a…life 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握部分否定的用法；情态动词must/have to/have got to的用法；
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. On this day no fighting or conflicts are allowed.
(1)conflict 的用法
①冲突,抵触,不一致,分歧
This is an irreconcilable conflict.
这是一个不可调和的矛盾。
②斗争,争执,战斗
Armed conflict is likely to break out between the two countries.
这两国间有可能发生武装冲突。
(2)fight 的重要短语
fight against; fight for; fight with
① fight against意为“为反对……而战、与……作斗争”,against 后面接的是反对的对象，
They are fighting against their enemy.他们在与敌人作战。
Political leaders fought against slavery.政治领导们为了反对奴隶制度而斗争。
②fight for 意为“为争取……而斗争、因为……而打架”。如：
Two dogs fight for a bone, and a third runs away with it.两只狗为抢一块骨头而打架，另一只狗把骨头叼走了。
③fight with意为“同……（一起并肩）作战、与……作战”，它含有两重意思，试比较：
They fought with the Italian in the last war.他们在最后的这次战争中是与意大利人作战。
They fought with the Italian against France in that war.在那次战争中，他们和意大利联合作战反对法国。
2. In my opinion, we should ……
in my opinion= in the opinion of sb. 依据某人的观点看
“依据某人的观点看”或“我认为”的英语表达方法：
As I see it, nothing is more important than health.
From my point of view, chatting online is a waste of time.
我个人认为，上网聊天是浪费时间。
From where I stand, quality is more important than quality.
从我的角度而言，质量比数量更重要。
As far as I’m concerned, learning English is a piece of cake.
就我看… 小菜一碟。
It seems to me that buying lottery tickets is a waste of money.
在我看来买彩票是浪费钱。
I accept the idea that College English Test should be cancelled.
我认为应该取消大学英语过级考试。
We hold（the opinion）that no country should interfere in the affairs of other countries.
我们认为任何国家都不应干涉别国的内政．
3. Kwanzaa is a seven day festival celebrating the culture and history of African Americans.
(1)celebrate 的用法:
vt. 庆祝; 赞扬
We held a party to celebrate our success.
我们举行宴会庆祝我们的成功。
The heroes of combating the flood are worthy to be celebrated greatly.
抗洪英雄们值得大加称颂。
celebration n. 庆祝
The party was in celebration of Mother's silver wedding.
聚会是为庆祝母亲的银婚。
We invited most of our friends and relatives for a party in celebration of my son’s enrollment by Beijing University last weekend.
上周末我们邀请大多数亲朋好友，参加了为庆祝儿子被北京大学录取举行的宴会。
注意 ：celebrate congratulate
celebrate和congratulate
(1)celebrate ＂庆祝＂宾语一定不能是人．如：celebrate a victory, 名词是 celebration. in celebration of , hold a celebration
(2) congratulate "祝贺＂宾语必须是人，其用法是congratulate sb. on/upon sth.；congratulate oneself on 庆幸， 感到幸运。名词常用复数形式congratulations.
I congratulate you on your great discovery.
我祝贺你的伟大发现。
I want to congratulate you with all my heart.
我衷心地祝贺你。
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.
他庆幸自己在空难中幸免于死。
4. Kwanzaa was born in 1966, when people created a new festival so that African Americans would be able celebrate their history and culture.
(1) so that 可引导目的状语从句，意思是“以便，为了” ，so that 引导的目的状语从句中常有情态动词can, could, may, might等。相当于in order that.
He turned up the radio so that everyone could hear the news.
他把收音机音量开大一点，以便大家都能听见新闻。
Bob turned off the alarm so that he could sleep late in the morning.
鲍勃关掉闹钟以便早上能睡懒觉。
(2)so that 还可引导结果状语从句，主从句之间常用逗号隔开。
The teacher raised his voice, so that all the students heard him clearly.
老师提高了声音，结果所有的学生都听得很清楚。
(比较)The teacher raised his voice so that all the students could hear him clearly.
老师提高声音以便所有学生能够听得清楚。
注意(1)so as to/in order to表示目的，后接动词原形。
He studied even harder to/in order to/so as to make up for the missing lesson.
他学习更加努力以便补上落下的课。
(2)so that 与 such that 之间的转换（转换的前提是such后的名词必须是单数可数名词）
so + adj. + a/an + 单数名词+ that
such + a/an + adj. + 单数名词+ that
It is such an interesting book that everyone wants to read it.
= It is so interesting a book that everyone wants to read it.
这是如此有趣的一本书，每个人都想读它。
(3)such that 可以直接引导结果状语从句，这时such that=so +adj that 从句
His progress was such that we all admired him very much.
= His progress was so great that we all admired him very much.
他的进步如此之大以致我们都很羡慕他。
(4) so that 与 such that引导的结果状语从句与定语从句的对比
He is such a good teacher that we all like him.
= He is such a good teacher as we all like.
(5) so +adj./adv. 位于句首时要采用部分倒装语序。
Such a good teacher is he that we all like him.
So fast did he ran that we add could keep up with.
5.purpose：n.
知识梳理：
（1）目的（可数名词）；For what purpose did you go to Africa
answer/serve one’s purpose符合需要；carry out a purpose实现目标
（2）用途，效果（不可数名词）
What’s the main purpose of this building 这栋建筑物的主要用途是什么？
相关归纳：
（1）on purpose（故意）的反义词为by chance或by accident=accidentally “偶然”。
(2 ) for/with the purpose of doing sth
He hunted for a higher paid job for/with the purpose of raising his family.
为了养家他找了一个薪水更高的工作。
6.We should learn to respect life and nature.
respect的用法
知识梳理：
vt.尊敬；尊重；考虑；重视
He is highly respected by everyone for his integrity.
他因其清廉而深受大家的尊敬。
I respected their moral standards.
我尊重他们的道德标准。
n. 作名词时常为不可数名词，复数respects的意思是问候，问好，相当于regards, whishes。另外还可以做“方面”可数名词，这时等于way; aspect.
Children should show respect for their teachers. 孩子应该尊敬老师。
He has no respect for the feelings of others.
My mother sends her respects to you.我母亲向你问好。
As to the three respects/aspects/ways of the problem, I have no comments to make.
对于这个问题的三个方面，我无话可言
相关归纳：
pay respect to考虑；并重；
with respect to关于;
without respect to不管；不考虑;
in respect of涉及，关于，在……方面；
as respects就……而言，关于
7．People give sugar skeletons to each other as fifts.
gift 的用法
知识梳理：
（1）礼物（同义词:present），捐赠；
He made a gift of $10,000 to his old high school.他给他的高中母校捐赠了10,000美元。
（2）天才，天赋= talent
He is a boy of many gifts /talents . 他是一个多才多艺的孩子。
(3) 赋予gift sb. with sth.
He was gifted with a good voice.
他天生一个好嗓子。
相关归纳：
(1)have a gift for sth. 有某个方面的= have a talent for sth.
He has a gift for music. 他有音乐天赋。
(2) gifted为形容词，“有天赋的，有天资的”= talented
a gifted/ talented musician一位有天赋的音乐家。
8.Each time we celebrate a festival it change a little.
each time相当于连接副词的作用，引导时间状语从句。表示动作的习惯性、经常性，即从句描述的不是一次性动作，而是经常发生的习惯性动作。each time = every time
Each time / Every time I meet him, he always carries a book.
与each time一样能引导时间状语从句的结构有：the first time, next time, the last time, the moment
the minute, the instant.
The last time I saw the boy, he was reading by the riverside.
我最后一次看到那个男孩时，他正在河边读书。
The moment / The minute/ The instant you see him, please tell him the exciting news.
你一见到他，请告诉他这个激动人心的消息。
The first time I saw her, I fell love with her.
9. break 短语
（1）break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发
A big fire broke out in the city last week.
(2)break away （from sb/sth ） 脱离；摆脱
A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train.
The people of the province wished to break away and form a new country.
(3)break up
① (会议等) 结束 The meeting broke up at five.
②学校放假 When do you break up for Christmas
③break up既可指分解零件，又可指把一种物质分解成碎片或分离出某种物质（如从空气中分离氧气、从金子和沙子的混合物分解出金子等）。
④break up(with sb) （与某人）绝交，断绝关系；（婚姻）破裂
She has just broken up with her boyfriend.
(4)break in 破门而入；打断,插话（注意：该短语为不及物动词不能接宾语）
He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about.
(5)break down
①坏掉，出毛病
Her fridge has broken down for a long time.
② (指计划；身体；政府等）崩溃，瓦解，垮掉
If you continue working like this , you will break down in time.
At the bad news, she broke down.
③破坏
④分解
It is natural that after many years rocks are broken down into dirt.
(6)break off 打断；结束；暂停
They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room.
(7)break into闯入；侵入（注意：该短语为及物动词必须接宾语）
Thieves broke into my house when I was out.
10.. People celebrate Mardi Gras by dressing up and watching parades.
dress 的用法：
知识梳理：
(1) vt.
①. 给……穿衣服。表穿的动作，用于dress sb. / oneself 结构
She hurriedly dressed her son and took him to the kindergarten.
她匆匆忙忙地给她儿子穿好衣服，然后带他到幼儿园。
②.用过去分词作表语，表示穿着的状况。
The man is poorly dressed．那人衣衫褴褛。
(2) vi
. ①. 穿衣；穿(夜)礼服，后面常接副词或表示目的、场合的介词短语。
Few people dress for dinner now.现在很少有人穿礼服赴宴了。
They all dressed well (badly).他们都穿得不错(不好)。
(3) n. 女服；礼服；服装
dress 作“女服”、“礼服”解时是可数名词，作“服装”讲时，是不可数名词。
At the palace ball, all the women wore their smartest dresses.
相关归纳：
(1)be / get dressed in 表示穿着……的衣服，后面接表示衣服或者颜色的词。
The two foreign students were both dressed in Chinese style clothes.
那两个外国学生都穿着中式衣服。
(2)dress up 穿上盛装，乔装打扮(指欧美人在化装舞会或演戏时穿的特殊服装)。
Don't bother to dress e as you are.
用不着讲究穿衣服，就穿平常的衣服来吧。
注意：wear；have on；put on；dress；（be）in＋颜色（服装、眼镜等）
(1) wear主要用于穿衣服、戴眼镜（手套、首饰、帽）等，以强调“穿（戴）着”的状态。Mr Wu always wears a blue coat in winter． 吴老师冬天总是穿着一件蓝色大衣。
(2)have on作“穿（戴）着”解，同wear一样，也表状态，但不用于进行时态。
Xiao Wang has on a white shirt today．（＝Xiao Wang is wearing a white shirt today．）
小王今天穿着一件白衬衫。
(3) put on着重强调“穿（戴）上”的动作.
I like to put on my hat when I go out in winter． 冬天，我喜欢外出时戴上帽子。
(4)dress既可作及物动词，又可作不及物动词，所接宾语是人而不是衣、帽等物。
(5)（be）in＋颜色或服装、眼镜等”也表示“穿着”的状态，在句中作表语或定语。
He is in uniform today． 他今天穿着制服。
11.It is not a sad day, but rather a time to celebrate the cycle of life.
它不是一个伤心的口子，而是一个庆祝生命循环的时刻。
not…but 意为“不是……而是”，not 所连接的成分和 but 所连接的成分要对等，即名词对名词，动词对动词，介词短语对介词短语。
I don’t come here to play but to study. 我来这里不是为了玩而是为了学习。
You should pay attention not to what they say but to what they do.
你不应该注意他们说什么，而应该注意他们做什么。
注意：
(1)当not...but连接两个主语时，其谓语动词的数要与第二个主语保持一致，也就是就近原则。
Not you but I am to blame. 不是你而是我要受责备。
(2)表示“不是因为……而是因为……”要用“not that……but that……”不能用 “not because……but because……”
I didn’t go to the cinema yesterday; not that I had no money , but that I had no time.
12. There seems to be no other choice. 似乎没有其它的选择。
There be句型的用法
(1) 在 There be 的句型中，可用其他的动词。如：There used to be曾经有... / happen to be 碰巧有……There seem / appear to be 似乎有……
There happened to be a traffic jam, so I was twenty minutes late this morning.
今天早晨碰巧有一起交通堵塞，因而我迟到了20分钟。
There seems to be raining, for there is black cloud in the sky．
天似乎要下雨了，因为天上有乌云。
(2) There be 结构中的主谓一致.要采用就近一致的原则。
There is an ashtray and two bottles on the shelf.
架子上有一只烟灰缸和两个瓶子。
(3) There be 结构的非谓语动词形式
There be 结构的非谓语动词形式是there to be 和there being 两种形式。在句中作主语、宾语和状语。
① there being 结构起名词的作用，直接位于句首作主语。
There being a bus stop near my house is a great advantage.
我家旁边有个公共汽车站，很是方便。
② there be 结构作宾语时，通常用there to be ，常作这样一些词的宾语：expect，like, mean, intend, want, prefer, hate等。
I expect there to be no argument about this.
我期望关于这件事不要再争吵了。
I should prefer there to be no discussion of my private affairs.
我宁愿不要讨论我的私事。
People don’t want there to be another war.
人们不希望再有战争了。
注意：
作介词宾语时，如果是介词for，只能用“there to be”其它介词用“there being”
The teacher was waiting for there to be complete silence.
老师在等着大家都安静下来。
I never dreamed of there being any good chance for me.
我做梦也没想到我会有好机会。
③ 作状语的there be 形式，通常用“there being”结构。
There being nothing else to do ,we went home.
因为没有其他事可做，我们就回家了。
They closed the door ,there being no customers.
因为没有顾客，他们的店关门了。
13.send 的用法以及短语
send sb. to do sth. 派遣或打发某人做某事
send sb./sth. doing sth. 外力使某人或某物突然，急剧，或迅速地移动
The earthquake sent the plates on the desk falling to the ground.
send away：送走; 解雇
He sent his son away to school in Germany.他把儿子送到德国念书。
He was sent away because he was not strict in his work.
(4)send out分发；发出；派出；长出
The sun sends out light and warmth.
The trees send out new leaves in spring.
（5）send off为某人送行=see sb. off
Many of his friends went to the airport to send him off.
（6）send up发射；使上升
The good news sent prices up on the market.这个好消息使物价上涨了。
（7）send for派人去叫某人；派人去拿某物
Please keep these things until I send for them.请替我保存这些东西，等我派人来取。
14. must/have to/have got to
(1)must的用法
①表示主观的义务和必要, 主要用于肯定句和疑问句, 意思为 “必须……，得……，要……”；由must引起的疑问句，肯定回答要用must或have to, 否定回答要用needn’t或don’t have to, 意思是“不必”；must的否定形式mustn’t表示禁止，意思是“不能，不许”。
We must find a good method to learn computer well.
我们必须找一个学好电脑的方法。
—Must I finish the task right now
我现在必须完成这个工作吗？
—Yes, you must. / Yes, you have to. 是的。
(—No, you needn’t. / No, you don’t have to. 不，不必。)
You mustn’t come here without permission. 未经允许，你不能来这儿。
②表示肯定的猜测，常用于肯定句中，意思为 “一定是, 必然……”。
Your sister must be a doctor in this hospital. （现在的猜测）
你姐姐一定是这家医院的医生。
He must be reading newspapers in the reading room now.
他此刻一定正在阅览室读报。
It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.
昨晚一定下雨了，因为地面上是湿的。
(2)have to / have got to 的用法
①must表示一种主观的需要，而have to 表示一种客观的需要，意思是“不得不”。
I have to attend an important meeting this afternoon.
今天下午我不得不参加一个重要的会议。
Mother is out, so I have to look after the shop.
妈妈不在家，因此我不得不照看商店。
②have to 的否定形式是don’t have to, 相当于needn’t。
They don’t have to buy a computer at present.
他们目前没有必要买电脑。
③have to 与have got to 常可以互换。
15. If a person is taken in, he or she is called “ April fool”
take in
(1) 欺骗，轻信
One wise person should never be taken in by only a few of his sweet words.
作为一个精明人，不应该被他仅有的几句甜言蜜语所欺骗。
You will seldom be taken in if you know their behavior well in advance.
假如对他们的行为了如指掌，你就不会上当受骗。
(2)接受，容纳
When did this hotel schedule to take in guests 这家旅馆什么时候开始接待客人？
Do you take in travelers for only the night 你们只接待夜间住宿的客人吗？
(3)承揽（多指在家里或店里等活儿的行为）
We may make big money if we can take in as many clothes to be washed as the equipment can deal with.如果能够接到足够机器洗涤的衣服，我们也能赚大钱。
(4) 订购，订阅
Which magazine do you want to take in this year 今年你想订阅什么杂志呢？
Can we take in China Daily by half a year 我们能订半年的中国日报吗？
(5) 理解，领会
To read an article is one thing, and to take in fully is another.
阅读文章是一回事，充分理解又是另一回事。
They all came to my lecture yesterday, but I don’t know how much they took in.
昨天他们都来听课了，但理解了多少我就不知道了。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：同源宾语用法
一般来讲，不及物动词不能带宾语。但英语中有些不及物动词可带上与该动词同根的名词作宾语，语法上称作“同源宾语”。可带同源宾语的动词常用的有：
live, smile, dream, die, breathe, laugh, sleep, sing, fight, run等。
(1)live a happy/hard/simple/quiet/miserable life过着幸福/苦难/俭朴/安静/悲惨的生活，如：
In the past people lived a hard life but now they are living a happy life.
过去人们过着艰苦的生活，但是现在过着幸福的生活。
(2)smile a forced smile勉强笑笑，如：
He smiled a forced smile at me and went away.
他朝我勉强地笑了一下然后走开了。
(3)dream a wonderful/bad/terrible dream做美/恶梦
(4)die a heroic/glorious death英勇就义/光荣牺牲
die a sudden death突然死去
(5)breathe a deep breath做深呼吸，如：
It is good for us to breathe a deep breath in the morning.
早晨我们做深呼吸是有好处的。
(6)laugh a merry laugh开心一笑
laugh a foolish laugh傻笑
(7)sleep a sound sleep熟睡，睡得极甜
sleep a comfortable sleep睡得很舒服
(8)sing a wonderful/beautiful song唱着优美的歌曲
(9)fight a victorious battle 打胜仗
(10)run a fast race快跑
以上可看出同源宾语的特点：
(1)同源宾语前面常有形容词修饰。
(2)同源宾语前常用不定冠词修饰
易混易错点1：no more than; not more than; no more...than; not more...than; more than; less than; no less than; not less than
(1)no more than 意为“仅仅、只不过”，相当于only。它与数字连用时，意为“仅仅至多”，强调“少”，带有说话者的感彩。
I am no more than a teacher.
我只是个教师而已。
There were no more than two hospitals in this city before liberation.
解放前，这座城市里只有两家医院。
(2)not more than 后面接数词时，表示“不超过、最多”的意思。等于at most。
There are not more than ten minutes left.最多只剩下10分钟了。
(3) no more+形容词（副词）原级+than 意为“两者同样不”，前面和后面同时否定，带有感彩。
This tool is no more useful than that one.
这件工具与那件工具一样没有用。（两者都没有用）
(4)“not more+形容词（副词）原级＋than”意为“Ａ不比Ｂ更……”。这是比较级的正规用法，表示比较的事实，两者都肯定。
Ｔhis tool is not more useful than one.这样工具不及那件工具有用。（两者都有用）
(5)more than后面接数词时，表示超出，多于
There are more than 500 students in the meeting room.
(6)less than后面接数词时，表示少于，不足
There are less than 500 students in the meeting room
(7)no less than与数字连用时，意为“多达”，强调“多”，带有说话者的感彩。
I have no less than 1000 dollars , so I can lend you some.
(8)not less than后面接数词时，表示“不少于、至少”的意思。等于at least。
There are not less than ten minutes left.至少剩下10分钟了。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. All these gifts must be mailed immediately _____ in time for Christmas.
A. in order to have received B. in order to receive
C. so as to be received D. so as to be receiving
变式1. He is such a clever student _______ we all like him.
A. that B. who C. as D. whom
变式2 . He is such a clever student _______ we all like.
A. that B. who C. as D. whom
解析：1. 该题用不定式做状语，本句中主语gifts 和动词receive 是被动关系。答案： C
变式1. 从句中句子成分完整表明是结果状语从句，所以答案为：A
变式2. 从句中句子成分不完整，缺少宾语，表明是定语从句，又由于先行词前有as修饰，所以答案为：C
2. We are supposed ____ our daughter’s wedding.
A. to dress in B. dressed up C. to dress up for D. be well dressed at
变式1. Could you please tell me where you bought the shoes you _____ yesterday
A. tried on B. put on C. had on D. pulled on
解析：1. be supposed to意思是“理应，应该”。dress up for 表示为---而盛装打扮。答案 C
变式1. try on 试穿；pull on 匆匆忙忙穿上；put on 强调动作；have on 强调状态。 答案 C
3.. Jack’s ill, so they ______ change their plans.
A. must B. should
C. have got to D. ought to
变式1. Harry has been reading all day —he ______ be tired.
A. should B. has got to
C. has to D. must
变式2. Mike, you ______ play with fire. You______ burn yourself.
A. won’t; can’t B. mustn’t; may
C. don’t have to; must D. have got to; shouldn’t
解析：3. must表示一种主观的需要，而have to 表示一种客观的需要，意思是“不得不”。答案：C
变式1. must表示肯定的猜测，常用于肯定句中，意思为 “一定是, 必然……”。该题是对现在的猜测。答案：D
变式2. must的否定形式mustn’t表示禁止，意思是“不能，不许”。第二空用may表示可能会怎么样。答案：B
4. I can lend you some money because I have _____ 1000 dollars with me.
A. less than B. not less than
C. no less than D. no more than
变式1. The heart is ____ intelligent than the stomach , for the are both controlled by the brain .
A. more B. less C. no more D. not more
解析:根据句子意思可以知道表示自己有多大1000美元的钱，是表示数量多符合no less than的用法。答案:C
变式1. no more+形容词（副词）原级+than 意为“两者同样不”，前面和后面同时否定，带有感彩。This tool is no more useful than that one.这件工具与那件工具一样没有用。（两者都没有用）答案：C
课后题：
1.On Christmas Day people walk about in the streets their best.
A. and wear B. and put on
C. dressed in D. to wear
2.I him to give up smoking, but I failed.
A. preferred B. hoped
C. advised D. suggested
3. -Why did you leave that position
-I a better position at IBM.
A. offer B. offered
C. am offered D. was offered
4. It is believed that if a book is ____, it will surely ____ the reader.
A. interested; interest B. interesting; interested
C. interested; be interested D. interesting; interest
5.The man insisted a taxi for me even though I told him I lived nearby.
A. find B. to find
C. on finding D. in finding
1.Ｃ 此句中的谓语动词为walk about。dressed in their best 表示“穿着他们最好的衣服”，作方式状语。句意为：“在圣诞节，人们穿着他们最好的衣服在街上走动”。
2.Ｃ 四个选项中能用“v.+sb to do sth”这一结构的只有Ａ、Ｃ两项。但从句子意义上可以看出“我让他放弃抽烟”的动作应为
3. 此题考查时态和语态。句意为：你为什么离开那个职位？在IBM我被提供了一个更好的职位。此题是“被提供职位”在说话之前，故用过去时的被动语态。答案：D
5.本题考查动词interest及它的非谓语动词的不同意义，首先interest可做动词用，表示“让人产生兴趣”，其次interesting为adj.，表示“令人感兴趣的”，而interested也为adj.，表示“某人感到有意思，对……发生了兴趣”。 答案：D
5.本题考查insist的用法和非谓语动词。insist当“坚持（认为该怎么做）”解时，后接虚拟语气的从句或接on doing。答案：C
课后练习题
A组：
I failed in the final examination last term and only then______ the importance of studies.
A.I realized B.I had realized
C. had I realized D. did I realize
2.The child has a gift music
A. gift；of B. gifted；to
C. gift；to D. gifted；for
3.－I’m sorry I stepped on your toe；it was an accident.
－It wasn’t. You did it .
A. for purpose B. with purpose
C. on purpose D. to purpose
4. In a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.
A. Dressed B. to dress
C. Dressing D. Having dressed
5.At the airport, the officials my luggage carefully.
A. looked B. glanced
C. proved D. examined
6.You walk on ahead, and I’ll you soon.
A. keep up with B. catch hold of
C. catch D. catch up with
7.In the of most people, he lives an easy life. In fact he lives a hard life.
A. thought B. opinion
C. idea D. thinking
8.Lei Feng Street, a newly-built street in the city, was named Lei Feng.
A. instead of B. by means of
C. in favour of D. in honour of
.9. Some passengers complain that it usually ____ so long to fill in travel insurance documents.
A. costs B. takes C. spends D. spares
10.Whoever has sense knows that smoking is harmful to people’s health.
A. normal B. general
C. ordinary D. common
答案：
1.D本题考查倒装句型。当only引导的状语位于句首时，需要使用主谓倒装语序。时间状语only then表明此处使用一般过去时态。
2.Ｄ gifted adj.有天才的，有才华的，修饰child。have a gift for sth有某方面的才华／天资。句意为：“那个有才华的孩子有音乐方面的天资”。
3.Ｃ on purpose是固定词组，表示“故意地”。
4.A 本题考查的是非谓语动词；句意为：穿着白色的制服，他看上去更像个厨师而不像医生。状语从句恢复完整时，应是when he is dressed in a white uniform。
5.Ｄ 该句意为：“在机场，海官官员仔细地检查了我的行李”。examine“检查，检验”。
6.Ｄ 根据句意可知在落后情况下的“赶上，追上”。
7.Ｂ in the opinion of sb是固定词组，意为“在某人看来”。
8.D instead of而不是；by means of通过…方式；in favour of赞同，支持，有利于；in honour of为了纪念……；句意为：“雷锋街，这座城市刚建成的街道，是为了纪念雷锋而命名的”。
9. B cost常用物来做主语。表示“花费”或“代价”，"spend" 和 "spare" 的主语，通常都为人，分别为“花费”和“匀出”之意，而 take 做花费解时，主语通常都为it.
10.Ｄ normal正常的，general通常的，ordinary普通的，common常见的。common sense常识。句意为：“任何有常识的人都知道吸烟有害人的健康。”
单词拼写：
1.He （庆幸）himself on having passed the exam last year .
2. The white bird is a （象征）of freedom.
3.I take this seriously. It's a matter of . （原则）
4. The （目的）of a trap is to catch and hold animals
5. She received an （邀请）to the party.
6.She hurriedly ______(穿衣服) her son and took him to the kindergarten.
7.Who _____(允许) you to do that
8.We should ____(尊敬) our elders.
9.Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare---you must learn to _____(分享).
10. The hours of the two meetings （冲突）
1. congratulated 2. symbol 3. principle 4. purpose 5. invitation
6.dressed 7.allowed 8.respect 9.share 10. conflict.
B组：
汉译英
1.他适合什么样的工作？
2.你到非洲去有什么目的？
3.我认为他是故意丢失钥匙的。
4.如果你不尊重自己，怎么期望别人尊重你？
5.他有音乐天赋。
6.你不必为这次晚宴而打扮。
7.下个月他们将发射另一颗人造卫星。
8.只有到那时我才意识到我错了。
9.她一听到这声音，就冲进了房间。
10.她从不学习。相反，她整天打网球。
答案：
1.What kind of job is he fit for
2.For what purpose did you go to Africa
3.I think he lost the key on purpose.
4.If you don’t respect yourself, how can you expect others to respect you
5.He has a gift for music.
6.You don’t need to dress up for this dinner.
7.They will send up another man-made satellite next month.
8.Only then did I realize that I was wrong.
9.She rushed into the room immediately/the moment she heard the noise.
10.She never studies. Instead, she plays tennis all day.
改错题
1. From the facts you can see that children are easily taken into.
2. He is a gift musician
3. We met for chance yesterday.
4. He breathed deep breath.
5. They tricked me making a mistake.
答案：1. into 改为 in 2. gift改为gifted 3. for改为by 4. deep 前加 a 5. me 后加intoUnit 5 The silver screen
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1. 重点单词与短语：hero; scene; career; role; award; prize; choice; degree; speed; studio; creature; adult; peace; industry; owe; accept; primary; determine; comment; take off; go wrong; owe sth. to sb.; in all; stay away; lock sb. up; run after; bring sb. back; on the air; think highly of;
2.句型：
While still a student, she played roles in many plays. 连词 + 名词做时间状语
When asked about the secret of his success, Steven Spielberg said 连词+过去分词做时间状语
After graduating , she went to New York, where she stared working as an actress and won the
Theater World Award for a role in a play. where 引导的定语从句
The reason why he could not go there was that his grades were too low. why引导的定语从句
3. 语法：The Attributive Clause(Ⅰ)
1.描述特定时间的特征——由when或介词+which引导定语从句
2. 描述特定地点的特征——由where或介词+which引导定语从句
3. 描述特定原因或理由的内容——由why或介词+which引导定语从句
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握scene; role; award; prize; choice; degree; speed; creature; peace; industry; owe; accept; primary; determine; comment; be afraid to do sth.; can’t help doing; together with; leave out; stare at; make jokes about sb.; mean to do; mean doing; start with; ask for. 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握 状语从句的省略的用法；when/where/why以及由介词+which引导的定语从句的用法；until/till引导时间状语从句的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. What is happening in this scene
Scene的用法
(1)(事件发生的)地点,现场;
The criminal fled the scene.
罪犯逃离了现场。
(2)场景；画面
The last scene of the play was very moving.
那出戏的最后场面非常令人感动。
Many people went to help him, which was a moving scene.
很多人去帮助他，这是一个令人感动的画面。
（3）光景，风景，景色
After sunset the scene of the children playing in the garden disappeared.
日落之后孩子们在花园里高兴玩耍的景象消失了。
注意：scene, scenery, view与sight
scene表示“景色”“风景”时，指所见之物，也可表示动态或静止的室内或室外的场景常被当作一个整体而看的景色。
Do you remember the scene in the play where Susan meets Alan for the first time
你记不记得剧中苏珊第一次遇见阿伦的那个场面？
（2）scenery不可数名词，指天然景色.景致.场面。
We passed through some beautiful scenery on our journey through the Lake District.
我们在穿越英国湖泊区的旅途中，看到了不少美丽的景色。
（3）view可数名词，意为“景色.风景.风景照.风景画”。(强调从高出看到的景观)
You’ll get a fine view of the from the top of the hill.
从山顶你可以清楚地看到全镇的全景。
（4）sight指某一地区值得观看游览的.具有特色的建筑物.风景.名胜。
The Great Wall is one of the most breathtaking sights in the world.
长城是世上惊人的景观之一。+
2. where she stared working as an actress and won the Theater World Award for a role in a play.
award的用法
(1) 可数名词，主要指“奖品，奖赏，奖金”，有时也指“报酬，工资”。
MerylStreep won the best actress award.
梅丽尔斯特里普获最佳女演员奖。
The Olympic winner received a gold medal as an award.
奥运会冠军的奖品是一枚金牌。
The nurses’ pay award was not as much as they had expected.
护士的工资远没有她们预想的那么多。
(2) vt. 给予，授予，判给
Einstein was awarded the Nobel Prize for his work in quantum physics.
爱因斯坦因在量子物理学方面的成就而被授予诺贝尔奖。
The university awarded her a scholarship. 那所大学给她发了奖学金。
注意：prize award reward的区别
prize主要用于表示“获得几等奖”或“获奖金额”，常说
win a prize for---; win the first prize
award 常用于奖项名称
the Housing Design Award
reward 报酬，酬金；赏金
It is unfair that he gets very little in reward for his hard work.
他工作很辛苦,报酬却很少,这不公平。
A large reward is offered for the capture of the criminals.
巨额悬赏捉拿这些罪犯。
3．She won many more prizes while acting in famous films such as Sophie’s choice
choose：v.主要义项为：（1）挑选，选择（2）决定，宁愿，情愿
choice：n.选择；入选者；精选品 adj.极好的；精选的
We have to choose a new manager from a shortlist of five candidates.
我们得从最终入选名单上的五位候选人中选出一位新经理。
I chose to go to the cinema alone.
我决定一个人去看电影。
Employees can retire at 55 if they choose.
如果雇员愿意的话，可在55岁退休。
There is a wide range of choice open to you.
你有很大的选择余地。
They bought a choice piece of property near the water.
他们在水边买了一块极好的地皮。
相关归纳：
（1）cannot choose but to do除了……外别无他法；只得
He cannot choose but to obey.
除了听从之外他别无选择
（2）by choice出于自己的选择
I wouldn’t go there by choice.
让我选择，我不会去那里。
（3）have no choice but to do sth 除了……外别无他法；只得
We have no choice but to wiat.
我们除了等之外别无选择。
（4）choose sth 与choose from sth
choose sth 是指选中了什么东西；choose from sth 是指从某些东西中选择
4. This was the moment when Spielberg’s career really took off.
take 的短语归纳
(1) take off
① (飞机)起飞 A helicopter is able to take off and land straight up or down.
② 脱下(衣裳等)；取下 He took off his wet shoes. / Who took the knob off the door
③ 休假；请假；歇工 When his wife was sick he took off from work.
④ (指观念、产品) 大受欢迎；(事业)突然发达，成功The new type of cell phones has really taken off. / His business began to take off when he was in his forties.
(2) take down
① 拿下来；取下来
He reached up to the third shelf of the bookcase and took down a dictionary.
② 记下来 He read out the names and his secretary took them down.
(3) take in
① 接受 (房客，客人等)；收留
The farmers took in the lost travelers for the night.
② 理解；领会；明白
The boys could not take in his meaning.
③使上当；欺骗We were completely taken in by her story.
(4) take on
① 雇用=hire=employ
Is the supermarket taking on any more assistant
② 呈现；具有(新面貌、意思等)
Our village has taken on a new look.
(5) take up
① 从事某项活动；发展某种爱好 So many young men want to take up writing.
② 开始做(某项工作)；开始学习(某个课程)
Then she took up the task of getting the breakfast.
③ 占去 (时间或空间)
The meeting took up the whole morning.
The table takes up too much room.
④ 接受I'd like to take up your offer of a ride into town.
(6) take over接替；接任
He took over his father’s job after his father died in 1999.
5. Steven Spielberg said that he owes much of his success and happiness to his wife and his children.
owe的用法
(1)owe sth. to sb./sth.或owe sb. sth.：归功于；
The young writer owed his success to his teacher's encouragement.
那个年轻的作家把他的成功归功于老师的鼓励。
(2)owe it to sb that clause
I owed it to you that I finished my work in time .
我能及时完成工作归功于你。
(3) owe sth. to sb./sth.或owe sb. sth. 欠，欠债
The food cost ￡4 , but I only paid ￡3 so I still owe ￡1.
(4)owing to 由于
Owing to your timely help , I finished my work in time .
由于你的及时的帮助，我取得了成功。
6. After that it still took seven years before they finally got married.
marry 的用法：
相关归纳：
(1)be married (to)与……结婚；嫁给……用于表示结婚的状态。
They have been married for ten years.
他们已结婚十年了。
(2)get married (to)与……结婚；嫁给……用于表示结婚的动作。
They got married a year ago.
他们一年前结的婚。
(3)marry sb. to sb.把……嫁给
The old man married his daughter to an engineer.
这个老人把他的女儿嫁给了一名工程师。
注意：
（1）marry是及物动词，表示“与……结婚”，无须再用with或其他介词。
错误：She married with/to a man with a lot of money.
正确：She married a man with a lot of money.
（2）marry是非延续性动词，不可于表示一段时间的状语连用。
错误：They have married for ten years.
正确：They have been married for ten years.
（3）be married可以与表示一段时间的状语连用。
错误：They have got married for ten years.
正确：They got married ten years ago.
7. While still a student, she played roles in many plays.
When asked about the secret of his success, Steven Spielberg said
When等连词引导的状语从句中的省略：
当when, while, until, if, unless等连词引导的状语从句的主语与主句的主语相同或主语为it时，或从句的主谓部分为it和be动词时，从句的主语及部分谓语（be动词）可省略。
When (he was) asked, he gave good advice.
If (it is) necessary, we’ll have a meeting.
He will not go to the party unless (he is) invited.
8. she walks till she finally reached the town.
含有until/till结构的句子：
（1）until/till引导的结构与肯定句连用时，主句谓语动词为延续性动词，其动作延续到until/till所表示时间就停止；
When Mary has to get off the bus, she walks till she finally reaches the town.
（2）until/till引导的结构与否定句连用时，构成not…until/till…结构，主句所表达的动作直到until/till所表示的时间才发生，译成“直到……才……”
We didn’t go until he came back.
（3）强调not until/till有两种方式：a. not until/till放在句首，主句采用部分倒装语序，谓语动词用原形；b. 用It’s …that…强调句型。not需要放在被强调部分，句式为：“It is/was not until…that+主句部分（用肯定形式）”
Not until he came back did we go.
It was not until he came back that we went.
9.She tries to keep the students in the classroom by locking them up and running after those who escape.
run短语总结
(1) run for 竞选
He decided to run for the 56th president.
他决定竞选第56届总统。
(2)run sb off sb's feet 使疲于奔命
The naughty boy ran his mother off her feet.
那个淘气的孩子使他的母亲疲于奔命
(3) run across 偶然遇到
I ran across an old friend who I hadn’t met for 30 yaers.
我偶然遇到了一位30年没见面的朋友。
(4) run after 追逐，追踪
The police are running a thief.
警察正在追赶一个小偷。
(5) run into 碰撞；遇上．偶然遇到；陷于。碰上(困境、麻烦等)
(6) run out 用光，耗尽(不及物)
Our fool supplies will run out soon.
我们的食品供应很快就会用完。
(7) run out of 用光／耗尽……
We have run out of our fool supplies.
我们已经把我们的食品供给用完了。
注意：表示偶然遇到可以用以下几种结构
run into = run across = meet with= meet by chance=come across
10. She determined to bring Huike back safely.
determine vt.决定；确定；决心
(1)determine sth.决定；限定；支配
The amount of rainfall determines the size of the crop.
降雨量决定着收成的好坏。
(2)determine to do sth.(动作)决定做……
No matter what happens ,she has determined to tell the truth.
无论发生什么事，他都已经决定把真相说出来。
(3)be determine to do sth.(状态)决心做……
I am determined to go and nothing will stop me.
我决心要去，什么也拦不住我。
(4)determine on/upon sth.决心做某事
They determined on an early start.
他们决定早出发。
归纳总结：
(1)determined也可以用作形容词，表示“决意的，已决定了的；坚定的，坚决的”，可用be determined to do 表示“决定干某事”。
We are determined to succeed this time.
我们决心这次要取得成功。
There is a determined look on his face.
他脸上有个坚定的表情。
(2)determination n.[U]决定，决心
We should carry out the plan with great determination.
我们应坚决实现这一计划。
She is a woman of great determination.
她是一位意志坚定的妇女。
11. She wants them to let her appear live on the air, hoping that Huike will see her.
live 的用法
(1)adj. 活的；活生生的；(只修饰生物；只作前置定语)
The laboratory is conducting experiments with a dozen live monkeys.
该实验室在用十多只活猴子进行实验。
(2) adj./adv.实况直播的 (不是录音)
They gave live broadcast while the performances were in process on the stage.
当演出在舞台上进行时他们进行了实况转播。
The concert will be broadcast live.
这次演唱会将进行实况转播。
注意：live lively living alive 的区别
(1) living adj. 活着的，有生命的(作表语或定语)
She was, he thought, the best living novelist in England.
The old man is still living. (或alive)
(2) alive adj. ① 活着的；② 有活力的；有生气
作后置定语：Who's the greatest man alive
作表语： My grandmother is more alive than a lot of young people.
作补语：They caught the thief alive.
(4) lively adj. 活泼的；有生气的；活跃的(作表语或定语)
The music is bright and lively.
He gave a lively description of the concert.
12He causes trouble for Minzhi almost everyday.
trouble 的用法
派生词：
troublesome adj. 爱惹麻烦的
相关归纳：
(1) ask for trouble 自寻烦恼；自找麻烦
What made you write such a letter It was asking for trouble.
(2) (be) in trouble 有烦事；有困难；出事；惹麻烦
He never came except when he was in trouble.
(3) put sb. to trouble 给某人造成麻烦；增添麻烦
I am sorry for putting you to so much trouble.
非常抱歉给你添了那么多麻烦。
(4) take trouble to do sth. 不辞辛劳做某事
It was good of you to take the trouble to help us.
(5) have trouble with sth.
I often have trouble with my teeth.
我常常牙痛。
(6) have trouble (in) doing sth.
I had a little trouble learning English grammar.
我学英文语法有过一点困难。
(7)trouble to do sth. 费心做某事
She didn't even trouble to look at our presents.
她甚至不屑看一下我们的礼物。
13.I f you think highly of the film you may encourage other people to go and see it.
(1)think highly(well, a lot, the world…) of对……评价很高
We think highly of their research in this field.
我们对他们这方面的研究评价很高。
He thinks the world of his daughter.
他非常器重女儿。
相关归纳：
①think poorly(little, badly…) of对……评价不高
I don’t think much of her idea.我认为她的主意不怎么样。
② sing high praise for对……评价很高
We sing high praise for his contributions to his country.
我们高度评价了他对他的祖国做出的贡献。
③speak highly of 对……评价很高
We speak highly of his latest picture.
我们对他的最新作品评价很高。
④have a high opinion of对……评价很高
We have a high opinion of his composition.
我们对他的最作文评价很高。
(2) encourage的用法：
派生词:
encouraging adj. 鼓励的，给予希望的，振奋人心的。令人欢欣鼓舞的
encouraged adj. 被激励的，受到鼓舞的
encouragement n. 鼓励，激励
discourage v. 使泄气；劝阻
discouraging adj. 令人灰心的
discouraged adj. 感到灰心的
相关归纳：
(1)encourage sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事
She encouraged him to talk to her.
她鼓励他与她交谈。
(2)discourage sb from doing sth 使某人没有勇气去做某事
The rain discouraged us from going out.
雨打消了我们外出的念头。
14.When the park is hit by a storm, things start going wrong.
go wrong走错路，误入歧途；不对头；出毛病
在该短语中go是系动词，go作为系动词构成的短语：
go mad疯了 go blind失明
go hungry挨饿 go cold发冷；变冷
go wild 发狂 go bad（食物）变质
go red脸发红
注意：go, get, become, grow, turn的区别
这些词均可用作连系动词，都有“变，变得”之意，但用法有一定不同。
(1)go通常表示由好变坏或由正常情况变成特殊情况。
go bad/blind/mad/wrong变坏/变瞎/疯了/出毛病。
(2)become和get表示的变化可以是由好到坏，也可以是由坏到好，强调变化过程的完成。become better/worse更好/更糟；get richer and richer变得越来越富
(3)grow有“逐渐变化”的含义，强调变化的过程。
grow tall长高；grow louder（声音）大起来
(4)turn表示变为完全不同的事物，强调变化的结果。
turn yellow变黄；turn gray变灰白
15 This was the moment when Spielberg’s career really took off.
关系副词when的用法：
当先行词是表示时间的名词，用when，在定语从句中充当时间状语，这时一般可以用介词＋which来代替，when 可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。
I will never forget the day when/ on which I went to university.
我永远忘记不了我去上大学的那一天。
He still remember the morning when/ on which the earthquake happened.
他依旧记得地震发生的那天早上。
We will have wait until next Friday, when our house will be painted.
我们将等到下周五，那时我们的房子将要漆好了。
16.After graduating , she went to New York, where she stared working as an actress and won the Theater World Award for a role in a play. where 引导的定语从句
关系副词when的用法：
当先行词是表示地点的名词，用where，在定语从句中充当地点状语，这时一般可以用介词＋which来代替:
This is the house where/ in which he used to live.
I know of a place where/ in which we can swim.
Is there any shop around where/ in which I can buy a pen.
◆概念提示
重点/热点1： can't help doing sth. 禁不住做某事，不由得不做某事
She couldn't hep smiling.
相关归纳：
(1) can't help but do 不得不……；不能不
When the streets are full of melting snow, you can't help but get your shoes wet.
(2) cannot but 不能不，只能He could not but feel disappointed.
(3)help (sb.) (to) do sth.
Help me get him back to bed at once.
By helping them we are helping save ourselves.
(4) help...with sth. 帮助……做某事
In those days he used to help her mother with her gardening.
(5) help oneself / sb. to sth. 给自己 / 别人夹菜 / 拿烟等；擅自拿用
May I help you to some more vegetables
(6)help out 帮忙 (做事；克服困难等)
I've often helped Bob out when he's been a bit short of money.
重点/热点2：take one's place
(1) 入座，站好位置，取得地位Take your places, please. We are about to start.
(2) take one's place = take the place of sb. 代替(职务或工作等)；接替
Electric trains have now taken the place of steam trains in England.
相关归纳：
(1) in place of代替；……而不用
The grown-ups had coffee but the children wanted milk in place of coffee.
（2）take one's seat 在自己座位上坐下；等于 take one's place
More men entered and took their seats.
take place 发生；举行
Great changes have taken place in our country since liberation.
Their wedding will take place next Friday.
in place 在原处；适合的，恰当的
He likes everything in place before he starts work.
His behavior at the meeting is in place.
(5)out of place 不在原处；不适合的，不恰当的
易混易错点1：1. The reason why he could not go there was that his grades were too low. 他没能上电影学院是因为他的分数太低了。
该句中的why引导一个定语从句，而that引导表语从句。
句中that引导的表语从句说明主语reason的具体内容
注意以下三种结构：
The reason is / was that clause. 当主语是reason / cause时，一般不能用because或why引导表语从句，以免造成语意重复。
The reason why/for which(也可以省去) he was late was that he got up late.
他迟到的原因是他起床晚了。
②当主语是This / That时，可以由because / why引导表语从句。
He got up late . That was why he was late for class.
He was late for class. That was because He got up late.
(2)why在句中是关系副词，引导定语从句，修饰先行词reason，同时它在定语从句中作状语，此时why = for which，但要注意：关系词在定语从句中作主语或宾语时，要用关系代词that或which。
The reason why/for which(也可以省去) he was late was that he got up late.
他迟到的原因是他起床晚了。
The reason that/which/(也可以省去) he gave you was reasonable.
他给你的理由是合理的。
讲题组
课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. -- I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.
-- Is that ____ you had a few days off
A. why B. when C. what D. where
变式1. Is this the reason ____ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work
A. he explained B. what he explained
C. how he explained D. why he explained
变式2. The reason ____he failed to pass the exam was ____ he never studied hard.
A. why what B. because that
C. why that D. why because
变式3. Is this the reason _____ he was punished Which of the following is wrong
A. why B. for which C. 不填 D. that
解析：1.句子的意思是“那就是你请了几天假的原因吗 ”因此可知答案为why。答案：A
变式1. what，how不能引导定语从句，排除B、C两项；the reason在定语从句中作explained的宾语，可填that / which，或者也可以省略。答案：A
变式2. 该题考查The reason why从句 be that 从句。答案：C
变式3. the reason后接定语从句，并且定语从句主谓宾完整时。可用三种结构引导定语从句：the reason + why/for which/ 不填。该题就符合这样的结构所以答案为D
2. He left the place, ____ never to return.
A. determined B. to determine C. being determined D. having determined
变式1.—— sand , the basket is heavy to carry.
A. Being filled with B. Being full of C. Filling with D. Full of
解析：1.该句意思是“他离开了这个地方，决心以后再也不回来了” 。用determined（adj.）表示离开时候的状态。英语中常用形容词表示状态。选项中的D 是表示动作的所以答案为A.
变式1. 该题是考查原因状语的。Being+ adj. 可以用来表示原因。但是如果一个形容词是由动词的分词转变而来的，在表示原因时一定不能加being。所以该题的正确答案可以是
Being full of或Filled with .
3. Many people watched the ___ TV broadcast of football matches.
A. live B. alive C. living D .lively
变式1. They caught the thief _____ when he tried to run away.
A. live B. alive C. living D .lively
变式2. The football match will be broadcast _____ on Friday.
A. live B. alive C. living D .lively
变式3.Who is the greatest writer in the world____
A. live B. alive C. living D .lively
解析：3..该题考查live；alive；living；lively的区别。live 做现场直播这一意思时不仅可以用作形容词也可以用作副词。该题考查的是live 的形容词词性。答案：A
变式1. alive作后置定语：Who's the greatest man alive 作表语：Was the snake alive or dead / My grandmother is more alive than a lot of young people. 作补语：Let's keep the fish alive。所以答案为B
变式2. . live 做现场直播这一意思时不仅可以用作形容词也可以用作副词。该题考查的是live 的副词词性。答案：A
变式3. 见变式2。答案：B
4. He has ______ mad because of his son’s sudden death.
A. become B. got C. gone D. turned
变式1. He ____ teacher right after he graduated in 1998.
A. become B. got C. gone D. turned
变式2. The man on the stage has ____ 40 .
A. become B. got C. gone D. turned
解析：1. 考查go +adj. 用法，侧重表示变成不好的状态。答案：B
变式1. 四个选项中能接名名词做表语，并且名词前不能带冠词的只有turn.答案：D
变式2. 固定表示方法，说某个人跨入多少岁要用“turn”答案：D
5. This is the factory ____ he worked three years.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
变式1. This is the factory ____ he will visit next week.
A. where B. as C. when D. that
变式2.There were dirty marks on her trousers ______ she had wiped her hands.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
变式3.I want to find a room ______ to store my books.
A. where B. which C. in which D. for which
变式4. The English play ______ my students acted at the New Year’s party was a great success.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. in which
解析：5. 关系副词where引导定语从句，修饰the factory，并在定语从句中作地点状语。答案：A
变式1. 由于定语从句缺宾语所以应该填关系代词，that引导了定语从句又在从句中做了宾语。答案：D
变式2. 关系副词where引导定语从句，修饰trousers，并在定语从句中作地点状语。全句意思为：在她擦手的裤子上留下了污迹。答案：A
变式3. 该题考查的是“prep. + which+ 不定式”放在名词后作定语的结构，由于该结构不是定语从句所以prep. + which不可以替换为where。答案：C
变式4.介词+关系代词” 引导的定语从句是定语从句中的重点、难点。选择该结构中的介词的原则是：（1）根据从句中的谓语动词的搭配习惯;（2）根据先行词的搭配习惯;（3）表“所有”关系或“整体中的一部分”时，用of。本题表示“在剧中表演”，应用介词in，故选D。
6. Unless ___to speak，you should remain silent at the conference.
A. invited B. inviting
C. being invited D. having invited
变式1. Generally speaking, ____ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.
A. when taking B. when taken
C. when to take D. when to be taken
解析：6. unless为连词，后面省略了you are，所以选invited。答案：A
变式1. take和drug是动宾关系，要用过去分词作状语。可看作是when it is taken的省略。答案：B
课后题：
1．There are so many kinds of goods in the store ______ that I don’t know what to buy
A. to choose B. to be chosen from C. choosing D. choosing from
2. . –Will you go to the museum tomorrow
-I will if I _________ no visitors.
A. have B. will have C. shall have D. am having
3. I _________ a single word in the past three days.
A. haven’t been reading B. haven’t read
C. hadn’t read D. didn’t read
4. We found English difficult ________.
A. to be learned B. to learn
C. to learn from D. learned
5. I didn’t mind ________ home but my brother preferred _______ a taxi.
A. walking; getting B. to walk; get
C. walking; to get D. to walk; getting
解析：
1. 根据句意表述的是选择什么货物并且是主动表被动，所以选to choose。答案：B
2. if I…no visitors为表示条件的状语从句。英语中，条件状语从句表示将来情况时，一般不用将来时，而用一般现在时，故可排除B、C两个答案；have表示“有”，不可用于进行时态，故只有A正确。答案：A
3. “in the past+时间段”常表示现在之前的一段时间，指现在之前的情况，故常与现在完成时连用。答案：B
4. 形容词difficult，hard，easy等后面的动词不定式常用主动式。答案：B
5. mind表示“介意；反对”，后面常接动名词作宾语，故可排除B、D两个答案。prefer后面可接动名词或动词不定式，一般来说，指习惯性或经常性的情况，常接动名词；指一次性的情况或某次具体的动作，常接动词不定式结构。答案：A.Unit 3 Going places
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
1.重点单词与短语consider; means; board; destination; experience; equipment; paddle; normal; excitement; similarity; particular; combine; get away from; watch out; protect sb./sth. from; see sb. off; on the other hand; as well as; at the same time; for pleasure
2.句型
Instead of spending your vacation on a bus, ... you may want to try hiking. instead of的用法
Is anybody seeing you off 进行时表将来
The name whitewater comes from the fact that… 同位语从句的用法
Eco—travel is way to find out what can be done to help animals and plants as well as people. as well as 并列连词的用法。
As with hiking, you should always think about your safety as with的用法
3. 语法：现在进行时
1. 描述或表达目前正在发生的事件或出现的情况。
2. 描述或表达他人或自己的计划、打算。
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握consider; means; experience; equipment; normal; similarity; particular; combine get away from; watch out; protect sb./sth. from; see sb. off; on the other hand; as well as; at the same time; for pleasure;等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握同位语从句的用法； what引导名词性从句的用法；现在进行时的用法；
3. 会用英语谈论送别朋友和旅游等方面的话题。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1.What do you have to consider before you decide which means of transportation you will use
consider 的用法:
(1) consider doing sth. 考虑做某事
I am considering changing my job. 我正在考虑改变以下我的工作。
(2) consider sb +不定式的适当形式 认为／觉得某人……
He is considered to have finished his homework, for he is playing on the playground.
(3) It is/was considered that- clause 认为……
It is considered that he has finished his homework, for he is playing on the playground.
派生词：consideration n. 考虑
considering prep. 考虑到，鉴于
considerable adj. 相当大的
considerate adj. 体贴人的
The question is worthy of consideration.
这个问题值得考虑。
She is very active, considering her age.
考虑到她的年龄，她很活跃了。
A considerable number of people object to the policy of the government.
相当多的人反对政府这一政策。
She is considerate towards others.
她很体别人。
相关归纳：
(1) take sth into consideration=account 考虑
When marking Tom’s exam papers, the teacher took his long illness into consideration.
批改汤姆的试卷时，老师考虑到了他长时间的生病。
(2) under consideration 在考虑中
The whole plan is under consideration.
(3)out of consideration 未加考虑
There is one important fact that has been out of consideration.
有一重要事实未考虑到。
注意：以下短语都可以理解为把A看作B
.(1)treat … as …
Why do you treat the matter as a joke
你为什么把这件事当作儿戏
(2)regard…as…
All the patients regard him as a good doctor.
所有的病人都认为他是一名出色的医生
(3) consider…(as)…
Abraham Lincoln is considered as one of the greatest American President.
亚伯拉罕林肯被认为是美国最伟大的总统之一
(4)think of…as…
She thinks of the monitor as the cleverest student in the class.
她认为班长是班上最聪明的学生
(5)look on / upon…as…
They look on others’ difficulties as their own.
他们把别人的困难当成自己的困难
(6) take/have…as…
He always has her as his real mother.
他一直把她当作自己的母亲
(7)view… as…
He viewed your beating his dog as the attack on it’s owner.
他把伱打狗视作是对主人的攻击。
2. Adventure travel is becoming more and more popular
Bob is going with me to the airport.
现在进行时
(1) 描述或表达目前正在发生的事件或出现的情况。
Did you move into your new houses
No, it is being painted.
(2) 表示说话的时候正在进行并且有可能持续的将来某一个时间之前。
I am helping out until the new secretary arrives.(帮忙这个动作现在正在进行并且持续到新秘书的到来。)
我在这里帮忙一直到新秘书的到来。
(3) 描述或表达他人或自己的计划、打算。现在进行时可表示将来安排好的活动或事件,常见的动词有arrive, come, go, leave, return, stay, travel, play等，并常与表将来的时间状语连用。 We’re spending next winter in Australia.
我们将在澳大利亚度过明年冬天。
How many of you are making the trip
你们中有多少人去旅行？
We’re having a party in our house tonight.
今晚我们在家里开茶话会。
(4)与always, constantly, forever 等词连用，表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态，往往带有说话人的主观色彩。
He is always helping people.
他总是帮助别人。（赞扬）
She is always borrowing money and forgetting to pay you back.
她总是向人借钱而忘记还人家。（不满）
(5)am/is/are+ being +adj. 表示说话时正表现出来的特征。am/is/are + adj. 表示经常的、一贯的特征，是一般现在时的用法。
He is naughty. 是指他经常淘气。
“The boy is asking his mother to buy him a new toy.””
“oh. He is being naughty.”
那个男孩正缠着母亲给他买一个新的玩具。
哦，他正在耍淘气。（是指说话时正表现出来的特征）
注意：不用进行时的词有:
(1) 系动词: feel, sound, smell, taste, look, appear, seem, remain, prove 等。
(2) 表结果的感官动词: see, notice, hear 等。
(3) 非延续性的动词，此动作开始即是结束：enter, accept, receive等。
(4) 表心理状态，存在状态，拥有的动词：love, like, hate, care, dislike, respect, prefer, know, understand, forget, remember, believe, want, wish, hope, mind, agree, belong to, depend on, own, have等。
3. Watch out for dangers, such as spiders.
watch out 当心；注意
You'll be cheated if you don't watch out.
相关归纳：
(1)watch out =look out=be careful=take care
(2) watch out for = look out for 提防；当心
You must always watch out for the traffic here!
(3) watch over 照看；看守；负责
The mother bird is watching over her young.
4. Wear a hat to protect yourself from the sun.
protect v. 主要义项有：保护；防护。
相关归纳：
(1)protect sb from / against 防止……遭受……；使……免于，保护……使不受
(2) prevent/ stop /keep sb from doing 在主动语态中prevent/ stop短语中from的可以省略而在主动语态中keep短语中的不可以省略；在被动语态均from不可省略
Troops have been sent to protect aid workers against attack.
已经派出军队保护救援人员免遭袭击。
They huddled together to protect themselves from the wind.
他们挤在一起，免受风吹。
He was wearing sun-glasses to protect his eyes from the sun.
他戴着太阳镜以保护眼睛不受阳光的伤害。
It’s soldiers’ duty to protect our country against attack.
保护国家免遭侵略是士兵的职责。
5. Jane and Betty are going on separate holidays in a few day’s time.
separate的用法
派生词:
separation n. [U]分开，分离 separately adv. 单个地；分别地
相关归纳：
(1) separate A from B 把A和B分开
Brought up in town, the boy finds it difficult to separate a poplar from a willow.
那男孩是在城里长大的,所以觉得很难区别杨树和柳树。
(2) A is separated from B by… A和B为……所分开／阻隔
The two communities are separated by a highway.
这两个社区由一条公路隔开。
(3) get separated 分散
They got separated in the crowded theater.
在拥挤的戏院里他们走散了。
注意：separate; divide; part 的区别
(1)separate 指“把原来在一起的人或物分开”。
Separate those two boys who are fighting, will you
把那两个打架的孩子拉开，好吗
(2)divide 指“施加外力或自然地把某人或某物由整体分成若干部分”。
The whole class was divided into six groups.
整个班级被分为六组。
(3)part指“把密切相关的人或物分开”，还有“分手”之意。
They parted in London.
他们在伦敦分了手。
The clouds parted and the sun shone.
云层散开,太阳照耀着。
6.Is anybody seeing you off
see sb. off中off是副词，代词宾语必须放在off前边，名词作宾语则可以位于off前或后。
相关归纳：
(1)see about sth.(=deal with sth.)处理/安排某事
(2)see sth./sb. through 把某个任务、事情等进行到底, 帮助...渡过(困难等)
We will see you through the difficulty.我们会帮助你渡过难关。
We will see the work through despite the difficulty.
(3)see through sb./sth.看透某人/某事
The policeman saw through his false alibi.
警察识破他不在场的伪证。
(4)see sth. in sb./sth.看上/看中某人/某事某一点
I see the future of our country in all of you.
我在你们每个人身上看到了祖国的未来。
(5)seeing that(=since)鉴于，由于，因为
Seeing that we have no money, we can’t eat in the restaurant.
由于我们没有钱，所以我们不能在这家餐馆吃饭了。
(6)see to负责；照顾；处理，料理
I have a lot of letters to see to.
我有很多信件要处理。
(7)see to it that…确保
You must see to it that all the lights are turned off.
你必须确保所有的灯都关掉了。
7. Eco-travel is a way to find out what can be done to help animals and plants as well as people. 生态游可以找到既帮助别人．又帮助动植物的途径。
该句中的as well as是连词，连接两个并列成分。
He publishes as well as prints his own books.
他的书是他自己印刷出版的。
As well as breaking his leg, he hurt his arm.
他不但摔断了腿，而且还伤了胳膊。
You cannot expect her to do the housework as well as look after the children.
你不可能叫她既照顾孩子又做家务。
相关归纳：
(1) as well as和什么一样好 well是副词，意思是“好，优秀”，as well as是形容词 同级比较结构。
He plays as well as, if not better than, Jack.
(2)as well as是固定短语，意思是“和”，相当于"not only … but also..."。
(3) as well as连接两个并列成分作主语时，句子的谓语动词应该与前面那个名词或代词的人称或数保持一致。
Helen as well as I is eager to see the performance. 海伦和我一样急于要看演出。
(4) as well as还可当作复杂介词用，意思是“除了……之外，还有”；相当于"besides，apart from"。
(5) as well，是副词短语，意思是“也”，相当于“too / also”常位于句尾，与too位置相当。
He is a professor and writer as well .
他是一位教授，也是一位作家。
(6). may / might as well do sth 表示“还是……的好”。指现在或将来的情况。
may / might as well have done sth 表示“还是……的好”。指过去的情况。
It is going to rain; you may as well stay at home.
If you’re going to the library, I might as well go with you；I have to return this book.
如果你去图书馆，我不妨和你一起去，我得去还书。
When we were on holiday last week, it rained for 6 days, so we may / might as well have stayed at home.
上周当我们外出度假的时候下了六天的雨，因此我们还不如呆在家里为好。
8.. People also travel to meet new friends, to try new kinds of food, to experience life in other parts of the world or simple to get away from cold weather.
(1)get away (from)
摆脱 Ways must be found to get away from poverty.
走开；离开 She didn't get away until nine last night.
逃走，使离开The bank robbers used a stolen car to get away.
拿走 Get all thee party dishes away!
回避 You can’t get away from the fact that he is a distinguished actor.
(2) experience的用法
① 名词 “经历” 可数名词
Our journey by camel was quite an experience. 骑骆驼旅行真是一种令人难忘的经历。
② 名词 “经验” 不可数名词
As a teacher with 5 years’ experience, she is good at making friends with her students.
作为一个有五年教师工作经验的人，她擅长和她的学生交朋友。
③ 作及物动词时，意为“经历；经受；遭受；体验”近义词为 go through ;undergo
Our country has experienced great changes in the past 10 years.
④ know/learn sth. by/from experience 凭经验知道；从经验中学习
I know from experience what he did was of great importance.
⑤ be experienced in/at… 某方面有经验
The local people are quite experienced in/at finding underground springs.
派生词: experienced adj. 有经验的，熟练的
9. You can also go for a hiking in the city.
go for (1)=go out for 去从事某种活动
go for a swim/walk/drive 去游泳、散步、兜风
(2)请来某人或拉来某物
The boy is serious ill; shall I go for a doctor
(3)去追求某事物
He tried to go for the high jump world record.
(4)适合于=be true of
Britain has a high rate of unemployment, the same goes for many other western countries。
英国有较高的失业率同样的情况适合于很多别的西方国家。
go in for 喜欢； 从事于
He goes in for English, while I like Physics.
他喜欢英语然而我喜欢物理。
10.As with hiking, you should always think about your safety
As with hiking 为省略说法，相当于As is the case with hiking ,as 引起定语从句，带有方式意味，常译为“正如”，其后还可以接过去分词，如as expected(不出所料)。
As with running, Learning English needs will.
学习英语跟跑步一样都需要毅力。
As with many middle schools ,our school pays more and more attention to English teaching.
像许多中学一样，我们学校越来越注重英语教学。
11.. You should not go rafting unless you know how to swim.
=You should not go rafting if you don’t know how to swim.
如果你不会游泳，你就不要去乘筏漂流。
unless引导的条件状语从句：
(1). unless的否定含义：unless=if not；
（2）. unless引导的状语从句中的时态：用一般现在时表示将来的动作或状态。
（3）当从句的主语与主句的主语相同，并含有be 动词时，从句的主语与be动词可以一块省去，如unless invited是unless I’m invited的简略形式,if not是if I’m not invited的简略形式.
I won’t attend the party unless invited=(if not invited).
如没有被邀请，我不会去参加聚会。
We’ll go for a picnic this weekend unless it rains.
=We’ll go for a picnic if it does not rain.
如果天不下雨，本周末我们将去野餐。
He won’t go there unless invited.
=He won’t go there if he is not invited.
若接不到邀请，他是不会去那儿的。
You won’t get paid for time off unless you have a doctor’s note.
除非你有医生的证明，否则你不上班便拿不到工资。
12. You will get close to nature and take exercise at the same time.
(1)get close to=get near to
(1)走进；靠近 Get close to nature and have fun .
(2)接近；差一点=narrowly miss后接动名词
He got close to being killed in the traffic accident.
在那次交通事故中他险些被撞死。
(2)nature
派生词: natural adj.自然的 naturally adv 自然地
相关归纳：
(1)be true to nature 逼真的
The picture is true to nature.
这幅画非常逼真。
(2) second to nature 学得的近乎天生或本性的事物
After a while, driving is second to nature to you.
一会儿之后，开车对你就是一件非常容易的事情了。
(3)be against nature
(4)by nature 生来
13. —You see you can do it. 你看，你可以做得很好。
—I hope so. 我希望如此。
so的替代作用
so表示“这样，如此”时，可用来替代整个句子或某一情况的全部，常与think, expect, hope, believe, suppose, imagine, guess等动词及形容词afraid连用。
—Do you think we’ll have good weather this weekend？
你认为周末天气会好吗？
—I hope so.我希望如此。
—Is he seriously ill？他病得很重吗？
—I’m afraid so.恐怕是的。
注意：
把suppose so, think so, imagine so等结构变为否定式有两种方法：可用动词的否定结构，或用not替代so。
—Do you think it’ll be fine this Saturday？
你认为这周六天气会好吗？
—I don’t suppose so.（或I suppose not.）我想不会好的。
(2) hope, guess, be afraid 的否定结构只有一种
—Do you think he will be angry when he sees this broken vase？
你认为当他看到这破碎的花瓶，他会生气吗？
—I hope not.（hope的否定结构只有这一种）
我希望不会。
14. The name whitewater comes from the fact that… 同位语从句的用法
.同位语从句：一般跟在某些名词后面，用以解释或说明前面的名词的内容。经常带同位语从句的名词有fact, news, message, doubt, possibility, idea, reason, belief, hope, thought, promise, suggestion, question等。引导词有连词that, whether；连接代词who, which, what和连接副词where, when, why, how等
There is no doubt that the price of cars will go down.
The problem whether we should continue to do the experiment has been solved.(不能用if)
He can’t answer the question how he got the money.
The question who should go abroad requires consideration.
I have no idea which one I should choose.
I’ve got a pretty good idea why they left early.
同位语从句与定语从句的区别：
(1)从语法角度上看，引导同位语从句的that是连词，只起连接作用，在从句中不作任何句子成分；而引导定语从句的that是关系代词，除起连接作用外，还在从句中作主语或宾语等句子成分。
(2) 从语义角度上看，同位语从句与前面的名词hope是同位关系，表示hope的内容是they would come to visit China again。因而同位语从句是名词性的，其功能是对名词作补充说明；而定语从句与它前面的名词是所属关系，表示“…的”（他们曾经表示过的），起修饰作用，因此定语从句是形容词性的，其功能是修饰先行词。
(3)同位语从句的连词that不能省略，而定语从句的关系代词that，当其在从句中作宾语中，可省略，作主语也不可省略。
The news that the plane would take off on time made everybody happy. （同位语从句）
The news that is spreading around the airport is that a heavy storm is coming. （定语从句）
The suggestion that students should learn something practical is worth considering. （同位语从句）
The suggestion that they are considering is that students should learn something practical. （定语从句）
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：instead of 代替……
(1) instead of + n. / pron.
Give me the red one instead of the green one.
(2) instead of + doing
We walked down the stairs instead of taking the elevator.
(3) instead of + 介词短语
He studies in the evening instead of during the day.
[比较]
(1) instead adv. 作为替代，代替
If Harry is not well enough to go with you, take me instead.
(2) rather than 而不是，与其……宁愿 He ran rather than walked.
(3) in place of 代替，……而不用
The Chinese use chopsticks in place of knives and forks.
重点/热点2：means
means手段，方法.作名词讲时一定要注意单复数同形
All possible means have been tried.
一切可能的办法都已经被尝试过了。
The quickest means of travel is by air.
最快捷的旅行方式是乘飞机。
相关归纳：
(1)by means of 用，依靠
She could not speak, but made her wishes known by means of signs.
她不会说话，但手势表达了她的愿望
(2)by all means 一定，务必; 当然
By all means I must visit my sick friend.
我一定得去探望我生病的朋友。
---May I stay at home from school 我可以呆在家里不去上学吗？
---By all means. 当然可以 。
(3)by no means 决不，并未
I can by no means pretend to be pleased with this behavior.
我决不能假装对这种行为表示满意。 。
(4) by this/that means通过这种或那种方法
Only by this means can you succeed.
只有用这个方法你才能成功。
注意：means, method, way, approach的区别
(1)means指为达到一个目的或产生某种结果而采用的方法、手段，一般与介词by搭配即：by this/that means。means 后接to do sth. 或of doing sth. 做定语
(2)way是最普通常用的词，一般与介词in搭配即：in this/that way。way后接to do sth. 或of doing sth. 做定语
The way he thought of to solve the problem is reasonable.= The way he thought of of solving the problem is reasonable.
他想出的解决这个问题的方法是合理的。
(3)method 强调强调系统的理论的方法，一般与介词with搭配即：with this/that method。method后接of doing sth. 做定语
Our teacher always changes his teaching methods to make his lessons interesting.
为了让他的可更有吸引力我们的老师经常改变教学方法。
(4) approach 常指解决问题或取得成功的方法。Approach 后只接to+ n.或 to + doing sth. 做定语。
The only approach to solving the problem is to turn to others for help.
解决这个问题的唯一办法是向别人求助。
易混易错点1：what引导的名词性从句用法列析
What引导主、宾、表、和同位语从句时，what 要在从句中充当主语、宾语或表语等句子成分。what＝the thing(s) that或somebody that
What surprised me most was that such a little girl could play the violin so well. （在从句作中主语）
That’s what he is worried about.（what＝the thing that在从句作中宾语）
I have no idea what I should do next.. （在从句作中宾语）
He is no longer what he used to be（what=the person that在从句作中表语）
注意：what与that的区别
引导主、宾、表语和同位语从句时，what 要充当主语、宾语或表语等句子成分，that 不作任何成分，而只在语法上起连接作用。例如
That the former Iraq president Saddam was captured has been proved.
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. My dictionary ___, I have looked for it everywhere but still___ it.
A. has lost, don't find B. is missing, don't find
C. has lost, haven't found D. is missing, haven't found.
变式1. ---How much longer _____ here
---- Another three days.
A. are you staying B. do you stay C. have you stayed D. did you stayed
变式2. “Do you live in the city ”
“No. I ____ here until my holiday is over.”
A. will visit B. has visited C. am visiting D .visited
变式3.--You are drinking too much.
No one ____ me but you. It is at home.
A. sees B. is seeing C. has seen D. saw
变式4.The teacher think highly of Tom who _____others.
A. helps B. always helps C. is always helping D. always helped
解析： 前句是一个仍在持续的状态，应用进行时，由于没有找到，其影响仍然存在，应用完成时，瞬间动词用于否定式时可用于完成时。答案：D
变式1. 现在进行时可表示将来安排好的活动或事件,常见的动词有arrive, come, go, leave, return, stay, travel, play等，并常与表将来的时间状语连用. 答案：A
变式2.该题考查现在进行时的“表示说话的时候正在进行并且有可能持续的将来某一个时间之前。”这一中用法。答案C.
变式3. 有些动词不用于现在进行时其中包括表结果的感官动词: see, notice, hear 等。答案：A
变式4. 现在进行时与always, constantly, forever 等词连用，表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态，往往带有说话人的主观色彩。答案：C
2. His mother had thought it would be good for his character to ______ from home and earn some money on his own.
A. run away B. take away c. keep away D. get away
变式1. He invited me to go for a swim, but I don’t know how to _____it ,because I had no time.
A. run away B. take away c. keep away D. get away
解析：2. get away from:表示离开某地或避开责备,惩罚或灾难而顺利行事.答案：D
变式1.该句意思是“他邀请我去游泳，由于没时间我不想去，但是不知道如何摆脱” get away from在该句中表示避开或回避某事。答案：D
3. Our hom ( http: / / action. / click / click.php r=http%3A / / www. / s%3Fkw%3D%26sc%3Dweb%26cl%3D3%26tn%3Dsitehao123%26ct%3D0%26pn%3D%26rn%3D%26lm%3D%26ie%3Dgb2312%26rs2%3D%26myselectvalue%3D%26f%3D%26pv%3D%26z%3D%26from%3D%26word%3Dwhat%25D2%25FD%25B5%25BC%25B5%25C4%25C3%25FB%25B4%25CA%25D0%25D4%25B4%25D3%25BE%25E4%25B5%25C4%25D3%25C3%25B7%25A8&ads_id=3809&site_id=6235007045035334&click=1&url=http%3A / / xyx.&v=0&k=om&s=http%3A / / www. / yingyu / HTML / 68626.html&rn=180680" \o "" \t "_blank )etown has changed a lot, and now it is quite different from _____ a few
years ago.
A. what it used to be B. that it used to be
C. which it used to be D. what was it
变式1. He is no longer ___ he used to be. .
A. who B. what C. which D. that
变式2. He is no longer the person ___ he used to be. .
A. who B. what C. which D. that
解析:3. what引导主、宾、表、和同位语从句时，what 要在从句中充当主语、宾语或表语
等句子成分。一定要注意的是what 不引导定语从句所以当空格前有名词做先行词的时候就
一定不会采用what作为答案了。同时在学习的时候要注意what与that 的区别。介词from
后面是一个宾语从句，分析所给的选项可以看出，be应该带有自己的表语意思才能完整这
样B、D两项错误，C项不符合题意。正确答案是：A。
变式1. 该题考查“What引导表位语从句，what在从句中充当表语”这一用法。答案：B
变式2. the person后接了一个定语从句，该定语从句缺少表语，四个选项中能在定语从句中做表语的词只有that. 答案：D
4. Taking a plane is the quickest ____ to get to Tibet.
A. mode B. manner C. means D. method
变式1. The _____ to making great progress is to practice more.
A. approach B. manner C. means D. method
变式2. The way he thought of _____the problem is right.
A. to work out B. working C. to be worked D. having worked
变式3. Every possible means____ tried, but the problem still can’t be settled .
A. was tried B . has been tried C. have been tried D. were tried
解析：4. means, method, way, approach的区别是考查名词区别时经常考查的知识点。要从两个方面掌握它们的用法（1）与什么样的介词搭配；（2）后接什么形式做定语。means是指为达到一个目的或产生某种结果而采用的方法、手段，后可接to do sth. 或of doing sth. 做定语，符合题意的选项只有C。
变式1.四个选项中只有approach 后可接to doing sth. 做定语。答案：A
变式2. he thought of 是定语从句，省略之后其实是考查the way 后接什么结果做定语。根据way后接to do sth. 或of doing sth. 做定语可知答案为A
变式3. means 作名词时单复同形，由于前面有every修饰可以确定该题中means是单数，谓语动词用单数，并且要用现在完成时。答案：B
5. You will succeed in the end ________you give up halfway.
A. even if B .. as though C. as long as D. unless
变式1. They will stay inside unless it _______tomorrow.
A . stops raining B. stops to rain C. will stop raining D .will stop to rain
变式2. You will succeed in the end ________you don’t give up halfway.
A. even if B .. as though C. as long as D. unless
变式3. Don’t be afraid of asking for help _____ it is needed .
A. unless B. since C. although D. when
解析：5. 该题意思是“如果你不半路放弃的话，你就能取得成功。”考查的是unless引导的条件状语从句时unless=if not的用法。答案：D
变式1. unless引导的状语从句时，要用一般现在时表示将来的动作或状态。答案：A
变式2. 该题意思是“只要你不半路放弃，你就会取得成功。”as long as=so long as “只要” 答案：C
变式3. when可以引导条件状语从句用法与if 相同。再如：When children won’t listen to me, what shall I do 答案：D
6. The news _____ our team was defeated in the final .
A. which B. that C. what D. 不填
变式1. The news _____ he brought is of great importance. Which of the following is wrong
A. which B. that C. what D. 不填
变式2.There is a common belief among the parents _____ schools are no longer careful with students’ handwriting.
A. who B. that C. what D. 不填
解析：1. 同位语从句是重要的考点之一，复习时要抓住以下几个方面：（1）同位语从句一般不缺句子成分；（2）同位语从句的引导词；（3）同位语从句与定语从句的区别。that引导同位语从句的连词虽然在从句中无意义，但是不可以省略。答案：B
变式1.that引导定语从句时先行词（名词或代词）在定语从句中可以充当一定的句子成分，这时that等于which, 还可以省略。答案：D
变式2. 该题是考查比较复杂的同位语从句，也就是说同位语从句与名词之间加了among the parents 这样的干扰成份。that引导同位语从句的连词虽然在从句中无意义，但是不可以省略。答案：B
课后题：
1. I got to know from the_____ that most companies would like to employ workers with rich _____.
A. experience; experience B. experiences; experiences
C. experiences; experience D. experience; experiences
2． He is clever, but ________, he makes many mistakes.
A. on other hand B. on the other hand
C. on another hand D. in the other hand
3. Billions of birds of over 270 species go long distances from these places to the Boreal where they raise young in ____ is known as North American Bird Nursery .
A. that B. where C. what D . which
4. ________ away from the noise, he was considering ________ to the country.
A. To be; moving B. Being; moving
C. Being; to move D. To be; to moving
5. It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood _____- to her mother.
A. close B. closely C. closed D. closing
解析：1. 第一空表示经历，第二空表示经验。答案：C
2. on the other hand为另一方面，所以答案为 B
3. in后接了一个名词性从句做宾语，由于该从句缺少主语所以要采用what为答案，也就是说what 不但引导了名词性从句而且在从句中做了主语。答案：C
4. consider 表示考虑时后接动名词所以答案为 A
5. 解析：stand close to 靠近站着.答案：DUnit 15 The necklace
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语dormitory; explain; recognize; surely; diamond; jewellery; franc; continue; lovely; debt; precious; positive; attend; earn; besides; ball; lecture; silly; author; outline; quality；call on; bring back; day and night; pay off; at most; act out;
句型
There is no doubt that ... there be no doubt that 从句的用法
I would rather not tell you. would rather 的用法
Pierre and I did have a good time at the ball. did 起加强语气的作用
It was worth five hundred francs at most. worth 的结构
语法：情态动词（Ⅲ）must, may/might, can/could
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握explain; recognize; surely; continue; lovely; debt; precious; positive; attend; earn; besides; lecture; silly; author; outline; quality；call on; bring back; day and night; pay off; at most; act out 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握含有doubt 的固定句型的用法；情态动词must, may/might, can/could表示推测的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. Sorry, I didn’t recognize you.
recognize 的用法：
派生词：
recognition n. 赞誉，承认，重视，公认，赏识，识别
知识梳理：
①认出,识别;认识
The policeman recognized her as a pickpocket.
警察认出她是个小偷。
He looked at the envelope and recognized Jenny's handwriting immediately.
他看了看信封,马上认出是珍妮的笔迹。
②正式承认;认可,认定
Many countries recognized the new government.
许多国家承认了新政府。
③承认(事实);认清；认识到
I recognized that I had made a mistake.
我认识到自己犯了一个错误。
④赏识;表彰
The government recognized his outstanding service by giving him a medal.
政府为他颁赠勋章,以表彰他的卓著功绩。
⑤招呼;理睬
He will not recognize me any longer.
他不愿再理睬我了。
相关归纳：
(1) recognize sb as / to be... 承认／公认某人……
(2) beyond recognition 完全改了模样，面目全非
(3) come to recognize 逐渐认识到
I recognize him to be cleverer than I am.
他承认了自已不够条件承担那个职务。
He has changed beyond recognition in the past five years.
在过去的十年里他变得完全认不出来了。
I have come to recognize my mistake.
我逐渐认识到我的错误。
2. Could you please explain
explain 的用法：
派生词：explanation
相关归纳：
(1)explain+名词
How do you explain your rude behavior
你如何为自己的粗鲁行为辩解？
(2)explain+复合宾语
Please explain this rule to me.
请给我讲解一下这条规则。
(3)explain+疑问词+动词不定式
Can you explain to me how to bake a cake
(4)explain+宾语从句
He made up a story to explain why he was absent.
他编造了一个故事为他的缺席辩解。
注意：表示“向某人解释某事”时，sb.前必须使用介词to，即explain to sb. sth. /explain sth. to sb.。
He explained the outline of his plan to us.
3. Pierre and I did have a very good time at the ball.
皮埃尔与我确实在舞会上玩得很开心。
在“助动词do / does / did + 动词原形”结构中，助动词do / does / did意思是“确实，的确，一定”。do的加强语气的用法常常用在一般现在时或一般过去时的肯定句或祈使句中，起加强语气的作用。
Do be careful when crossing the road.
过马路的 时候务必要小心。
Do send me e-mail immediately you arrive at Beijing.
你一到北京，一定要给我发电子邮件。
He does smoke two packs of cigarettes every day.
他确实每天抽两包烟。
He did tell me that he would go to the cinema after dinner.
他的确告诉我吃过饭后要去看电影。
4. After all, the ball is very important.
after all; above all; at all; in all; first of all 的用法区别：
(1) after all
①“要知道……”；“别忘了……”，表示说话人对别人的态度，用来说服或提醒对方，引出听话人似乎忘记了的某个重要的论点或理由，在表这个意思时，一般把after all放在句首。
②“终究”，在表示这层意思时，after all一般放于句末， 用来表示与原先的想象相反。
I think we should let her go on holiday alone. After all, she is fifteen and she isn't a child any more.
我想应该让她独自去度假，(要知道)她毕竟已经15岁，不再是小孩了。
He thought he was to fail the exam; he passed it after all.
他认为他要考试失败，然而他竟然成功了。
(2)above all
首先;尤其是;最重要的是，强调一系列因素中最重要的
We must work，and above all we must believe in ourselves.
我们必须工作，尤其重要的是我们必须树立信心。
(3)first of all意为“首先”，强调次序。
First of all, let me introduce myself to you. 首先，让我作个自我介绍。
(4) in all意为“总共；总计”。
There are thirty in all in the party who will travel to Lan Zhou .
赴兰州的旅游团总共有30人。
(5)at all
①(否定句)丝毫;根本
I don't like her at all. 我一点都不喜欢她。
② (问句、条件句及肯定句内表示强调)究竟
He'll come before 12 if he comes at all.
如果他真的要来的话,肯定在十二点以前。
Is it at all possible that he alone can drink ten bottles of beer
难道他真的能独个儿喝十瓶啤酒吗
5. So I called on you and asked if I could borrow some jewellery.
call 短语总结
(1)call on：号召, 呼吁, 邀请, 访问, 指派, 要(学生)回答问题
I shall call on you next week.
我下星期去看你。
You'd better call on your friends to help you.
你最好请朋友来帮你。
(2)call for要求；需要；去接某人；去拿某物
This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.
这是个迫切需要解决的问题。
We will call for her early tomorrow morning.
我们明天一早就去接她。
(3)call up打电话；使想起；使回忆起
The film calls up old times.
这电影使人回忆起旧日时光。
(4)call in；请；要求退回；收回
The companies have called in some cars with dangerous faults.
(5)call off决定取消；下令停止
The meeting was called off because of the heavy rain.
(6)call back叫回；再度访问；回电话
I was about to leave when he called me back.
我刚要离开，他把我叫了回来。
(7)call at参观、拜访某地; （汽车等）停站
They called at my house yesterday.
昨天他们到我家。
This train calls at the chief stations only.
这班列车只停靠大站。
6. Well, after all these years , we have at last paid off all our debts.
pay短语总结
(1)pay off：
① 清偿债务
We will have more money to spend after we pay off our mortgage.
在付清贷款后,我们会有更多钱花。
He has paid off all his debts.
他已还清了所有的债务。
② 付清工资后解雇
The company has paid off some redundant employees.
公司在发放工资后解雇了一些多余的雇员。
③取得成功;得到好结果
Two years of business school really paid off.
在商业学校就读两年真是很合算。
Did his plan pay off
他的计划成功了吗
(2)pay back = repay报答;偿还
How can we pay you back for your great help
我们要怎么才能报答你的恩惠呢
(3)pay for付款；受到报应
Did you pay him 100 dollars for that old bicycle
那辆旧自行车你付里100美元吗？
You’ll have to pay for your crime.你将为你的罪行受到惩罚。
7. I don’t like plays that much.
that 作副词用，这时可以等于so（this也有这样的用法）
Don’t run that/so fast.
不要跑那么快。
I really cannot afford that expensive a mobile at present
目前我买不起那么昂贵的一个手机。
8.现在完成进行时
(1)现在完成进行时通常表示从过去开始，一直持续到现在的动作，这个动作可能刚刚结束。现在完成进行时通常和延续性动词连用，并常常附有表示一段时间的状语成分。
I must do something else for a change; I have been reading all the morning.
我必须干点别的事，一上午我都在读书。
You look very tired. What have you been doing these days
你看起来非常疲惫，这些天你都在干什么？
Where were you We have been looking for you everywhere.
你去哪儿了？我们一直在到处找你。
(2)现在完成进行时也常表示某个动作可能延续下去。
We have been having fine weather for the past few days. 过去几天的天气一直很好。
She has been living there since 1989. 她自1989年来一直住在那里。
The Chinese have been making paper for two thousand years.
中国人造纸已经有两千多年的历史了。
(3) 现在完成进行时和现在完成时的区别：都可表示一个动作从过去开始，延续到说话的时刻，并且可以延续下去。但是，现在完成进行时强调动作的持续性、暂时性和未完成性，而现在完成时的重点在动作的结果上。
I have written six letters since breakfast. 早饭以来我写了六封信。（动作已结束）
I have been writing letters since breakfast.
早饭以来我一直在写信。（动作还未结束，并且有可能继续）
They have widened the road. 他们加宽了马路。（工作已结束）
They have been widening the road.他们一直在加宽马路。（工作尚未结束）
I have been reading the novel since morning but I have covered only a few pages of it.
从早上到现在我一直在读小说，但是到现在为止，我看的没有多少页。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：That’s ...引导的表语从句或表语结构
在该句型结构中，表语可以使以下几种结构：
(1)why从句“那是为什么……”
That’s why we see the colors spread out like a rainbow.
那就是为什么我们看到的颜色像彩虹一样扩散开。
(2)how从句 “那是如何……”
That’s how he made a living when he stayed in London.
那就是他在伦敦期间如何谋生的。
（3）because 从句“那是因为……”或because of 介词短语
That’s because of hard work.（介词短语作表语）
那是因为艰苦的工作。
He came for class. That was because he got up late.
他上课迟到了，那是因为他起床晚了。
（4）where 从句“那是……地方”
That was where he put his bike.
那是他放他的自行车的地方。
（5）when 从句“那是……时候”
That was when his career really took off.
那时是他的事业腾飞的时候。
（6）what 从句“那是……的”。
Perseverance is a kind of quality—and that’s what it takes to do anything well.
坚忍不拔是一种素质，这种素质是做好任何事情所需要的。
—Are you still thinking about yesterday’s game
你仍在想着昨天的比赛吗？
—Oh, that’s what makes me feel excited.
正是昨天的比赛使我感到兴奋。
重点/热点2：advise; suggest
advise 与suggest 都可作“建议”讲，二者用法有同有异。
(1)相同点
表示建议做某事，advise与suggest都可采用下列三种句型:
① + 名词
② + 动名词
③ + that从句（从句中常用should加动词原形，should可以省略。）
He advised/ suggested an early start.
He advised/ suggested (our) starting early.
He advised/ suggested that we (should) start early.
注意：只要是用从句表示建议该做的事，从句中就可用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。上面的第三句可转化为：
It was suggested that we (should) start early.
What he suggested was that we(should) start early.
His suggestion was that we (should) start early.
(2)不同点
①advise后可以跟人称代词作宾语，而suggest后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说：
advise sb. to do sth.; advise sb. against (doing) sth.; advise sb. on/ about sth.;在这三种结构中不可将advise改为suggest。
他建议我们去参观博物馆。
[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum.
[误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum.
[误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum.
②suggest还有“暗示、表明、说、指出（一个事实）”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气，不用虚拟语气。如：
The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased.
Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中suggest陈述了一个事实，故用陈述语气。)比较：
Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be operated on at once.
(句中suggest表示建议该做某事，从句中用should加动词原形，should在从句中省略。)
易混易错点1： 情态动词表示推测的用法：
can, could, may, might, must 皆可表示推测，其用法如下：
（一）must表示推测
这时的must只用于肯定句，表示较有把握的推测，意为"一定"。
1） must表对现在的状态或现在正发生的事情的推测时，must 后面通常接系动词be 的原形。
You have worked hard all day. You must be tired.
你辛苦干一整天，一定累了。（对现在情况的推测）
2）must表示对现在正发生的事情的推测时，must 后面通常接be+动词ing（进行式）
He must be working in his office.
他（现在）一定在办公室工作呢。
比较：He must be staying there. 他现在肯定在那里。
He must stay there. 他必须呆在那。
3） must 表示对已发生的事情的推测时，must 要接现在完成时。
例如：I didn't hear the phone. I must have been asleep.
我刚才没有听到电话，我想必是睡着了。
4） must表示对过去某时正发生的事情的推测，must 后面要接完成进行式。
例如：---Why didn't you answer my phone call 为何不接我的电话？
---Well, I must have been sleeping, so I didn't hear it.唉，肯定在睡觉，所以没有听见。
（二）除此之外，can, could, may, might, must 皆可表示推测，其用法如下：
1）情态动词+动词原形，表示对现在或将来的情况的推测，此时动词通常为系动词。
I don't know where she is, she may be in Wuhan.
我不知道她在哪儿，可能在武汉。
2）情态动词+动词现在进行时，表示对现在或将来正在进行的情况进行推测。
At this moment, our teacher might be correcting our exam papers.
这时，想必我们老师正在批改试卷。
3）情态动词+现在完成时，表示对过去情况的推测。
Nobody have ever seen him since that year. He may/might have gone abroad.
自从那一年之后没有人看见过他。他可能出国了。
4）情态动词+动词的现在完成进行时，表示对过去正在发生事情的推测。
Your mother may have been looking for you.
你妈妈可能一直在找你。
5）can和could表示推测的时候，通常只用于疑问句和否定句。
Mike can't have found his car, for he came to work by bus this morning.
迈克一定还没有找回他的车，因为早上他是坐公共汽车来上班的。
----Where can he have gone 他会去哪里了？
----He couldn’t have gone to school. It’s Sunday.他不可能去学校了。今天是星期天。
He can't be my father, I don't know him at all.
他不可能是我父亲，我根本不认识他。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. One of the processes of growing up is being able to ____ and overcome our fears．
A. realize B. remember
C. recognize D. recover
变式1. The policeman recognized her —— a pickpocket.
A . as B. for C. be D. was
解析：本题考查recognize的意思。在本句中recognize的意思是“认清”。答案：C
变式1. recognize sb. As…… 承认某人是……答案：A
2. I remember the time _____ a small village.
A. which used to be B. when it would be
C. when it used to be D. when at that time it was
变式1. He is made used to _______ in miserable conditions.
A. work B. working C. be working D. to be working
解析：2. when 引导的是定语从句，修饰time,并且指过去的情况， 意思为“我记得这里是一个小村子的时候”。答案 C
变式1. 该句意思是“他习惯了在艰苦的条件下工作”主动形式是“sth makes him used to working in miserable conditions.”答案;B
3. After three years’ hard work all the debts ______.
A. paid off B. have been paid off C. was paid off D. had been paid off
变式1. Because of their hard work, their efforts _____.
A. paid back B. paid off C. paid for D. was paid off
解析3. 债务被还清要用被动形式。答案;C
变式1. pay off 可以做不及物动词意为“取得好的结果”答案：C
4. An awful accident____, however, occur the other day.
A. does B. did
C. was to D. had to
变式1. _____ be careful when crossing the road.
A. Do B. sure to C. To sure D. Will
解析4. 在“助动词do / does / did + 动词原形”结构中，助动词do / does / did意思是“确实，的确，一定”。常常用在肯定句或祈使句中，起加强语气的作用。有人称和时态的变化。答案：B.
变式1. do + 祈使句可用来加强语气。答案：A
5. She returned home from the market only to find the door open and a number of things ____.
A. stole B. missing C. missed D. losing
变式1._____ are the days when we depended on foreign countries for oil .
A. Gone B. Lost C. Going D .Losing
解析：5. 表示“丢失了，不见了”，A选项应为stolen，过去分词作宾补；D选项应为lost. 答案 B
变式1. gone 为形容词意为“消失了的，不见了的”lost也可以做形容词但是意思在这句话中不符合。答案：A
6. I'd like to buy a house - modern, comfortable, and ____ in a quiet neighborhood.
A. in all B. above all
C. after all D. at all
变式1. Let’s do some shopping; ______ , your birthday will be three days away.
A. in all B. above all
C. after all D. at all
变式2. We all thought he would fail to pass the exam, but he succeeded ，————。
A. in all B. above all
C. after all D. at all
解析：6. 答案点拨：B above all“首先，最重要的是”；in all “总共”；after all“毕竟”；at all“完全”。答案:B
变式1. after all其中一个用法是：“要知道……”；“别忘了……”，表示说话人对别人的态度，用来说服或提醒对方，引出听话人似乎忘记了的某个重要的论点或理由，在表这个意思时，一般把after all放在句首。根据句意可以知道答案为:C
变式2. after all 的另一个用法是：终究”，在表示这层意思时，after all一般放于句末， 用来表示与原先的想象相反。根据句意可以知道答案为:C
7. The room is in a terrible mess; it _____ cleaned.
A. can't have been B. shouldn't have been
C . mustn't have been D . wouldn't have been
变式1. You _____ her in her office last Friday; she's been out of town for two weeks.
A. needn't have seen B. must have seen
C. might have seen D. can't have seen
变式2. Mary's score on the test is the highest in her class, she ____ have studied very hard.
A. may B. should C. must D. ought to
解析：7. 该句意思是“房间里乱七八糟，一定没打扫过。”can 和could 通常用于否定句或疑问句中，may, might和must用于肯定句中。这句话是否定的猜测，因此只能选A。
变式1.该句意思是“上星期五你不可能在办公室见到她，她去外地已有两星期了。”因为有“她去外地已有两星期了”这个条件，说明她上周五是不在的，因此可以很肯定地推断不可能在办公室见到她。答案：D
变式2.该句意思是“玛丽的考试成绩全班第一，她学习一定很刻苦。”表示对过去发生情况的肯定推测，因为有“考试成绩全班第一”这个前提条件，因此用must表示很肯定的推测, 意思是“一定”。答案：C
课后题：
1. in order, Mary had to her little sister every morning.
A. dressing；dress B. dressed；wear for
C. dressed；dress D. dressing；dress
2.My uncle until he was forty-five.
A. married B. didn’t marry
C. wasn’t marrying D. would marry
3.This book is worth ,so I’d rather you it.
A. to read；buy B. reading；bought
C. being read；buy D. reading；buy
4.The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off
C. make it up D. make it over
5.Prices sharply in the past few years.
A. have risen B. have been risen
C. rose D. was rising
6.A well-written composition good choice of words and clear organization among other things.
A. calls on B. calls for
C. calls up D. calls off
解析：
1. C 第一空中，dress与Mary构成动宾关系，指Mary自己穿好，故用dressed；第二空，给小妹穿衣服dress little sister。
2. B 在not…until句型中，marry是短暂性动词，故用否定形式。
3. B be worth doing中doing主动形式表被动内容；would rather的宾语从句用虚拟语气，表对将来的意愿时，谓语动词用一般过去时，故只有B项正确。
4. A make out“理解”；make off“逃走”；make up“编造，补充”；make over“转让”。据句意，只A项合乎句意。
5. A 与时间状语in the past few years连用，故用现在完成时，而且rise为不及物动词，故A项正确。
6. call on“拜访”；call for“需要”；call up“使某人记起”；call off“取消”。据题意，只有B项正确。
课后练习题
A组：
1.Difficulties and hardship have the best character of the young geologist.
A. brought in B. brought up
C. brought out D. brought about
2.Ling Feng won the first prize in the national English competition and I’m glad that her efforts at last .
A. worked out B. got back
C .paid off D. turned out
3.My uncle from Hong Kong has changed so much that I could hardly him at the airport.
A. understand B. realize
C. know D. recognize
4.I’ve visited a lot of different places and stayed in lots of different hotels, but none of them this one.
A. makes B. beats
C. compares D. matches
5.It is a beautiful cell phone but it is not the price. You should have thought it over.
A. reasonable B. valuable
C. fit D. worth
6.Is the film worth
A. being watched B. seeing
C. to look at D. watching
7.—What time would you like me to this evening for the concert
—I think 6:30 will be OK.
A. pick up you B. call you for
C. call on you D. call for you
8.—Have you any information
—No, I’m going to the business department.
A. picked up；call at
B. picked out；call on
C. got ；call on
D. received；drop in
9.After three years of hard work, they had at last paid all the money they had borrowed.
A. for B. out
C. in D. back
10.—I’m sorry I have forgotten to post the letter for you. Shall I post it tomorrow
—I’d rather you right now.
A .post B. posted
C. to post D. posting
11.He can 3000 yuan a month by writing stories and support a family of three.
A. spare B. afford
C .earn D. charge
12.They gladly the offer to teach at the school.
A. promised B. agreed
C. received D. accepted
解析：
1. C bring in“引进”；bring up“培养”；bring out“产生某种品质”；bring about“使……发生”。句意为：困难和艰辛使那名年轻的地质学家养成了优秀的品格。
2. C pay off意为“偿还；偿清；回报，努力付出终有回报”。
3.D understand理解；realize意识到；know认识，知道；recognize认出。句意为：“香港来的叔叔变化如此之大，以至于在机场我差点没认出他来”。
4.D match在此句中表示“与……相配；匹配”。
5.D be worth the price值这个价钱，be worth后接名词时只限于表价值的名词。
6.B be worth后跟doing，不接不定式，doing用主动式表被动意义。此题中用see表看电影而不用watch。
7.D pick up可表示用车接（某人/某物），但up是副词，代词应插入到pick之后，call on sb表示拜访某人，显然意思不对；call for sb接某人，for 为介词，故不选B。
8.A pick up表示“获得”；call at some place表示访问某地；call on表示“访问”时后接人而不接地点；drop in为不及物动词词组，搭配形式为drop in on sb./at some place。
9.D 从all the money they had borrowed可知，句意为“偿还，还钱”。
10.B would rather后接从句时，用虚拟语气。
11.C earn指“赚得，挣得”。
12.D accept强调主观上接受，receive强调客观上收到。句意为：“他们高兴地接受了在那所学校任教的请求”。
单词拼写：
1.Had the anything to say in e of his behavior
2.My time is p .I can only spare you a few minutes.
3.I didn’t r him until he took off his dark glasses.
4.She always insists that her writing paper is of good (质量).
5.Have a rest before you （继续）driving.
答案：
1. explanation 2. precious 3. recognize 4. quality 5. continue
B组：
汉译英
1. 我被要求向他解释那个句子的意思。
2． 虽然她变化很大，我还是一眼就认出了她。
3． 一间带浴室的房间多少钱？
4. 这位病人由那位医生负责。
5. 她选出搭配那件衣服的鞋子。
6. 我现在已经全部付清债务了。
7. 他的提议值得考虑。
8. 那就是他在伦敦期间如何谋生的。
9. 我逐渐认识到他比我聪明。
10. 你能不能向我说一下蛋糕的做法呢？
答案：
1. I was asked to explain to him the meaning of the sentence.
2. Though she changed much, I recognized her at first sight.
3. How much do you charge for a room with a bath
4. The patient is in the charge of that doctor.
5. She picked out the shoes that match the dress.
6．I’ve now paid off all my debts.
7. His suggestion is worth considering.
8. That’s how he made a living when he stayed in London.
9.I’ve come to recognize that he is cleverer than I am.
10.Can you explain to me how to bake a cake
改错题：
1.well,I would rather telling you about that.
2.Pierre and I did had a very good time at the ball.
3.They had to buy another necklace, which spent them 36,000 francs.
4.We found the village easily with an old man lead the way.
5.He said life wouldn’t be worthy living without friendship.
答案：1. telling 改为 tell 2. had 改为have 3. spend 改为 cost
4. lead 改为leading 5. worthy 改为worthUnit 18 New Zealand
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语fisherman; great-grandfather; northeastern; central; coast; surround; mild; bay; harbor; volcano; spring; heat; surface; rat; settle; settler; mainly; voyage; possession; bold; paragraph; grassland; mountainous; surprising; secretary; percent; wedding; conference; relation; agricultural; cattle; export; lamb; ship; sail; cottage; seaside; camp；be made up of; lead to; so far; in relation to; sign an agreement with; refer to; be on the rise; apply for; come true; hand over; deal with; burst out; come up; get tired of; fall asleep; wake up; try one’s luck
句型
Weihai lies about 90 kilometers east of Yantai. 英语中描述方位和方向的表达方式
The North Island is famous for an area of hot springs, some of which throw hot water high into the air. 部分与整体型的定语从句，即：部分+ of +which/who
New Zealand is an important agricultural country, with cattle farming on the North Isled, while the hilly South Island has more sheep farms. with + 名词 +宾补
语法：it 的用法
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握central; surround; mild; harbor; spring; surface; settle; mainly; voyage; possession; surprising; secretary; percent; relation; cattle; export; cottage; camp; be made up of; lead to; so far; in relation to; sign an agreement with; refer to; be on the rise; apply for; come true; hand over; deal with; burst out; come up; get tired of; fall asleep; wake up; try one’s luck 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握英语中描述方位和方向的表达方式；部分与整体型的定语从句的用法；it 的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. Weihai lies about 90 kilometers east of Yantai.
英语中描述方位和方向的表达方式有：
(1 ) It is / lies in the方位词of...位于……的北部／南部／东部／西部(表在某范围内)
Zhejiang Province is in the east of China.
浙江省在中国的东部（浙江在中国范围之内）
(2) It is / lies to the方位词of...位于……的北面／南面／东面／西面／(表在某范围之外)
The city lies about 66 kilometres to the east of Yantai.
这座城市位于烟台以东66公里。
(3) It is / lies on the方位词of... 位于……的北面／南面／东面／西面／(表接壤)
China is on the north of India.
中国在印度的北部（中国与印度接壤）。
(4) It is / lies+具体距离+to the+方位词+of...
The mountain lies 10 kilometers to the south of the city of Chengdu.
这座山位于成都南部10公里处。
注意：表示方位的介词短语位于句首时要采用完全倒装结构。
10 kilometers to the south of the city of Chengdu lies the mountain.
这座山位于成都南部10公里处。
2. New Zealand is an island that lies off the eastern coast if Australia.
off 的用法：
离……附近不远处
They live on the island off the coast of Fujian.
他们住福建沿海的一个岛屿上。
They were sailing two miles off shore.
他们在离岸两英里的海上航行。
The restaurant is just off the main road.
这家饭店就在主干道旁边。
The ship sank off Cape Horn.
轮船在合恩角外沉了。
3. The ocean and seas surrounding the islands are deep blue.
surround 的用法;
派生词:
(1)surrounding adj. 周围的
The dance excited the surrounding bees.
这种舞蹈激起了周围的蜜蜂，
(2) surroundings n 环境
The factories affected the surroundings. 工厂影响了周围的环境。
The surroundings a child grows up in may have an effect on his development.
小孩生长的环境会影响他的发展。
相关归纳:
be surrounded by / with 被……围住
The village is surrounded on all sides by hill.
这个村子四面环山。
She has always been surrounded with fashionable friends.
她周围总有许多爱赶时髦的朋友。
4. The North Island is famous for an area of hot springs, some of which throw hot water high into the air.
some of which throw hot water high into the air.是定语从句。some为部分of 后的which是整体，some 与of which可以交换位置。我们可以把这类定语从句归纳为部分与整体型的定语从句，即：部分+ of +which/who(先行词为人时关系代词用whom; 先行词为物时关系代词用which;)
There are 50 numbers in the club, most of whom are from the city.
=There are 50 numbers in the club, of whom most are from the city.
这个俱乐部里有50个成员，其中大多数来自城市。
I have 100 books, 30﹪ of which are on English.
= I have 100 books, of which 30﹪ are on English.
我有100本书，百分之30 是关于英语方面的书。
5. They settled mainly on the North Island where the weather was warmer.
settle 的用法:
派生词:
(1) settled adj. 固定的，不变的，永久的
(2) settlement n. 殖民，移民；定居点；和解，解决，决定
(3) settler n. 定居者
知识梳理:
(1)解决
Let’s get down to settling the problem.
让我们开始认真处理问题吧
(2)决定
He settled to sell his car.
他决定卖掉他的汽车。
(3)落下来；沉下来；停下来
A bird settled on the branch.
一只小鸟停留在树枝上。
Dust has settled on the furniture.
灰尘布满了家具。
(4)使定居；使居住
He settled his family in the country.
他在乡下安了家。
相关归纳:
settle down (使)安定下来；定居；安下心来
The teacher tried to settle down the students.
老师试图让学生安静下来。
He want to get married and settle down
他想结婚并且定居下来。
With the noise outside so aloud , I can’t settle down to my work.
由于外面噪音极其大，我不能静下心来去做作业。
almost, nearly, mainly=mostly
(1) almost的语气更强almost=very nearly
I almost envy the little boy who got the geography book after five failures.
在失败了五次之后那个小男孩得到了那本地理书，我几乎有点嫉妒他了。
(2) almost 后可跟代词尤其是具有否定意义的代词，而nearly不能。
Almost none got to school on time yesterday.
昨天由于大雾几乎没有人准时到校。
(3) 在more than, any, too之前通常用almost，而不用nearly。
Almost more than ten students failed in the exam.
不及格的学生几乎不止十个。
(4)nearly 可以和数词连用而almost不可以
12 ten students failed in the exam
几乎12个学生不及格。
(5) nearly之前可用very, not修饰，而almost则不能。not nearly 远非，远远不
100 dollars is not nearly enough for the trip to Beijing.
100美元对我们这次去北京的旅游远远不够。
(6)mostly=mainly强调整体中的组成部分
He looked around but mostly looked forward.
他向周围看了看，但主要是向前看。
6. More than 130 years later, Captain James Cook took possession of the islands
possess的用法：
(1)拥有,持有;具有;占有
The country possesses rich mineral deposits.
这个国家拥有丰富矿藏。
(2)使拥有,使掌握
Though plain-looking, Mary is possessed of great intelligence.
虽然相貌平平,玛丽却拥有智慧。
(3)支配,控制
One main idea possessed her; she must get away from home.
她只有一个想法;她一定要离家出走。
相关归纳：
(1)take possession of 占有； 占领
French took possession of the island in 1800.
法国于1800 年占领了这个小岛。
(2)sth. be in one’s possession= sth. be in the possession of sb. 某物有某人所有或控制
The land is in his possession.
这块地由他占有。
(3)sb. Be in the possession of sth.
He is on the possession of the dictionzry.
这本字典是他的。
7. They make up about six percent of the total population.
make up
(1)组成，构成
The medical team was made up of twelve doctors.
医疗队由十二名医生组成。
(2)编造
The whole story is made up.
整个故事完全是虚构出来的。
(3) 补足,补充
We need $50 to make up the sum required.
我们需要五十元以补足所需要的数目。
(4)化妆
She always makes herself up before going out.
她总是出去之前化妆。
She is always heavily made up.
她总是化浓妆。
(5)配制
The doctor made up a bottle of medicine for his cold.
医生给他配制了一瓶治感冒的药。
(6) 占（多少百分比）
The boy students in our class make up two fifths of the whole students.
我们班男生占总人数的三分之二。
take up
(1) 开始从事
When did he take up football
他是什么时候开始踢足球的
(2) 占去(时间或空间)
The work took up all his time.
那工作花费了他所有的时间。
The piano takes up too much space.
那架钢琴占去了太大的空间。
(3)拿起
He took up arms and rushed out.
他拿起了武器然后跑了出去。
8. New Zealand is an important agricultural country, with cattle farming on the North Isled, while the hilly South Island has more sheep farms.
(2)with + 名词 + 现在分词／过去分词／介词短语 /副词／动词不定式／形容测构成 with 的复合结构，这种结构通常在句子中作定语或状语，作状语时，表伴随状况或原因。
He likes sleeping with the windows closed. (做状语表示伴随)
他喜欢窗户关着睡觉。
He gave his seat to a woman with a baby in her arms. (做定语)
他把座位让给了一个抱着婴儿的女士。
With Tom to help us we're sure to complete the task on time. (做状语表示原因)
由于有汤姆帮助我们我们一定能准时完成任务的。
He stood there with a group of children surrounding him.
他站在那里一群孩子围着他。
With a lot of difficult problems to be settled, the newly-elected manager is having a hard time. ( 做状语表示原因)
由于有很多问题要解决，新上任的经理度日如年。
With all the problems settled ,we went out for a swim. (做状语表示原因)
He likes sleeping with lights burning/ on.
With the noise outside so aloud , I can’t settle down to my work.(做状语表示伴随)
(2)with 复合结构中with常可以省略,省略之后的结构可以称为“独立主格结构”
He came in with a book in his hand.= He came in a book in his hand.= He came in book in hand.
With all the problems settled ,we went out for a swim.= All the problems settled ,we went out for a swim.
9. Some of the farmers have turned to keeping deer.
turn to sth./sb./doing sth
求助于
If you have any problem in your English study, please turn to me for help.
如果你英语学习上有什么问题，请跟我说。
转向做某事
After she left the university, she became a teacher, but later turned to journalism.
她大学毕业后做了一名教师，但后来又转行干新闻工作了。
转向某人或某个方向
He turned to me and said hello to me.
他转向我向我问候。
翻页
Please turn to page40.
请翻到40页。
（1）turn on/off开/关（电器、煤气等）
Turn on the lights when you enter the room, and don’t forget to turn them off before you leave.
进入房间时请把灯打开，但要记住离开前关上。
（2）turn up开大；调高（音量、煤气等）；露面
He hasn’t turned up yet.
他到现在还没有露面。
Will you turn up the radio
请把收音机的音量开大一些好吗？
（3）turn down 关小；调低（音量、煤气等）；拒绝
—Would you like me to turn down the radio a bit
我把收音机音量调低一点好吗？
—No, it’s all right. I’m used to working with the radio on.
不用，这就很好。 我已经习惯开着收音机工作了。
Our request for a pay rise was turned down again.
我们要求提高工资的请求再次被拒绝。
（4）turn out 关掉；熄灭；证明；生产
The day turned out fine.
结果天晴了。
It turned out that he had never been there.
后来证实他从来没有去过那儿。
The factory can turn out 1 000 cars a day.
这家工厂一天能生产1 000辆汽车。
（5） turn over 翻地；翻身；翻倒；仔细考虑
The farmers turned over the soil with a fork to destroy the weeds.
农民用耙子翻地除草。
He turned over in the bed and couldn’t fall asleep.
他在床上翻来覆去，睡不着觉。
The car turned over twice and then fell into the river.
那辆车翻了两次后掉进了河里。
He turned it over in his mind.
他在心中仔细考虑那件事。
（6）turn against背叛；反抗
For this many of his former friends turned against him.
鉴于此，他以前的许多朋友背叛了他。
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：New Zealand wine is of high quality and is sold all over the world.
该句中的be + of + n. 为一个固定结构。
(1)be + of + n.= be + 相对应的adj. (名词多为抽象名词，如: use，help，importance等) 这种结构在句中可以作表语、定语或宾语补足语。
The suggestion he made at the meeting is of great use.(作表语)
他在会上提的建议很有用。
The young guy of average height is our new chemistry teacher. (作定语)
那位中等身材的年轻人是我们的新化学老师。
We found the dictionary of no use. (作宾补)
我们发现这本字典根本没用。
He is a person of great determination. (作定语)
他是个意志力非常坚决的人。
(2)be + of a/an + n.= be + of the same + n表示相同性，同一性。常用于该结构的名词：age, weight, height, length, width, size等。
They are of a height.= They are of the same height.
他们身高一样。
(3) be + of + different + n.(pl.) 表示不同，不一样。
These flowers are of different colors.
这些花颜色不一样。
易混易错点1：“It”用法及其句型和固定搭配讲解
"It" 用法及其句型和固定搭配，是高中英语语法的重点、难点，又是近几年高考的热点，因此应给予充分的重视，现将it用法归纳如下：
It 作形式主语的常见句型：
1. It替代作主语的动词不定式，其句型为
（1）It be adj. (for sb.) to do sth.
It is illegal (for a teenager) to drive a car without a license.
青少年没有执照开车是违法的。
（2）It be adj. (of sb.) to do sth.
It's kind of you to help me with the problem.
你帮我解决这样的问题真是太好了。
2. It替代作主语的动名词的常见句型：
It’s no good/use doing…
It’s (well)worth doing…
It’s (well)worth (one’s) while doing/to do
It's no use waiting on, for he won’t come.
在等下去是没用的，他不会来的。
3. It替代作主语的从句常见句型
（1）It is + noun +从句
It is a pity that he should cheat in the exam.
他竟然在考试中作弊，这真是一件令人遗憾的事
（2）.It is adj. +clause
It's important that you should apologize to her for your rudeness.
因为你的粗鲁你应该向他道歉这是非常重要的。
（3）It verb sb. + clause= It is v-ing + clause
It+surprise/delight/interest/disappoint/worry/disturb/annoy/amaze/bother/concern/frighten/please/anger sb. that…
It worried me that she drove so fast.= It was worrying that she drove so fast.
他车开的那么快这让我很担心。
（4）It verb (to sb.) that…= sb/sth verb to do
(常见的动词有：appear, seem, happen, occur, turn out 等)
It happened that they were out.= They happened to be out.
碰巧他们出去了。
（5）It is v-ed that…=sb/sth is to do
(常见的动词有say, report, think, believe, expect, accept, intend, plan, know等）
It is reported that he won the first prize in the contest
.=He is reported to have won the first prize in the contest.
据报道他在竞赛中获得了一等奖。
It 作形式宾语的句型：
用来替代作宾语的从句、动词不定式、动名词，而把真正作宾语的从句、动词不定式、动名词置于句尾。
It 作形式宾语的常见句型：
(1)主语+verb+ it+ adj./noun (for/of) to do/clause (常见的动词有：think, believe, suppose, consider, feel, make, keep等)
I think it hard for you to do the job on your own.
=I think it hard that you'll do the job on your own.
我认为你独自一人完成这个工作很难
I think it necessary that you (should) attend the meeting.
我认为你有必要参加这次会议。
(2) It用在不能直接跟宾语从句的动词后面，尤其是表示好恶的动词后，enjoy, like, love, dislike, resent, hate, don't mind, be fond of, feel like, see to 宾语从句紧跟it之后
I hate it when people speak with their mouth full of food.
我憎恨人们说话的时候嘴里充满食物。
It 常用的固定搭配
1. make it
(1).在口语当中相当于succeed,表示：成功、做到、说定、赶上、及时到达
It's hard to make it if one doesn’t work hard.
如果一个人不努力很难取得成功。
(2).在口语中相当于fix the date for,表示“约定好时间”
—Shall we meet next week 我们下周见面可以吗？
—OK. We just make it next Saturday. 行，就定于下周六吧。
2. that's it
(1). 相当于That's all. That's so much. 表示“至此为止，没有别的了”
You can have one more egg, and that's it.
你可以再吃另外一个鸡蛋，没别的了。
(2). 相当于 That's right.表示“对啦”
— I guess he will win the first prize. 我认为他会获得一等奖的
—That's it. 你说的很正确。
3. catch it 在口语中，相当于be punished/scolded for doing sth. wrong. 表示“因做错事而挨骂，受责备，受批评，受惩罚”
We'll really catch it form our teacher if we're late for class again.
如果迟到的话我们会受到老师惩罚的。
4. have it
(1).相当于say,表示“说，主张，表明，硬说”
Rumor has it that they are getting divorced.
谣言说他们要离婚了。
(2).相当于get to know something,表示“了解，知道，获悉”
I had it from John that Tom was going abroad.
我从约翰那里听说汤姆要出国了。
5. Keep at it! (Don't give up!)相当于go on,表示“继续做，不放弃”
My teacher asked me to keep at it in spite of trouble.
尽管有困难老师要我坚持下去。
6. As it happened, … 在口语中，相当于it's a pity that…, 表示“真不凑巧，真遗憾”
As it happened, they were out.
真遗憾他们不在家。
6. As it turned out,…在口语中，相当于it was found to be in the end, 表示“最后被证明是”
As it turned out, it began to rain.
后来证明天的确开始下雨了。
7. Take it/things easy. 相当于Don't worry or don't hurry. 用来劝告别人，表示“不要慌，别担心，存住气”
Take it easy! You will pick up soon.
别担心！你很快会好起来的。
8. Take it from me.在口语中，相当于believe me what I say.表示“请相信我的话，我敢担保”
You can take it from me that he will make it this time.
请相信我的话这次他会成功的。
9. Worth it 在口语中，相当于useful, 表示“有好处，值得做”
Our efforts are worth it.
我们的努力是值得的。
10. Take it or leave it. v. 要么接受要么放弃
That is my last offer. You can take it or leave it.
这是我最后的提议了。你看着办吧。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. ____of the village ______ two small lakes.
A. The east； lie B. East； lies C. The east； lies D. East； lie
变式1. London lies ____ the Thames
A. in B. off C. on D. to
变式2. The battle happened _______ the southwest coast
A. of B. off C. to D. in
变式3. -- Can you tell me about Shanghai, l.iu Mei
-- Of course. Shanghai lies ____ the west of the Pacific Ocean, where you can't find many islands ____ the coast.
A. on; off B. to; along
C. in; off D. on; along
解析：1. 倒装结构，主语是two small lakes，故谓语用lie。若介词省略，方位词前的the必须省略
答案：D
变式1. 位于河畔或表示相邻时介词用on .答案：C
变式2. off 表示离什么地方附近不远处。答案：B。
变式2. 本题考查描述方位和方向的正确表达方法。on the west of，在……的西面(强调接壤)，off the (east) coast 在(东部)沿海附近不远处，所以A项正确。答案：A
2. There are 60 students in our class, ______ 52﹪are boy students.
A. which B. of which C. where D. of them
变式1. There are 60 students in our class, 52﹪______ boy students.
A. which B. of which C. where D. of them
解析：2. 这是一道体现部分与整体关系的定语从句，52﹪是部分，of which=and of them是整体.答案：B
变式1. 这时一道考查独立主格结构的练习题，即52﹪of them是逻辑主语+ n. (boy students).答案：D
3. 7 women and 10 men _____ the committee.
A. make up of B. are composed of C. are made D. consist of
变式1. Women _______ 20﹪of the total.
A. make up B. take up C. set up D. use up
变式2. The piano _______ much room.
A. make up B. take up C. set up D. use up
变式3. The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to ____.
A. make it out B. make it off
C. make it up D. make it over
解析：3. 表示构成的结构有D项，也可以采用make up 这一短语。
变式1. 考查make up做占多少百分比这一用法.take up 是指占空间和时间。答案：A
变式2. 考查.take up 占空间和时间这一用法而make up是指占多少百分比。答案：B
变式3. make out领悟。弄明白。发现真相；make off连忙跑掉；make up弥补。打扮，组成；make
over转让，改造。答案：A
4 . -- Do you like ____ here
-- Oh, yes. The air, the weather, the way of life. Everything is so nice. (NMET 2004)
A. this B. these
C. that D. it
变式1. I like ______ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A. this B. that C. it D. one
解析：4. 本题考查it的特殊用法，it在这里指模糊的情形、环境、状况。其余代词指具体事物。答案：D
变式1. 本题考查不定代词的用法。分析句子的结构，此处用it指代后面when引导的从句。“I like/appreciate it+从句”为固定句型结构。答案：C
5. Our factory has turned out 2,000 cars this year, all of which ____ quality.
A. is good B. are good C. is of high D. are of high
变式1. I found the map of______.
A. value B. valuable C. values D. valued
解析：5. 题意为‘我们工厂今年生产汽车2000辆，而且都是高质量的’ be of +名词 表示事物（汽车）的属性或特征。答案：D
变式1. 考查“be of + 抽象名词=be +抽象名词的形容词”用来描述某人/某物的特征。答案：A
6.----Why does she always ask you for help
----There is no one else _____, is there
A. who to turn to B. she can turn to C. for whom to turn D. for her to turn
变式1. After she left the university, she became a teacher, but later_____ journalism.
A. turned to B. adapted to C. replied to D. responded to
解析：6. 本题考查定语从句和词组搭配。turn to可表示求助于某人，‘she can turn to’作定语从句，省略了关系代词who/whom。答案：B
变式1. 该句意思是“她大学毕业后做了一名教师，但后来又转行干新闻工作了。”考查turn to 做“转向”这一用法。答案A
课后题：
1.The company is the possession of Mr. Smith.
A. in B. under
C. on D. for
2.He was very disappointed to find his suggestion .
A. turned up B. turned in
C. turned down D .turned out
3.The matter your fate can’t be taken for granted.
A. relating to B. related to
C. relate to D. to relate to
4.—He was almost killed once.
—When was
— was 2003 when he was in the college.
A. that；It B. this；This
C. this；It D. that；This
5.On his father’s death, he came into of vast fortune.
A. possess B. possessive
C. possession D. possessor
解析：
1.A be in the possession of sb在某人的掌管之中。
2.C turn down指“拒绝，不接受”。
3.B related to 前面省略了which is ,relate sth to sth “与某事有关”。
4.A that用来指前面已发生的事，it用于省略的强调句中，when引导的定语从句的先行词为2003。
5.C 句意为他父亲死后给他留下一大笔财产。
◆经典页面：
课后练习题
A组：
1.Since the mid-1980s growing numbers of Asians have settled in New Zealand, and they about 60% of the total population.
A. take up B. pick up
C. make up D. hold up
2.In Disneyland every year, some 800,000 plants are replaced because Disney refuses to signs asking his “guests” not to step on them.
A. put down B. put out
C. put up D. put off
3.Mr Smith is now for it is quite a long time since he smoked.
A. in poor health B. in good health
C. poor in health D. good in health
4.Tom missed his footing and fell, but he quickly struggled his feet.
A. with B. at
C .for D. to
5.The rainy season makes impossible to continue with the repair work.
A./ B. them
C. that D. it
6.It has taken Joe a long time to come to with the fact that he won’t be able to go to college.
A. terms B. receptions
C. agreements D. admissions
7.Excuse me, Mr. Black, but I have to you with a few questions.
A. ask B. bother
C. disturb D. admire
8.It was during that period that silk made in China rose .Many westerners came to buy it and shipped it to European countries.
A. famous B. for fame
C .in fame D. to fame
9.He got wet all over, so I his clothes.
A. insisted on him to change
B. insisted he changed
C. insisted on his changing
D. insisted that he must change
10.After he left school he got a job as a clerk in a company, but later he turned .
A. to drive B. for driving
C. to driving D. to be driver
1. C. take up从事于；pick up捡起；搭车；make up构成，组成；hold up支撑；使停顿。
2. C. put down镇压；put out 扑灭；put up竖起；put off推迟。
3. B. since he smoked意为“自从他戒烟后”。
4.D. struggle to one’s feet爬起来，挣扎着站起来。
5. D. make it impossible to do sth.使不可能做某事；it是形式宾语，代替后面的不定式短语。
6. A. come to terms with是固定短语，意为“甘心忍受；屈服于；被迫接受”。
7. B. bother sb. with sth.打扰某人做某事。题意是“我得打扰您回答几个问题”。
8. D. rise to fame出名，有名气。
9. C. insist on one’s doing sth.坚持要某人做某事。insist后接that从句时，从句中要用should。
10. C. turn to转向，转而去做……，to是介词，后接动名词。
单词拼写：
Some international c_______ are held in our country every year.
The house is s______ by green trees.
I took p______ of the house in 1998.
He was a young sailor on his first sea v_______.
There is a great demand for______ machinery in this country.
答案：1. conferences 2. surrounded 3. possession 4. voyage 5. agricultural
B组：
汉译英
1. 这个俱乐部由200位以上的会员组成。
2. 他醒来时发现自己被绑在一棵高树上。
3. 他们突然大笑（哭）起来。
4. 老师尽力让学生安静下来。
5. 他转向学习医学。
6. 一个人努力学习是很自然的。
7.我发现他的建议很有益处。
8. 他拥有这张桌子。
答案：
1. This club consists of more than 200 members.
2. When he woke up, he found himself tied to a tall tree.
3. They burst out laughing/crying.
4. The teacher tried to settle the students down.
5. He turned to the study of medicine.
6. It is natural that we should work hard.
7. I found his advice of great benefit.
8. He is in possession of the desk.
单句改错：
Our dream has been come true.
The committee is consisted of 50 people.
The pen is in possession of him.
They burst out tears.
I find the map value.
答案：1. been 去掉 2. is consisted 改为 consists 3. in 后加 the
4. tears 改为 crying 5. value 改为valuable 或 value 前加 ofUnit 17 Great women
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语inspire; admire; generous; cheerful; mean; tense; dull; dishonest; champion; mile; stormy; threaten; bottom; optimistic; workday; somehow; shelter; regret; extreme; extremely; climate; value; pianist; bother; fame; promise; kindergarten; hardship; bear; scholarship; graduation; around the corner; die down; come to terms with; make up; take possession of; turn to; go sailing; go camping; blow away; be in good health; struggle to one’s knees; take up;
句型
It has often been said that life is difficult as it is. as引导的方式状语从句
What has become of her. 句型：sth. will become of sb.
On the third day I was struggling through stormy weather and during the next week the wind grew
stronger and I found myself spending a whole day in my tent find + oneself + 宾补
I had fallen into a hole and was hanging on the ropes tied to the sled. 分词做定语
I had traveled only two hours one day when the winds increased so much that I had to put my tent up before the winds became too strong. When引导的时间状语从句
Oprah Winfrey is not just a very successful TV personality in the US, she is also a woman who has inspired millions．not only…but also…的用法
3. 语法：主谓一致的用法
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握inspire; admire; mean; tense; bottom; optimistic; somehow; regret; extremely; climate; value; bother; promise; hardship; bear; graduation; around the corner; die down; come to terms with; make up; take possession of; turn to; go sailing; go camping; blow away; be in good health; struggle to one’s knees; take up; 等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握not only…but also…的用法；分词做定语的用法；主谓一致的基本用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. Do you know a woman who really inspires you
inspire的用法：
派生词:
inspired有灵感的；inspiring鼓舞人心的; inspiration n 灵感
相关归纳:
（1）inspire sb.
We were inspired by his speech.
我们深受他讲话的鼓舞。
（2）inspire sb. to sth.
His example inspired the rest of us to greater efforts.
他的榜样激励我们做出更大的努力。
（3）inspire sb. to do sth.
His friend’s words inspired him to try again.
朋友的讲话鼓舞了他再作尝试。
（4）inspire sth. in sb.
The father inspired confidence in his son.
父亲记起了孩子的自信。
（5）inspire sb. with sth.
The father inspired his son with confidence.
父亲记起了孩子的自信。
注意：inspire sb. to do sth.相当于encourage sb. to do sth.。
2. Describe her and explain why you admire her.
admire 的用法：
派生词:
admiration n. 钦佩，赞美，羡慕 admirer n. 羡慕者，赞赏者，敬慕者
相关归纳:
(1) admire sb. for sth. 赞赏／钦佩某人……
I admire him for his sincerity.
我钦佩他的诚实
(2) express admiration for 对……表示钦佩
Don’t forget to express admiration for the baby.
不要忘了夸奖那婴儿。
(3) in admiration of 赞美，赏识
He stood there in admiration of the scene.
他站在那里欣赏着风景。
(4) with admiration 羡慕地
He looked at the palace with admiration.
他羡慕地看着宫殿。
(5)admire sth/sb 欣赏风景或欣赏某人及自己
The girl admired herself in the mirror.
那个女孩在照镜子。
3. What has become of her. 她的情况怎么样了
该句中的 become of 常常构成这样的同定句型。
What has / will become of sth / sb =means “what happened / will happen to sth / sb ”
意思是“某人、某物情况(遭遇)怎么样了
What will become of her children if their mother dies
如果他们的妈妈死了，这些孩子们的遭遇将会如何
What has become of the injured driver
那位受伤的司机情况怎么样了
4. I found myself spending a whole day in my tent.
find oneself...意思是“发现自己(处于某种状态)；不知不觉地”，后面跟动词的-ing形式短语、过去分词短语、介词短语作宾语补足语
I found myself at the foot of the mountain hen I woke up.
当我醒来时我发现自己在山脚下。
Then I found myself surrounded by a group of boys.
那时我发现自己被一群男孩包围着。
When I came in, I found him wring his homework.
当我进来时我发现他在些作业。
5. On November 12th the storm died down.
die 的短语
(1)die away逐渐消失、平息
The sound has died away. 声音渐息。
(2)die by“死于……”，常与暴行、刀剑等词搭配。
The thief died by sword(刀剑)。那个贼死于剑伤。
(3)die for为……而死; 渴望
He died for the people. His death is as heavy as Mount Tai
他为人民而死，他的死重于泰山。
(4)die from“由于……而死”，后常接灾祸、衰弱、负伤等外因
He died from a chest wound.
他死于胸部受伤
(5)die of“因（患）……而死”，后常接年老、疾病、情感、贫寒等内因的死。
The baby died of a fever. 那个婴儿高烧而死。
The old woman died of grief(悲伤)soon after her husband’s death.
那个老太太在她的丈夫去世后不久就悲痛而死。
(6)die out熄灭、绝种（迹）
The lights died out suddenly.
所有的灯突然熄灭了。
Many old customs are gradually(逐渐地)dying out.
很多就风俗正逐渐消失。
(7)die off 成批地成批地死去
Because of the pollution, the fish in the river has died off.
由于污染河里的与已经成批地成批地死去。
6. I did so without regret.
regret的用法
派生词:
regretful adj. 后悔的，抱歉的，惋惜的，遗憾的
regretfully adv. 懊悔地，抱歉地
regretless adj. 无悔的，不后悔的，没有遗憾的
相关归纳:
(1) to one's regret 令某人遗憾的是
To my regret, you failed to pass the exam.
使我遗憾的是你没能通过考试。
(2) regret to do sth对做某事感到遗憾(强调动作尚没发生)
I regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you employment.
我遗憾地通知你我们不能雇用你。
(3) regret doing sth = regret having done sth= regret to have done sth后悔干了某事(强调动作已经发生)
I regret being so rude to you last time.
我很后悔上次对你太无礼了。
I regretted having broken the window when I had a course here yesterday.
我后悔我昨天上课的时候把玻璃打破了。
(4) It is to be regretted that... 使人遗憾的是……；真可惜……
I regret to tell you that you are laid off.
我遗憾的告诉你你被解雇了。
(5) with regret 遗憾，可惜
We heard with regret that you were not successful in your plan.
听到你的计划不能顺利进行，我们觉得很可惜。
7. It is an experience I shall never forget and value for the rest of my life.
value 的用法：
派生词:
valuable adj. 很有用的；值钱的
valueless adj. 没有价值的，不值钱的
注意: priceless adj. 无价的，及其珍贵的
worthless adj. 没有价值的，不值钱的
知识梳理:
(1) n 价值; 重要性,益处; 等价物; 价值观
This dictionary is of little value to you.
这本词典对你没有什么帮助。
The value of the dollar may fall.
美元的币值可能下降。
His values seem old-fashioned.
他的价值观念似乎陈旧了。
(2)vt.
① 估价,评价[(+at)]
That watch was valued at $100.
那只表估计值一百美元。
② 尊重;重视,珍视
My father values honesty beyond all things.
我父亲把诚实看得比什么都重要。
8. Oprah Winfrey is not just a very successful TV personality in the US, she is also a woman who has inspired millions．
该句中的not just / only...(but) also... 为并列连词。连接两个简单句。
Singers of the country music do not just come from the States also from all over the world.
乡村音乐的歌手不仅仅来自美国，而且来自世界各地。
注意：
(1)在并列连词not just / only...(but)also...连接同等的句子成分，如果连接两个名词或代词作主语，谓语
动词要与后面的名词或代词保持一致。
Not only Tom but also his children were invited to New Year's Party.
不但是汤姆，而且他的孩子们都受邀请出席了新年晚会。
(2)如果连接两个分句，第一分句需要部分倒装。
Not only is he fond of doing exercises but also his wife joins him in it.
不仅是他喜欢运动，而且他的妻子也喜欢与他一起运动。
9. For her family, life seemed to hold no promise.
promise的用法
派生词:
promising adj. 有希望的，有前途的
知识梳理：
(1)n.承诺,诺言; 希望,前途
Give me your promise that you'll never be late again.
答应我你绝不再迟到了。
The young man shows promise as a poet.
这位青年有成为诗人的希望。
(2)vt.
①允诺,答应 promise (sb) to do sth 承诺做某事
He promised me the book.
他答应给我这本书。
He promised to help us.
他答应要帮助我们。
I can't give you the book; I've promised it to Susan.
我不能把这本书给你;我已经答应给苏珊了。
②给人以...的指望;有...的可能
It promises to be fine tomorrow.
明天有希望是个好天气。
(3)vi. 有指望,有前途 promise well 很有希望，前景很好
That project promises well.
那个工程很有希望成功。
相关归纳:
(1) break one's / a promise 违背诺言，违约
(2) make a promise 答应，许诺
(3) keep one's / a promise遵守诺言，守约
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：almost, nearly, mostly
(1) almost的语气更强almost=very nearly
I almost envy the little boy who got the geography book after five failures.
我几乎有点羡慕那个经历5次失败最后得到地理书的那个小男孩了。
(2) almost 后可跟代词尤其是具有否定意义的代词，而nearly不能。
Almost none got to school on time yesterday.
昨天几乎没有一个人准时到校的。
(3) 在more than, any, too之前通常用almost，而不用nearly。
Almost more than ten students failed in the exam.
不及格的学生几乎不止十个。
(4)nearly 可以和数词连用而almost不可以
(5) nearly之前可用very, not修饰，而almost则不能。not nearly 远非，远远不
100 dollars is not nearly enough for the trip to Beijing.
100美元对我们这次去北京的旅游来说远远不够。
(6)mostly=mainly强调整体中的组成部分
He looked around but mostly looked forward.
他向周围看了看但主要是向前看。
易混易错点1：主谓一致的用法
主谓一致的三种原则，即：语法形式一致；概念一致；就近原则
一、语法形式一致
1、单数主语、单个动词不定式、动名词短语以及句子作主语，谓语动词要用单数形式。复数主语，用and或both…and连接的动词不定式短语、动名词短语以及主语从句作主语，谓语动词则用复数形式。
Serving the people is my great happiness.
为人民服务是我最大的幸福。
Whether we’ll go depends on the weather.
我们是否去要取决于天气的好赖。
What I think and what I seek have been fairly reflected in my paper.
我所思考的和我所寻求的都在这个论文中体现了出来。
2、由as well as, with, along with, like, together with, rather than, except, but, including, accompanied by, plus, besides, in addition to, no less than 等引起的结构跟在主语后面，不能看作是并列主语，该主语不受这些词组引导的插入语的影响，主语如是单数，其谓语动词仍然用单数形式。
The reading course book, plus its reference books, is helpful to college students.
教材加上参考书对大学学生是非常有益的。
The man together with his wife and children sits on the sofa watching TV.
那个人和他妻儿老小坐在沙发上看电视。
3、当and连结的两个名词是指同一个人或同一件事，and后的名词前没有冠词，谓语动词应该用单数形式；在and后面的名词前有冠词，谓语就用复数形式。
The bread and butter is served for breakfast. 早饭供应黄油面包。
The bread and the butter are on sale. 正在出售黄油和面包。
4、由one and a half 复数名词或the majority of 名词作作主语时，谓语动词视名词的单复数形式而定。
The majority of the damage is easy to repair. 大部分的损坏品都容易修理
7、plenty of, half of, a lot of, lots of, heaps of, loads of, scads of等 可数与不可数名词作主语时，不可数名词的谓语只用单数，可数名词的谓语视可数名词的单复数而定。
There is plenty of water in the pail.
桶里还有好多水。
There are plenty of eggs in the box.
箱子里有好多鸡蛋。
5、由more than one (或more than one 单数名词)，many a 单数名词作主语，谓语动词要用单数形式。
More than one student has passed the examination. 不止一个学生通过了这次考试。
Many a boy learns to swim before he can read. 许多孩子在认字前就学会了游泳。
6、如果名词词组中心词是“分数或百分数 of 名词”，谓语动词的单、复数形式取决于of后的名词或代词的单、复数形式。
Over three-quarters of the land has been reclaimed. 四分之三多的土地已经收回了。
Two-thirds of the people present are against the plan.
到场的三分之二的人都反对这个计划。
二、概念一致（语言内容上一致）
1、有些集合名词如crowd, family, team, orchestra（管弦乐队）, group, government, committee, class, school, union, firm, staff, public等，它们作主语时，谓语动词的数要根据语言内容而定。如果它们作为一个集体单位时，动词用单数形式，如就其中的各个成员来说，则谓语用复数形式。例如：
His family is going to move. 他准备搬家。
His family are very well. 他家人身体都好。
2、有些表示总体意义的名词，形式上是单数，而意义上却是复数，谓语动词要用复数形式，如people, police, militia, cattle, poultry（家禽）等。
The police are searching for a tall dark man with a beard.
警察正在搜寻一位肤色黝黑、长胡子的高个子男人。
3、有些名词形式上是复数，而意义上却是单数。如news, means, works.还有许多以ics结尾的学科名称，如economics, physics, mechanics, politics等，它们作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。
Politics is a complicated business. 政治学是一门复杂的东西。
4、用and连接的单数主语，前面有each, every, many a, no等修饰时，谓语动词要用单数形式。复数主语与each连用时，应不受each的影响，谓语动词仍用复数形式。
Every boy and girl is treated in the same way.
每个男孩、女孩都是以同样的方式对待的。
Many a boy and many a girl has seen it. 很多姑娘小伙子都见过。
The old workers and the young each have their own tools.
青老年工人都各自有自己的工具。
5、表示重量、度量、衡量、价值的复数名词作主语，谓语动词常用单数形式。
Twenty miles is a long way to walk. 二十里地可是个不近的路程。
Three pints isn’t enough to get me drunk. 三品脱还不至于把我灌醉。
三、就近原则
1、由连词or, neither…or, either…or, not only … also, nor等连接的并列主语，谓语动词的单复数形式按毗邻一致的原则，与贴近它的主语一致。
Either you or he is no telling the truth. 不是你就是他没讲真话。
Not only the switches but also the old wiring has been changed.
不仅开关，连那些老化了电路都已经更换了。
2、在there be 的结构中，谓语动词的单复数形式一般也采取就近原则。
There is a desk and four benches in the office. 办公室有一张桌子，四条长凳。
There are two chairs and a desk in the office. 办公室有两把椅子一张桌子。 讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. What would ____ my child if I were on business
A. look after B. care about
C. become of D. attend
变式1. I don’t know what will happen ——— my child if I am away.
A. of B. to C. in D. on
解析： 根据句子的意思是“如果我去出差，我的孩子情况会怎么样呢 ”应该填become of, 考查sth. will become of sb.这一句型。答案： C
变式1. 考查sth. will happen to sb.这一句型。答案： B
2. Linda worked for the Minnesota Manufacturing and Mining Company, ____ as 3M.
A. knowing B. known
C. being known D. to be known
解析：2.考查v-ed作定语。过去分词作定语，表示过去分词与所修饰名词为被动关系, 可以转化为定语从句：which is known as 3M. 答案: B
3. He has ______ to come tonight, and he is sure to come.
A. allowed B. proved C. promised D. nodded
变式1. ---What do you think of the coming Beijing 2008 Olympics
---Oh , the table tennis match _____ to b e the most exiting of it ,
A. promises B,. wishes C. hopes D . proves
变式2. I will come to help you when you are in need of help.
Is this a _____
A. promise B. saying C. hope D. proof
变式3. He is a very _______ actor ,which can be easily seen .
A. promising B. promise C. promised D. being promise
解析：3. allow后面不能直接跟不定式，promise to do 表示答应要做某事。答案：C
变式1. 考查promise做“有希望；有望”这一用法promise to adj./ n. 。如果选B或C则主语为人。所以答案为：A
变式2. 考查promise的名词用法：承诺,诺言。如：Give me your promise that you'll never be late again.答应我你绝不再迟到了。答案：A
变式3. promising可以做形容词“有希望的,有前途的,大有可为的”。答案：A
4. -----What about having a drink
-----___________.
A. Good idea B. Help yourself C. Go ahead, please D. Me, too
变式1. how about the two of us ______
A. drinking B. to drink C. drink D. drinked
解析：4. ‘What about doing sth ’是征求对方意见的日常交际用语。用‘Good idea’能表达自己对‘喝咖啡’这个提议的看法 ，而 ‘Help yourself’是‘随便喝吧’的意思，‘Go ahead, please’是‘你去喝吧’，‘ Me, too’不符合这里的语境。答案：A
变式1.考查句型“ What /How about sth./doing sth. ”答案：A
5. is reported that Johnson won the first prize.
A. It B. what C. As D. Which
变式1. is reported , Johnson won the first prize.
A. It B. what C. As D. Which
变式2. is reported is that Johnson won the first prize.
A. It B. what C. As D. Which
变式3. Johnson is reported_____ the first prize.
A. that he won C. to win
D. to have won D. having won
解析：5.该题是it做形式主语，that引导的主语从句后置的结构。答案：A
变式1.该题是as 引导的定语从句，as指代后面的整个句子。答案：C
变式2.该题是what引导的主语从句。答案：B
变式3.该题考查“sb. be过去分词+to do sth.(适当形式)”这一句型。答案：C
6. Not only ____ interested In football but ____ beginning to show an interest in it．
A. the teacher himself is; all his students are
B. the teacher himself is; are all his students
C. is the teacher himself; are a11 his students
D. is the teacher himself; all his students are
变式1.Not only he but also his students _______ interest in Physics so far.
A. is showing B. has shown C. have shown D. are showing
变式2. He as well as his students _______ interest in Physics so far.
A. is showing B. has shown C. have shown D. are showing
解析：6.not just / only...(but)also... 如果连接两个分句，第一分句需要部分倒装。
变式1. 在并列连词not just / only...(but)also...连接同等的句子成分，如果连接两个名词或代词作主语，谓语动词要与后面的名词或代词保持一致。答案：C
变式2. A as well as B 做主语时谓语要与A保持一致。答案：B
课后题：
1. In my opinion, the girl ______ to be a good dancer if she is well trained in an art school.
A. expects B. hopes C. wishes D. promises
2. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class,______ visiting a museum when the earthquake struck.
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
3.—You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting.
—Well, now I regret that.
A. to do B. to be doing
C. to have done D. having done
4.The fire is Please get more coal.
A. dying down B. died down
C. dying away D. died away
5. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found in the kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking
C. to smoke D. smoked
解析：
1. 考查promise做“有希望；有望”这一用法promise to adj./ n. 。如果选B或C则主语为人。所以答案为：D
2. 本题考查动词的时态和主谓一致。从后面的时间状语分析，此处用过去进行时态，表示“当地震发生时”正在进行的动作。此句话的主语为the teacher，为单数形式，介词短语with...为插入语。相似的插入语还有：as well as（也；还有），including（包括）等.
答案：A
3.本题考查regret doing与regret to do的区别。regret doing sth意为“后悔干了某事”，doing的动作已完成；regret to do sth 意为“对即将发生的事表示抱歉/遗憾”，to do常用表示告诉意义的say, tell, inform等词。答案：D
4. die无被动式，可排除B、D项；die down表示变弱，die away指风、光线、声音等渐弱。句意为：“火快灭了，请多加点煤”。答案：A
5. 本题考查find sb doing的用法，A、C不符合要求，D项看作过去分词，表示被动意义，明显不对。答案：B
课后练习题
A组：
1. is said we disagreed on will be left out.
A. That；what B. It；that
C. It；what D. As；that
2.I wonder what will my daughter. Besides endless homework， she also bears other leading loads.
A. occur to B. become of
C. come at D. turn on
3.－Henry， the phone is ringing. Do you want me to go
－No， sit still. .
A. I’ll get it B.I am to get it
C. I’m getting it D.I am about to get it
4.He spoke the top of his voice in order to make himself clearly.
A. at；heard B. in；to hear
C. at；hear D. in；heard
5.He struggled his feet and fought again the tiger.
A. to；with B. on；against
C. to；across D. on；with
6.She is in a poor of health，which worries her mother much.
A. position B. situation
C. surroundings D. condition
7.In the dark night， rain is beating the window；if you hear someone knock
the door， dare you answer it
A. on；at B. against；at
C. down；on D. off；down
8.The girl to be a good dancer if she is well trained in an art school.
A. expects B. allows
C. promises D. wishes
9. After the excitement of the audience ______, the speaker continued his speech.
A. died down B. died out C. died off D. died of
10. .The boy threatened ______ away from home while quarrelling with his parents.
A. ran B. run C. to run D. running
解析：
1. C it作形式主语，而在真正的主语从句中，what we disagreed on又作了主语从句，且what在从句中作宾语。
2. B occur to sb.“某人记起某事”；become of sb.“某人遭遇……”；come at sb.“袭击某人”；turn on“呈现；打开”。
3. A 回答为“不，你坐着，我去”表明一种意愿的行动。B项意为“按约定或责任应该……”C项为“即要去”；D项为动作即刻发生；而A项侧重表明说话者的意志。
4． A speak at the top of one’s voice“大声说”，目的是使自己被别人听见，故用heard。
5. A struggle to one’s feet“挣扎着站起来”；fight against/with sb.“和某人作战”。
6. D position指职位；situation指形势；surroundings指自然环境；D项指身体等状况，故合乎题意。
7. B beat against风雨敲打；knock at/on敲门。
8. C 句意为：“如果这个女孩在艺术上接受正规训练，她有希望成为一个优秀的舞蹈家”。promise意为“有……的希望”。
9.A die down指…逐渐平息，强调从强到弱这一变化的过程。
10.C threaten to do 是固定搭配，表示‘威胁要干…’。
1.My mother p_______ me a new watch if I passed my exam.
2.Giving up my old job was an _________（极其）difficult decision.
3.He _______（威胁）to kill me if I refused to give him my handbag.
4.He _______（后悔）very much having said unkind things about his friends.
5.After ______（毕业）, he came to London.
6.This book is of great_______（价值）in your studies.
7.My mother has been i me to make greater progress in study.
8.Before Tom went to the primary school，his father sent him to the k .
9.It was g of them to share their meals with neighbors.
10..Seeing a girl s in the water，he jumped into the water to save her.
1. promised 2. extremely 3. threatened 4. regretted
5. graduation 6. value 7. inspiring 8. kindergarten
9. generous 10. struggling
B组：
汉译英
1.快来欣赏这风景！
2. 他对于自己的粗心大意感到懊悔。
3. 很抱歉我不能帮你的忙。
4. 有许多问题要解决，新当选的总统正度过艰难的一段时光。
5. 他朋友的话使他振奋起来再试一次。
6. 过了好长时间兴奋才平息下来。
7. 由于他的粗心，我不知道未来他会怎么样？
8. 他违背了自己的诺言。
9. 不仅我而且他都通过了考试。
10. 当他醒来是他发现自己在医院里。
答案：
1.Come and admire the view!
2. He regretted having been careless.
3. I regret to say that I can’t help you.
4. With a lot of difficult problems to settle, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.
5. His friend’s words inspired him to try again.
6. It took a long time for the excitement to die down.
7. Because of his carelessness, I don’t know what will become of him.
8. He broke his promise.
9. Not only I but also he has passed the exam.
10. when he woke up, he found himself in hospital.
单句改错：
1.He is an inspiring writer and has written many novels.
2.Kate is the first come here and the last to leave.
3.I don’t like this hat，please show me other.
4.His advice was valued of by all the leaders.
5.Too much work without having a rest leads in illness.
1. inspiring 改为 inspired 2. come前加to 3. other 改为 another 4. of去掉 5.in 改为 toUnit 21 Body language
考纲要求：
考纲规定的考试范围:
重点单词与短语unfair; customer; avoid; suitcase; manage; fold; vary; crazy; part; firm; handshake; bow; fist; bend; tap; gently; anger; useless; occur; focus; specific; ahead of; give sb. a hand; get through; tear down; hold up; make a face; in order;
句型
While there are many different interpretations of our body language, some gestures seem to be universal. while 从句的用法
And if we are feeling down or lonely, there is nothing better than to see the smiling face of a good friend. 比较级表示最高级含义
语法：v-ing 在句子中充当主语、宾语和表语
复习本章要达到的目标
1. 掌握unfair; customer; avoid; suitcase; manage; fold; vary; crazy; part; firm;bow; fist; bend; tap; gently; anger; useless; occur; focus; specific; ahead of; give sb. a hand; get through; tear down; hold up; make a face; in order;等重点单词及短语的用法。
2. 掌握while 从句的用法；比较级表示最高级含义的用法；v-ing 在句子中充当主语、宾语和表语的用法。
教材知识归纳
◆知识归纳
1. The customer said “I don’t want to talk ”by avoiding eye contact.
avoid 的用法：
派生词: avoidable adj. 可以避免的 avoidance n. 逃避；回避
知识梳理:
避免，防止
She braked suddenly and avoided an accident.
她紧急刹车,避免了一场车祸。
(2) 回避；避开；躲避
She kept avoiding my eyes over the conversation.
在谈话期间他一直躲避我的眼睛。
相关归纳：
(1)avoid doing sth
She succeeded in avoiding being dismissed by his boss.
她成功的避免了被老板解雇。
(2)avoid sb/sth like the plague 像躲瘟疫一样避开
He is always lending money, so we avoid him like the plague
他总是借钱，因此我们像躲瘟疫一样避开他。
2. Somebody is late for s flight and wants to go ahead of the queue.
ahead of 的用法：
在……前头；早于；超过，优于
She was always well ahead of the rest of the class.
她在班上总是遥遥领先。
The time in London is 5 hours ahead of the time in New York.
伦敦的时间比纽约时间早5个小时。
相关归纳：
(1)ahead of time / schedule=in advance 提前
we has booked two tickets ahead of time.
我们已经提前预定了两张票。
(2)Go ahead! 前进，有进展，请便
If you think you can settle the problem, go ahead！
如果你认为你能解决这个问题，那就干吧！
This may mean that he s telling the truth.
tell the truth 讲实话，常以不定式的形式出现，在句中做插入语。
To tell (you) the truth, I don’t agree with what you said.
给你说实话， 我不同意你说的话。
tell的用法
(1)tell sb sth = tell sth to sb 告诉某人
Mother told the child an amusing story.
母亲告诉孩子了一个有趣的故事。
(2)tell sb of / about sth 告诉某人……
He told us of the accident that happened yesterday.
他给我们讲了一个发生在昨天的事故。
(3)tell sb to do sth 吩咐某人……
The teacher told Tom to clean the blackboard.
老师叫汤姆擦黑板。
(4)tell sth. 断定（与can/could/be able to连用）
(5)tell a lie = tell lies 说谎
He is always telling a lie.
他总是撒谎。
(6)tell A from B 把A与B分开
The twins are so alike that I can’t tell one from the other.
那对双胞胎太像了以致我不能把他们区分开。
(7)tell... apart... 分清，区分
The twins are so alike that I can’t tell them apart.
那对双胞胎太像了以致我不能把他们区分开。
(8)for what I can tell 据我所知
For what I can tell, Tom won’t come to attend the meeting.
据我所知，汤姆将不来参加会议了。
(9)There is no telling. 无法知道；难以预料。
There is no telling what the weather will be like 100 years away.
无法知道100年以后天气会怎么样。
3. No thanks. I can manage it myself.
manage 的用法：
派生词:
management 经营；管理；操作 manager经理
知识梳理:
(1)经营；管理（同义词：operate）；操纵
He is managing the business for his father. 他在代他父亲做生意。
(2) （与can/could/be able to连用）对付；设法做成；设法维持
He couldn’t manage his horse, and it threw him to the ground.
他驾驭不了他的马，马把他摔在地上了。
Can you manage another cake
你还能再吃个蛋糕吗？
相关归纳：
(1)manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.=be successful in doing sth.=do sth. successfully设法做成某事；
He managed to organize a live concert.= He succeed in organizing a live concert.
他设法组织了一次现场直播的音乐会。
(2)try to do sth.= attempt to do sth=seek to sth表示尽力做某事，但很可能内成功
try doing sth.试图做某事但不知道最终的结果
They attempted to finish the task before July.
他们试图在七月以前完成这项任务。
He sought to speak to her.
他寻找机会与她说话。
4. Just like spoken language, body language varies from culture to culture.
vary 的用法：
派生词：
(1)various adj. 不同的;各种各样的,形形色色的
Everyone arrived late at the party for various reasons.
由于种种原因,每个人赴会都迟到了。
(2)varied adj. 各种各样的;不相同的
Many varied motives prompt individuals to join a political party.
促使人们加入政党的动机许许多多且各不相同。
(3)variety . 多样化,变化; 种种
What other ways do you know to add variety
你知道其他增加变化的方法吗
People like to live a life full of variety.
人们喜欢过丰富多彩的生活。
He has a variety of interests.
他有多种爱好。
知识梳理：
(1)vt.
①使不同;变更;修改
He never varied his habits.
他从未改变过自己的习惯。
②多样化
Teachers should vary their lessons to make them more interesting.
为了增加趣味,教师应该使自己的课多样化。
(2.)vi.
变化;呈多样化
That sort of thing varies from person to person.
那种事因人而异。
5. In France, a person seeing the same gesture will think it means zero.
gesture的用法：
(1)n. 姿势;手势; 姿态,表示
He raised his hands in a gesture of despair.
他举起双手表示绝望。
We hold a party for our new colleagues as a gesture of friendship.
我们为新同事举办了一个聚会,以示友善。
Handshake is a gesture of friendship.
握手是一种友好的表示。
(2)vi. 做手势,用动作示意
She was gesturing so excitedly that I knew something was wrong.
她如此激动地打着手势,我就知道出了问题。
(3)vt.用手势(或动作)表示
I gestured the child over.
我朝孩子打手势叫他过来。
6. There are also differences as to how often we touch each other,how close we stand to someone we are talking to,and how we act when we meet or part.
(1)注意区别as to和as for
as to 至于，对于as to 后可以接名词，动名词，疑问词+不定式，或名词性从句。该结构可以位于句首，句中，句未。
as for至于，对于as for 后只可以接名词，动名词。该结构只位于句首。
As to/As for money, he is indifferent. 至于钱，他漠不关心。
She was at a loss as to how to explain it.她全然不知道该如何说明这件事。
I enjoy going to the movies. But as to/as for the theater, I prefer staying at home.
我喜欢看电影，但至于看戏，我宁愿留在家里。
7. A smile can help us get through difficult situations and find friends in a world of strangers.
get through的用法：
(1) 完成（工作）vt.
How long does it take you to get through the job
你完成这件工作要花多少时间
(2) 通过(考试、议案等) vi. / vt.
Tom failed but his sister got through.
He got through the driving license test last week.
(3) 穿越；穿过 vt.
The alley ahead is narrow, so a truck can't get through it.
前面的巷子很窄，所以卡车没办法通过。
(4) 给……接通电话; 接通（电话） vt./vi.
A little patience, and I'll get you through.
耐心一点，我就给你接通电话。
I called all day yesterday, but I couldn't get through (to you).
昨天我打了一天电话，但是都没办法联络到你。
8. A smile can open doors and tear down walls.
tear的用法：
(1)n. 泪水（常用复数）
①be wet with tears 眼泪汪汪
②burst into tears 放声大哭
Hearing his voice, she burst into tears.
听到他的声音，她放生大哭起来。
③in tears（表示状态）哭泣
We found her in tears.
我们发现她在哭
④crocodile tears鳄鱼的眼泪（假悲伤）
She shed crocodile tears when she dismissed him from his job.
她把他解雇时，流出了鳄鱼的眼泪（假装难过）。
(2) v. 撕扯，撕裂；飞奔，飞跑；强行使某人离开…
He tore the parcel open.
他把包裹撕开。
This cloth tears easily.
这布料容易撕破。
Her heart was torn by grief.
她肝肠寸断。
相关归纳：
(1)tear …in two把…撕成两半
Can you tear a sheet of paper in two
你能把一张纸撕成两半吗？
(2)tear…into pieces 把…撕成碎片
The baby likes tearing paper into pieces.
婴儿喜欢把纸撕成碎片。
(3)tear…open 把…撕开
He tore the parcel open.
他把包裹撕开。
(4)tear oneself away（from sb./sth）舍不得离开某人/某事物
Do tear yourself away from the television and come out for a walk.
你别舍不得离开电视了，出去散散步吧。
The book was so interesting that I couldn’t tear myself away from it.
这本书如此有意思以至于我爱不释手。
(5)tear down拆除
They are tearing down the old houses.
他们正在拆除旧房屋。
(6)tear sth. up撕毁（文件等）
She tore up all the letters he had sent her.
她把他写来的信都撕了。
9. Shuanghuang is popular in many parts of China.
popular 的用法：
(1)民众的;大众的
Popular education is one of our major objectives.
民众教育是我们的主要目标之一。
得人心的,受欢迎的
She is now a popular film star.
她现在是有名的影星。
(3)普通的,广为流传的,流行的
Many young people love popular songs.
许多年轻人喜爱流行歌曲。
(4)通俗的,大众化的;(价格)低廉的[B]
He writes for a journal of popular science.
他为一家大众科学杂志撰稿。
短语归纳：
be + popular with/among
The young teacher is popular with/among his students.
这个年轻老师深受学生的欢迎。
10. When you write a story, you should give as many details as possible and put things in order,
detail 的用法:
n. 细节;详情; 详述;细部
He can probably tell us all the details we want.
他也许能告诉我们所需的全部详情。
She began to tell me the plot in great detail.
她开始告诉我该阴谋的详情。
(2)vt. 详述,详细说明
The man detailed to us all the wonders he had seen in his travels.
那人向我们详述了他旅途所见之奇事
相关归纳：
(1) in great detail 详细的
(2)detailed adj. 详细的;精细的
Think about the purpose and focus of your story.
n.
(1)焦点,焦距;聚光点[C]
He took out the binoculars and adjusted the focus.
他取出双筒望远镜并调整了焦距。
(2) (注意,活动等的)中心,集中点;重点[the S][(+of)]
The focus of this chapter is the American Revolution.
本章的重点是讲美国独立战争。
She always wants to be the focus of attention.
她老想成为人们注意的中心。
(3)(地震等的)震源;病灶
The focus of the earthquake is eighty miles from our city.
这次地震的震源在距我市八十英里的地方。
vt.
(1)调节(镜头等)的焦距
You can focus your telescope on that distant television tower.
你可以对着那座远方的电视塔调节望远镜的镜头。
(2) focus sth. on sth. 把什么集中在某事上
I can't focus my thoughts today.
今天我的思想集中不起来。
vi.
(1)聚焦
A defect of vision prevented him from focusing accurately.
视力上的缺陷使他不能准确对焦。
focus on sth. 集中在某物上
The beams of light moved across the sky and focused on the plane.
光束在空中移动,集中对准飞机
11 Put numbers next to all the things in the order they occur.
occur 的用法：
派生词:
occurrence n 发生；发生的事情
知识梳理:
(1) 发生; 出现
It is said that the accident occurred at midnight.
据说那次车祸是深夜发生的。
He has concluded that changes occur in the bodies of birds due to seasonal changes in the length of daylight.
他得出结论日光在不同季节长短不同，鸟体内由此出现不同的变化。
(2)(念头、想法等）想起
An idea has occurred to me.
我想起了一个主意。
(3)存在
Three misprints occur on the first page.
第一页有三个地方印错。
相关归纳：
(1)sth occur to sb 某人发生什么事情；某人想起什么
A brilliant idea occurred to me.我想到一个极好的主意。
(2) It occurs to sb.that...
It never occurred to me that he might be in trouble.
我怎么也没有想到他会遇上麻烦。
注意：“某人想起什么”的特殊表达方法：
(1)sth occur to sb An idea has occurred to me.
(2)sth strike sb A good idea struck me.
(3)sb hit on/upon sth I hit on a good idea.
◆概念提示
重点/热点1：While there are many different interpretations of our body language, some gestures seem to be universal.
尽管对身势语有许多不同的解释，有些动作却好像是全球化的。
(1)while 此处不是引导时间状语从句，作“当……时候”讲，也不是表对比，作“而，然而……”讲，而是引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管；虽然”。
While I like the color of the hat, I do not like its shape.
虽然我喜欢这顶帽子的颜色,但我不喜欢它的形状。
While I understand your viewpoint, I don't agree with you.
虽然我了解你的见解，我却不同意你。
(2)而,然而(表示对比)
I like tea while she likes coffee.
我喜欢喝茶,而她喜欢喝咖啡。
My brother is very tall while I am so short.
我弟弟很高而我却这么矮。(表对比)
(3)当...的时候,和...同时
She listened closely while he read the letter.
他读信时,她听得很仔细。
I'll take care of your children while you are away.
你不在时我会照顾你的孩子的。
We must strike while the iron is hot.
我们必须趁热打铁。
易混易错点1：And if we are feeling down or lonely, there is nothing better than to see the smiling face of a good friend.
比较级表示最高级含义
1、比较级在否定句中表示最高级含义
①How beautiful she sings! I've never heard a better voice.
= She has the best voice I've ever heard.
她唱得多好啊！这是我听到的最美的歌喉。
②I have never read a more interesting novel.
= It is the most interesting novel I've ever read.
这是我读过的最有趣的小说。
④Nobody can do the work better than he did.
这项工作 ( http: / / www.21cnjy.com / " \o "欢迎登陆21世纪教育网" \t "_blank )他做得最出色。
2、比较级 + than + the other + 复数名词/ + any other + 单数名词/ + any of the other + 复数名词
①She goes to school earlier than the other girls.
她比其他女孩早上学。
②He works harder than any other student.
她学习最用功。
③China is larger than any of the other countries in Asia.
中国是亚洲最大的国家
3、比较级 + than + anything/ anyone else
①George did more work than anyone else.
乔治干活最多。
②Tom cared more for money than for anything else
汤姆最喜欢钱。
讲题组
◆课内题例与课后题：
课内题例
1. I couldn’t ____. The line was busy.
A. go by B. go around C. get in D. get through
变式1. It’s surprising that they should _______ most of the work in so little time.
A. go through B. go around C. get in D. get through
解析：1. get through这里表示接通电话。答案 D
变式1. get through这里表示完成工作等。答案 D
2. The other girls rushed ____me. I felt ashamed as I fell farther and farther behind.
A. from behind B. ahead of
C. next to D. close to
解析：2本题考查ahead及其构成短语的用法和词义。ahead of 表示“在……前面”、“超过”．可以表示时间、地点，也可以表示一些抽象意义。答案：B
3. The 22-year-old student ____to stop her by the side of the road in the winter night and robbed her of her necklace.
A. afforded B. wanted
C. allowed D. managed
变式1. The fire spread all over the house but they _____ to escape from it before it was too late.
A. managed B. succeeded C attempted D. sought
变式2. At the bad news the lady ______ a weak smile.
A. managed B. succeeded C attempted D. sought
解析：本题考查manage的词义和基本用法。manage后接不定式，表示“努力并且成功地做了某事”。答案：D
变式1. 该题也是考查manage的词义和基本用法。manage后接不定式，表示“努力并且成功地做了某事”。如果选B要用动名词做宾语。答案：D
变式2. 本题考查manage的词义和基本用法。Manage可以做“勉强挤出；勉强做出”。该题意思是“一听到坏消息，那个女士勉强挤出一丝笑容”。答案：D
4. An eclipse of the sun____ when the moon passes between the earth and the sun.
A. happened B. occurred
C. appeared D. rose
变式1. It ______ to me that we should attend the 8 o’clock meeting. Let’s hurry, or we will be late.
A. struck B. occurred C. happened D. came
解析：4. 本题考查occur的词义以及它和一些近义词的区别。Happen表示“偶然发生”。occur可以表示“突然发生”，但不是意外。答案：B
变式1. 考查句型“it occur to sb. That 从句”表示某人想起什么事情。答案：B
5. He succeeded avoiding ____ by apologizing to his teacher.
A. punished B. being punished C. to be punished D. being punishment
解析： avoid 后接名词或动名词做宾语，又由于他与惩罚之间是被动关系，所以答案选：B
课后题：
1. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ____, in fact, I was tal king about my
daughter.
A. whom B. where
C. which D. while
2. .The idea ____ to him in his dream and he decided to carry it out.
A. happened B. struck C. appeared D. occurred
3. Do you think that mixed ability classes _____ the better students
A. hold back B. hold up C. hold down D. hold off
4.Don’t _____ the notice. It should be kept for a week.
A. tear down B. put down C. turn down D. knock down
5. The moment she _____ the report tomorrow, she will hand in at once.
A. finishes to write B. will finish C. finished writing D. finishes writing
解析：
1.选D 该题从结构上看似乎是考查非限定性定语从句中关系词的用法。但从前后两句的内容来看是考查并列连词。in fact插入句中有一定的迷惑作用，此处whiIe 作并列连词用，表示前后对照／对比。全句的意思是：“她以为我在谈论她的女儿，而实际上，我是在谈论我
的女儿。”
2. sth occur to sb. 某人想起某事。答案：D
3. 该句意思是“你认为混合能力班级会阻碍学生的发展吗？”hold up 阻碍；延缓。答案：B
4. tear down “撕掉，撕下”符合题意。答案：A
5. the moment引起时间状语从句，用一般现在时替代一般将来时。答案：D
课后练习题
A组：
1. The other girls rushed ____me. I felt ashamed as I fell farther and farther behind.
A. from behind B. ahead of
C. next to D. close to
2.He is so diligent a student that he is always his classmates in every subject.
A. in advance B. in front of
C. far ahead of D. before
3.—Why are you so late
—Bad luck. A car accident happened not far outside the town and we were on the way.
A. stopped B. kept
C. held up D. held in
4.I would love to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone
C. going D. having gone
5.We thought of selling this old furniture, but we’ve decided to it.It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with
C. turn to D. look after
6.Be more about when you want us to come.
A. specific B. special
C. especial D. specified
7.They the old houses and built a shopping centre.
A. tore down B. tore at
C. tore apart D. tore up
8.I the written papers but failed in the oral examination.
A. got through B. looked through
C. went through D. lived through
9 .I won’t be able to go on holiday with my mother ill in hospital.
A. is B. being
C. to be D. having been
10.We live in the south of the city, and the Blacks live a little south.
A. more B. ahead
C. even D. further
答案：
1. B 本题考查ahead及其构成短语的用法和词义。ahead of 表示“在……前面”、“超过”．可以表示时间、地点，也可以表示一些抽象意义答案：B
2.C 根据句意可知，此处意思应为“胜过，超过”，即be ahead of others,故选C。选项B、D一般指位置，in advance预先，故排除。
3.C 由题意可知，我们在路上受阻，所以来晚了。而A项表示“被拦住（走不了）”。
4.B would love后接不定式，排除C、D项；根据句意可知是表达对已经发生的事的意愿，须用不定式的完成式。
5.A 从题意分析，此处应是“坚持不放，继续保留”之意。keep up with表示“与……保持同一水平”，turn to意为“转向，查阅”。只有hold on to符合题意。
6.A 句意为“请更具体地说明你要我们什么时候来”。Special,especial都表示“特别的，特殊的”意义，specified为specify（明确陈述逐一列举）的过去分词。
7.A 句意为“他们拆掉旧房子，兴建购物中心。”tore at撕，tore up撕碎，如：She tore at the letter；then she tore it up.她撕信，之后撕碎了。tore apart撕开；The bird was torn apart by the two dogs.鸟儿被两条狗撕得粉碎。
8.A “通过笔试考试”应用got through,相当于passed。look through查阅，浏览；go through经历，审阅，查看；live through活过一段时间，经历。它们都同句意不符。
9.B “with +n.+分词短语”是一常用结构，通常在句中作状语或定语。
10. D a little further south更往南一点。
单词拼写：
1.It is u for you to scold Kate. She has done nothing wrong.
2.The storm was fierce，but the captain m to lead his crew to survive.
3.Mom always tells me to try to (避免) accidents.
4.I raised my hat to her and she (鞠躬) to me in return.
5. He was a man g in manner but firm in action.
答案：1. unfair 2. managed 3. avoid 4. bowed 5. gentle
B组：
汉译英
1. 我想到我们应该更经常地到那里去。
2. 我尽量避免遇见他，因为他总是使我厌烦。
3. 这本书很受学生欢迎。
4. 我从未度过比这更让人担忧的一天了。
5. 他很快地撕下这张布告。
6. 你是否介意我把们打开呢？
7. 我通过了昨天的英语测试
8. 我提前完成了工作。
答案：
1. It occurred to me that we should go there more often.
2. I tried to avoid meeting him because he always bored me.
3. The book is popular with his students.
4. I have never spent a more worrying day.
5. He tore down the notice quickly.
6. Would you mind my opening the door
7. I got through yesterday’s English test.
8. I finished the job ahead of time.
单句改错：
1. As soon as your letter get through me, I will set.
2. They all avoided mention that name.
3. It struck to me that we should have a meeting.
4. She is now a film star popular by young people.
5. I like nothing best than swimming.
答案：
1. through 后加 to 2. mention 改为 mentioning 3. struck改为occurred
4. by改为with 5. best改为better
